The Uniform Commercial Code Survey

The Uniform Commercial Code Survey: Introduction

By Jennifer S. Martin, Colin P. Marks, and Wayne Barnes*

The survey that follows highlights the most important developments of 2016 dealing with domestic and international sales of goods, personal property leases, payments, letters of credit, documents of title, investment securities, and secured transactions. Along with the usual descriptions of interesting judicial decisions highlighted in the survey, there has also been legislative progress in several areas. The 2012 amendments to U.C.C. Article 4A, which address issues related to the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, have been adopted by forty-six states and the District of Columbia, and introduced in Connecticut and Oklahoma.1 In 2011, the Uniform Law Commission completed a new Uniform Certificate of Title for Vessels Act that is designed to harmonize state certificate of title laws with federal laws regarding vessels, and with Article 9 to impede theft and facilitate boat financing.2 This has been adopted by the states of Virginia and Connecticut, as well as the District of Columbia, but is not currently under consideration anywhere else as of the date of this survey.3 Adoption of the 2003 revisions of Article 7 has now been accomplished by all fifty states and the District of Columbia, with Missouri’s adoption earlier this year.4

There were also significant and instructive judicial developments in 2016. There were interesting developments under Article 2, including formation decisions applying section 2-207(3) in a case where both the buyer’s purchase order and the seller’s sales order confirmation objected to the terms and conditions of the other party. When a dispute arose concerning indemnity for a failed adhesive, the court granted summary judgment to the seller, finding that because both parties objected to the terms of the other, the contract was formed under section 2-207(3) and did not include the indemnity. In another case where the writings did not agree, the court granted partial summary judgment to a buyer of wooden pallets that became moldy, finding a contract formed by conduct under section 2-207(3) and turning to the Code’s supplementary terms on course of dealing to supply the terms.5

The survey of cases under the United Nations Convention on International Sales of Goods (“C.I.S.G.”) covered one notable case that considered the application of the C.I.S.G. where neither party had raised its application until more than three years after the suit was filed. The United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit clarified the issue of waiver, holding that the C.I.S.G. is “incorporated federal law, which applies ‘so long as the parties have not elected to exclude its application.’”6

The leasing survey also includes a number of interesting cases, particularly in interpreting “true lease” status. One case from the Northern District of New York Bankruptcy Court involved a lease with end-of-term options that required the lessee either to purchase the equipment for a fixed price, or return it to the lessor. In analyzing the lease under the “bright-line” test, the court ultimately concluded that the customer was economically compelled to purchase the equipment by comparing the cost to purchase the equipment to the cost of returning it. That analysis is more often described as an economic realities test, and not a nominality test.7 In another case out of the Middle District of Florida, the court considered the effect of a “Terminal Rental Adjustment Clause,” or TRAC clause, on a leasing agreement. All fifty states and the District of Columbia have enacted laws that provide that the mere presence of a TRAC clause does not destroy true lease status or create a sale or security interest. Despite this, the court concluded the TRAC provision effectively divested the lessor of any real residual interest in the equipment. This was an unexpected result that should be of particular concern for truck and other commercial vehicle lessors who have long thought that TRAC statutes afforded them a reliable safe harbor from a re-characterization as a sale.8

In the payments area, one of the reported decisions included in this year’s survey relates to the nature of the bank’s duty to exercise ordinary care in handling items of its customer. In the case, an attorney was victimized by an ostensible client that provided a counterfeit cashier’s check for deposit into the client’s trust account. The bank gave provisional credit for the item, and the attorney then immediately wired the funds out at the client’s request. Subsequently, however, the bank charged the item back when the item was discovered to be counterfeit. The attorney argued that his bank had failed to exercise ordinary care as required by Article 4, by not discovering false routing numbers, investigating the check’s origin, or providing more obvious notice of its right to charge back unpaid items. The court, however, refused to find the bank negligent, noting that banks do not insure the legitimacy of items deposited, and further that the right of chargeback is an express right granted by Article 4.9

There were several decisions concerning letters of credit in 2016. One case dealt with a claim by an applicant that the issuer wrongfully honored the letter of credit because of deficient presentation to the issuer by the beneficiary. The letter of credit in question required that the beneficiary present copies of all unpaid “commercial invoices” along with an accompanying declaration that such invoices were ten days past due. An invoice was presented that included the description: “Market Loss incurred on order cancellation by [buyer/applicant].” The court rejected the applicant’s complaint for wrongful dishonor, noting that the issuer bank was not required to ascertain whether the seller/beneficiary was entitled to invoice for such market loss.10

This year saw only a small amount of case law addressing Article 7, including one case that addressed an attempted waiver of liability by a warehouse against any responsibility for physical loss or damage to stored goods. The goods in question consisted of artwork stored in a warehouse, which was damaged in Superstorm Sandy when the artwork was not kept off the floor. The court allowed an action to proceed for failure to exercise ordinary care, noting that Article 7 does not authorize complete and total disclaimers of warehouse liability.11

The most significant development in securities law was by far the United States ratifying the Hague Securities Convention (the “Convention”) in December 2016,12 which became effective as a matter of U.S. law under its own terms on April 1, 2017.13 The Convention will unify choice of law rules across borders. This year’s survey reviews the Convention’s major points of parallel and departure from the U.C.C. rules.14

While the amendments to Article 9 targeted specific commercial law issues, there were judicial decisions on others that continue to challenge lenders. Among the cases dealing with secured transactions, there were two that were very distressing. In one, a federal circuit court of appeals incorrectly concluded that a security interest in existing and after-acquired general intangibles did not attach to the settlement of a commercial tort claim. In so doing, the court erroneously applied a rule relating to commercial tort claims to the payment intangible created by the settlement.15 In the other case, a judgment creditor had a marshal levy on funds credited to a deposit account subject to a perfected security interest. The court erroneously granted the judgment creditor priority, even though the marshal had not yet released the funds, after concluding that the judgment creditor did not act in collusion with the debtor to violate the secured party’s rights.16

____________

* Jennifer S. Martin is a professor of law at St. Thomas University School of Law in Miami Gardens, Florida. Colin P. Marks is a professor of law at St. Mary’s University School of Law in San Antonio, Texas. Wayne Barnes is a professor of law at Texas A&M University School of Law in Ft. Worth, Texas. Professors Martin, Marks, and Barnes are the editors of this year’s Uniform Commercial Code Survey.

1. See UCC Article 4A Amendments (2012), Legislative Tracking, UNIF. L. COMMISSION, http://www.uniformlaws.org/LegislativeFactSheet.aspx?title=UCC%20Article%204A%20Amendments%20(2012) (last visited May 9, 2017).

2. The final act approved at the 2011 annual meeting of the Uniform Law Commission can be accessed at http://www.uniformlaws.org/shared/docs/certificate_of_title_for_vessels/ucotav_prestylefinal_jul11.pdf (last visited May 9, 2017).

3. See Certificate of Title for Vessels Act (2011), Legislative Tracking, UNIF. L. COMMISSION, http://www.uniformlaws.org/Act.aspx?title=Certificate%20of%20Title%20for%20Vessels%20Act (last visited May 9, 2017).

4. See UCC Article 7 Amendments (2003), Legislative Tracking, UNIF. L. COMMISSION, http://www.uniformlaws.org/LegislativeFactSheet.aspx?title=UCC%20Article%207,%20Documents%20of%20Title%20(2003) (last visited May 9, 2017).

5. See Jennifer S. Martin, Sales, 72 BUS. LAW. 1061, 1066–67 (2017).

6. See Kristen David Adams & Candace M. Zierdt, United Nations Convention on International Sales of Goods, 72 BUS. LAW. 1165, 1165 (2017) (quoting BP Oil Int’l Ltd. v. Empresa Estatal Petroleos de Ecuador, 332 F.3d 333, 337 (5th Cir. 2003)) (internal quotations omitted).

7. See Edward K. Gross, Dominic A. Liberatore & Stephen T. Whelan, Leases, 72 BUS. LAW. 1079, 1079–81 (2017).

8. Id. at 1081–82.

9. See Carter Klein & Jessie Cheng, Payments, 72 BUS. LAW. 1097, 1112 (2017).

10. See James G. Barnes & James E. Byrne, Letters of Credit, 72 BUS. LAW. 1119, 1120–21 (2017).

11. See Anthony B. Schutz, Documents of Title, 72 BUS. LAW. 1129, 1131 (2017).

12. See Press Release, Hague Conference on Private Int’l Law, USA Ratifies the 2006 Hague Securities Convention, Triggering Its Entry Into Force on 1 April 2017 (Dec. 15, 2016), https://www.hcch.net/en/news-archive/details/?varevent=531 (announcing that on December 15, 2016, the United States ratified the Convention); see also SEN. EXEC. REP. 114–15, at 7 (2016) (setting forth a resolution that the Senate advises and consents to ratification).

13. See Hague Securities Convention art. 19(1), July 5, 2006, 46 I.L.M 649 (“This Convention shall enter into force on the first day of the month following the expiration of three months after the deposit of the third instrument of ratification . . . .”). The United States was the third ratifying nation, the first two being Switzerland and Mauritius.

14. See Carl S. Bjerre, Investment Securities, 72 BUS. LAW. 1133, 1133–37 (2017).

15. See Steve Weise & Stephen Sepinuck, Personal Property Secured Transactions, 72 BUS. LAW. 1143, 1145–46 (2017).

16. Id. at 1153–54.

Sales

By Jennifer S. Martin*

SCOPE OF ARTICLE 2

Article 2 applies to “transactions in goods”1 and defines “goods” to include tangible personal property that is “movable at the time of identification to the contract.”2 Courts tend to read section 2-102 more narrowly than its text invites by applying Article 2 to present sales of goods and to contracts for the future sale of goods.3

A recurring issue is whether Article 2 applies to transactions involving the sale and creation of a security interest in goods when the contract is assigned thereafter to a lender. In Coastal Federal Credit Union v. Brown,4 the court considered a retail installment sales contract that the buyer entered into with an Isuzu dealership that gave the dealership a security interest in the vehicle. The dealership assigned the contract immediately to a lender that repossessed the vehicle after the buyer failed to make the required payments. The lender sold the car and sought a deficiency, claiming the Article 2 statute of limitations applied to the case because it was a transaction in goods. The court agreed with the lender and applied Article 2, finding a majority of jurisdictions have concluded Article 2 applies because the nature of a deficiency suit is more related to the sales aspect than the security aspect of the transaction, even though the right to repossession arises under Article 9.5

In mixed-sales transactions, such as those involving goods and services, courts often apply a predominant purpose test.6 Under this test, Article 2 applies if the transaction is predominantly for the sale of goods, but it does not apply if the transaction is predominantly for the provision of services.7 The application of this test is illustrated by one interesting case decided since the publication of the last survey.

In Babcock & Wilcox Co. v. Cormetech, Inc.,8 the court considered whether a transaction involving the purchase of catalyst modules used in the design and construct of a catalyst system to control emissions at a power station was predominantly for a service or a good.9 Babcock & Wilcox Company (“Babcock”) contracted with Kansas City Power & Light (“KCPL”) for Babcock to construct the system, and Babcock contracted with Cormetech, Inc. (“Cormetech”) to obtain catalyst modules for the system. The Cormetech catalyst reached the end of its life before the warranted number of hours. KCPL brought suit against Babcock, which settled in mediation. Babcock, thereafter, sought to recover the settlement amount from Cormetech. The court first considered whether the U.C.C. should apply to the transaction when the contract was for mixed goods and services.10 The court concluded Article 2 did apply under the “predominant purpose” test considering “(1) the language of the contract; (2) the payment terms; (3) the mobility of the goods; (4) the value of the goods and services; and (5) the business of the seller.”11 The court concluded that the catalyst was movable, the contract proposal was for the supply of the catalyst and included warranties, and the value of the goods indicated a sale of goods where the cost of services under the contract was small compared to the purchase price of the catalyst.12 Moreover, the field services were to be billed only when required, and Cormetech described itself as a manufacturer.13 Services incidental to the installation of the catalyst, such as final inspection, testing, and repair provided in the event of a failure of the catalyst, did not transform the transaction to a contract for services.14 Thus, the court concluded Article 2 applied to the mixed transaction.15

STATUTE OF FRAUDS

To be enforceable, an agreement to buy and sell goods for a price of $500 or more must normally be evidenced by one or more signed writings.16 In S & P Brake Supply, Inc. v. STEMCO LP,17 the Montana Supreme Court considered a claim by S & P Brake Supply, Inc. (“S&P”) regarding the formation of an oral contract with STEMCO LP (“STEMCO”) for the sale of remanufactured brakes. The parties signed an agreement for S&P to become an authorized remanufacturer, but STEMCO denied any agreement pertaining to the duration of the contract. After STEMCO began to use another supplier, S&P brought suit for breach of contract. While there was no writing evidencing the five-year understanding, the court affirmed the trial court’s conclusion that exceptions for part performance and estoppel could apply to contracts that do not satisfy the writing requirement under section 2-201.18 The court observed that the “part performance” exception under section 2-201(3)(c), however, is narrower than part performance at common law.19 The court, reversing the lower court, rejected the application of the “partial performance” exception, as the five-year arrangement for remanufactured brakes did not involve any goods received and accepted.20 The court affirmed the judgment of the lower court, although it held that the exception to the statute of frauds for promissory estoppel was properly submitted.21

In Topflight Grain Co-op., Inc. v. RJW Williams Farms, Inc.,22 the court considered whether the “merchants must read their mail” exception to section 2-20123 would validate a transaction for grain. Topflight Grain Co-op., Inc. (“Topflight”) agreed to purchase corn from RJW Williams Farms, Inc. (“RJW”). The parties later orally agreed to split the order into two orders, and Topflight mailed a confirmation to RJW the next day. When RJW failed to deliver some of the corn and Topflight brought suit for breach, RJW claimed there was no contract due to the lack of writing signed by it. The court observed that office customs regarding mailing are evidence of a written confirmation when corroborating evidence exists.24 The court upheld the trial court’s finding regarding Topflight’s mailing of the confirmation.25 Topflight’s grain merchandising manager testified that he mailed the written confirmation and, in particular, that the customary business practice was to print, fold, and place contracts with the address showing into a windowed envelope. Those envelopes then go to a postage meter and lastly are placed at a desk where the US Postal Service picks up the mail.26 The court found that because the confirmation was not returned undeliverable and RJW did not object to it, the trial court’s conclusion that RJW received the written confirmation was not against the weight of evidence.27

CONTRACT FORMATION

Sections 2-204 through 2-207 govern contract formation under Article 2. Section 2-204 abrogates a strict requirement of offer and acceptance, providing instead that an agreement may be reached in any manner and can subsequently be found to exist even if the moment of its creation cannot be determined.28 The decision in Extreme Machine & Fabricating, Inc. v. Avery Dennison Corp.29 turned on the application of section 2-204.

Extreme Machine & Fabricating, Inc. (“Extreme”) sold two sample racks used for rolls of paper to Avery Dennison Corp. (“Avery”), but a dispute developed over pricing. Extreme sent Avery a quotation for 2,302 racks at $669 per rack along with a price for two sample racks at $1,320, stating the price was “only good if an order is received for 2,300 racks within 6 weeks after receiving the order for the 2 sample racks.”30 Avery responded with a purchase order for the two sample racks in accordance with the quotation. Extreme responded by e-mail with a revised quotation for the two sample racks that restated the 2,300-rack requirement and specified that if no such order was received, then a material and engineering charge of $30,000 would apply. Ultimately, Avery decided not to order the 2,300 racks and refused to pay $30,000 for the samples, causing Extreme to bring suit. Both parties moved for summary judgment. Denying summary judgment, the court concluded that the contract was formed under section 2-204 when Extreme sent the quotation and Avery responded with a purchase order.31 The court held that under section 2-204(3), a contract could be formed even though the parties did not specify the amount that Avery would pay in the event that it failed to order the 2,300 racks and only purchased the sample racks, reasoning that a missing price term would not cause the contract to fail for indefiniteness.32 The court found the revised quotation was “an untimely attempt to alter a binding written contract.”33

Section 2-206 was at issue in Signature Marketing, Inc. v. New Frontier Armory, LLC.34 Signature Marketing, Inc. (“Signature”) and New Frontier Armory, LLC (“New Frontier”) entered into discussions whereby Signature would provide custom firearm components to New Frontier through its manufacturer EXTAR, LLC (“EXTAR”). After discussions, Signature sent EXTAR a quotation that specified “[t]o accept this quotation, sign & date here and return.”35 EXTAR never signed the quotation, but it did e-mail Signature to confirm receipt of a deposit on some of the components, which Signature ultimately shipped. After problems arose with the components, New Frontier found another supplier, and Signature brought suit for breach of contract against New Frontier and EXTAR. The defendants moved for summary judgment, arguing that the parties did not form a contract because the Signature quotation provided for acceptance pursuant to a sign-date-and-return process. Denying summary judgment, the court emphasized that the liberal policy of contract formation provided under Article 2 extended to acceptances such that a restriction on acceptance would not be considered exclusive unless it is “unambiguously indicate[d].”36 Accordingly, the court concluded that the “quote did not contemplate acceptance exclusively through the signing, dating and returning of the form.”37

The analysis of section 2-207 in Building Materials Corp. of America v. Henkel Corp.38 focused on how the parties created their contract and what terms were included. Building Materials Corporation of America (“BMC”) purchased adhesive from Henkel Corporation (“Henkel”). BMC brought suit for breach of contract against Henkel after it failed to indemnify BMC when the adhesive failed. The BMC purchase order provided it was “expressly subject to the terms and conditions on the face and reverse sides hereof and the vendor’s unconditional acceptance thereof[,]”39 which included an indemnity clause. In response, Henkel provided a sales order confirmation that stated that its acceptance was “expressly made conditional” on assent to its terms and conditions.40 Granting Henkel’s motion for summary judgment, the court concluded that the indemnity clause did not become part of the contract, applying section 2-207.41 The court reasoned that because both parties objected to the terms and conditions of the other, the contract was formed under 2-207(3) based on the conduct of the parties.42 As such, the contract consisted of the terms on which the parties agreed, such as price, quantity, and location of delivery, but did not include BMC’s indemnity clause because the parties’ writings conflicted with regard to liability.43

The decision in Starbucks Corp. v. Amcor Packaging Distribution44 considered section 2-207(3) and the use of course of dealing45 to demonstrate agreement to contract terms. Starbucks Corporation (“Starbucks”) agreed to purchase 9,480 wooden pallets from Amcor Packaging Distribution and its affiliates (“Amcor”) for storing its green coffee pursuant to a specification sheet that included moisture content requirements. Following each delivery, Amcor would issue invoices that disclaimed warranties, excepting replacement, and Starbucks would pay the invoice. Ultimately, the pallets contained too much moisture, forming mold and damaging the coffee. Starbucks brought suit for breach, and Amcor disputed liability due to the disclaimer on the invoices.

Granting Starbucks’ motion for partial summary judgment, the court first determined that a contract was formed based upon the conduct of the parties under section 2-207(3).46 The court found that section 2-207(1) did not apply where the installment contract was formed prior to the individual shipments and invoices, and the invoices themselves were not written confirmations of the installment contract.47

In particular, the court observed that the parties had agreed to conform to Starbucks’ specification sheet, whereas the invoices did not contain the specifications of the pallets.48 Because the writings did not agree with regard to the disclaimers, the court turned to supplementary provisions of the Code, particularly the parties’ course of dealing. Applying section 1-303, the court concluded “the repeated sending of a writing which contains certain standard terms, without any action with respect to the issues addressed by those terms, cannot constitute a course of dealing which would incorporate a term of the writing otherwise excluded” for purposes of section 2-207.49 Accordingly, neither a prior single transaction nor Starbucks’ payment of the invoices on the installment contract amounted to assent to the disclaimers to support the finding of a course of dealing.50

CONTRACT MODIFICATION

Article 2 expressly recognizes both the enforceability of a clause prohibiting subsequent oral modification51 and the possibility that the parties may waive such a clause,52 but section 2-209 does require an actual “agreement modifying a contract” that is in compliance with the statute of frauds, where applicable.53 In Ross Island Sand & Gravel Co. v. Lehigh Southwest Cement Co.,54 the court agreed with the seller that the parties did not modify their contract.55 The parties had entered into contracts for Ross Island Sand & Gravel Company (“Ross”) to purchase concrete from Lehigh Southwest Cement Company (“LSC”). The parties would occasionally agree to price protection, granting Ross discounted prices for specified large construction projects. In 2012, the parties discussed price protection for three construction projects, documented by Ross in a hand-written note the next day. Ross later claimed that it asked LSC to provide price protection on additional projects, to which LSC directed Ross to engage in future discussions when needed. Ross later asserted that LSC orally agreed to price protection for four additional contracts, but it could provide no additional writing. Granting LSC’s motion for summary judgment, the court concluded that the argument in favor of modification must fail when there is no writing satisfying the statute of frauds supporting an agreement by the parties with regard to the modification when e-mail evidence only indicated that the contract might change, not that it had changed.56

OPEN PRICE TERM

Section 2-305 allows parties to contract before they have agreed upon a price.57 In addition to expressly authorizing several methods by which the price may later be fixed, section 2-305 directs that, when parties have failed to agree to a price or a methodology for determining a price, a “reasonable price at the time for delivery” is to be used.58 In Chemours Co. TT, LLC v. ATI Titanium LLC,59 the court considered a breach of contract claim brought by the buyer after a dispute developed over the price for titanium tetrachloride (“TiCL4”), where a long-term supply agreement provided a price calculated by the sum of the components, including a chlorine component, which was adjusted periodically. The buyer claimed that the seller overcharged for TiCL 4after the construction of an on-site facility substantially increased the price to an amount greater than the prevailing market price, which is in violation of the good-faith requirement of section 2-305(2).60 The seller argued that section 2-305 did not apply and that, if it did, the seller acted in good faith. Denying the seller’s motion for summary judgment, the court concluded that section 2-305’s obligation of good faith with respect to fixing the price did apply because the agreement provided that the seller would adjust the price of TiCL4 semiannually in accordance with whatever price it agreed to pay the suppliers of its choice, a process entirely within the seller’s control.61 The court also found that summary judgment was inappropriate where a fact issue existed with regard to the commercial reasonableness of the seller’s price-fixing.62

WARRANTIES

PRIVITY

Privity of contract is generally required to assert a successful breach of contract action, but in the warranty context, the traditional notions of privity are sometimes relaxed.63 City of Wyoming v. Procter & Gamble Co.,64 applying the Minnesota version of section 2-318, underscored the importance of the alternative adopted in the jurisdiction. A number of municipalities brought suit against several manufacturers of “flushable” hygienic wipes that damaged the sewer systems and water treatment facilities of the municipalities. Denying the manufacturers’ motion to dismiss, the court explained the two situations that are within the coverage of Minnesota’s relaxation of privity: (1) “where a third-party suffers lost profits (or other economic loss) after repurchasing or using or otherwise acquiring an item manufactured or made by a defendant,” and (2) “where a third-party suffers property damage from a product.”65 By contrast, there is no relaxation of privity in a situation “where a party suffers some sort of economic loss (such as lost profits), but does not suffer property damage or physical injury, and never uses, purchases, or otherwise acquires the at-issue product, that person is not a third-party beneficiary.”66 The claim of the municipalities was permissible in the absence of privity because it fell within the second category, as they had alleged property damage to treatment facilities caused by the hygienic wipes.67

WARRANTY CREATION AND DISCLAIMERS

A seller provides a warranty to a buyer in most cases that “title conveyed shall be good, and its transfer rightful.”68 In McCoolidge v. Oyvetsky,69 the buyer purchased a used Honda at an auction, but the buyer initially had difficulty registering the car with the certificate of title provided by the seller.70 The certificate of title initially provided by the seller did not document the proper assignments from the prior owner through to the seller.71 Eventually, the buyer was able to receive a certificate of title for registration of the car but did not want to register the car until receiving resolution from the court.72 The court, affirming the judgment of the trial court, held that the seller initially breached the warranty by failing to provide a registerable certificate of title for the used Honda purchased by the buyer, even though the seller provided a registerable certificate later.73 Unfortunately for the buyer, he was unable to prove damages from any remaining shadow on the title.74

“Any affirmation of fact or promise made by the seller to the buyer which relates to the goods and becomes part of the basis of the bargain” can create an express warranty.75 AEP Industries Inc. v. Thiele Technologies Inc.76 turned on express warranties, the implied warranty of merchantability, and an attempt to limit warranties by the seller under section 2-316.77 Thiele Technologies Inc. (“Thiele”) sold a bagging machine to AEP Industries Inc. (“AEP”). Thiele represented to AEP that the machine had specified production capabilities. Thiele’s terms and conditions, though, only warranted against defects in material and workmanship and provided “[t]he Warranties set forth herein are in lieu of all other warranties, whether expressed, implied or statutory, including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.”78 When the machinery failed to meet the production targets as promised, AEP brought suit for breach of contract. Relying on the limited warranty and warranty disclaimer, Thiele moved for dismissal of the action. The court agreed in part, holding that the warranty disclaimer sufficiently disclaimed implied warranties.79 With respect to express warranties, though, the court denied the seller’s motion to dismiss, finding that while a design defect was not covered by the contract, Theile could not disclaim a warranty it made “because it would be unreasonable to permit a seller to create an express warranty in its offer and then add a term or condition at the end that effectively excludes the very warranty it created.”80

The decision in Nestlé Purina PetCare Co. v. Blue Buffalo Co.81 turned on express warranties as well as the implied warranty of fitness under 2-31582 and merchantability under section 2-314.83 Nestlé Purina PetCare Company brought numerous claims against a competitor, the Blue Buffalo Company (“Blue Buffalo”), for false advertising, and Blue Buffalo in turn sued its ingredient supplier, Wilbur-Ellis, and broker, Diversified Ingredients, for deceiving them as to the contents of its pet foods. Diversified, in turn, brought numerous claims against its suppliers, Custom Ag and one of its employees (“Custom Ag”) and Wilbur-Ellis, which both moved to dismiss Diversified’s claims. As to the express warranty claim, the court denied the motion to dismiss, finding that Diversified alleged sufficient facts: (i) concerning descriptions and specifications of the goods as chicken meal and turkey meal without any description that would include byproduct, (ii) that the meal did not meet the description, (iii) that it was unable to detect the nonconformity, and (iv) that it was injured.84 The court also denied the motion to dismiss the claim for breach of warranty of fitness as the complaint alleged a need for unadulterated meal and that Custom Ag paid lower market prices for the adulterated meal, which would infer concealment because Diversified was relying on the representations regarding the product specifications.85 Finally, the court also denied the motion to dismiss with respect to the warranty of merchantability, where the facts taken together sufficiently pled that the goods were not unadulterated meal and that Custom Ag is a merchant dealing in goods of the kind in light of its dealing in chicken and turkey meal to Diversified and others in the pet food industry for years.86

NOTICE

Section 2-607(3)(a) requires a buyer to give the seller notice of a breach of warranty within a reasonable time after the buyer discovers, or should have discovered, the breach.87 Buyers who fail to give the required notice will find their claims barred.88 The reasonableness of the notice is ordinarily a question of fact. Section 2-608(2) contains a similar requirement that the buyer provide notice of revocation of acceptance within a “reasonable time” after the buyer discovers, or should have discovered, the defect.89

ENTRUSTMENT

Section 2-403 permits a merchant who deals in goods of the kind to transfer all rights of an “entruster” of the goods to a buyer in the ordinary course.90 In Zaretsky v. William Goldberg Diamond Corp.,91 the court considered a claim involving a large diamond brought by current possessors who purchased the diamond several transactions after an earlier owner, William Goldberg Diamond Corporation (“WGDC”) had consigned it to Derek Khan, a celebrity fashion stylist (“Khan”). The court, reversing a lower court decision, held that Khan was not a merchant who deals in goods of the kind for purposes of section 2-403’s entrustment doctrine as Khan did not regularly sell diamonds or other high-end jewelry.92 As such, the court observed that WGDC would have had little reason to suspect Khan to sell a diamond consigned to him, even though the parties’ consignment agreement contemplated that Khan would sell consigned jewelry when approved in writing by WGDC.93

PERFORMANCE AND BREACH

REJECTION, ACCEPTANCE, AND REVOCATION OF ACCEPTANCE

Section 2-606 governs a buyer’s acceptance of goods, including a buyer’s failure to make an effective rejection under section 2-602.94 Section 2-608 provides aggrieved buyers with a limited right to revoke acceptance of non-conforming goods.95 For a buyer to exercise this right under section 2-608, the nonconformity must substantially impair the value of the goods, and the buyer must have accepted the goods either on the reasonable assumption that the nonconformity would be cured or without discovering the nonconformity, because discovery would be difficult, or because of the seller’s assurances.96 The decision in House of Brides, Inc. v. Alfred Angelo, Inc.97 turned on the application of these sections.

In House of Brides, Inc., the court examined whether a manufacturer of wedding apparel, Alfred Angelo, Inc. (“Angelo”), breached its contract with the retailer, House of Brides, Inc. (“House of Brides”). House of Brides and Angelo had a long-standing agreement for wedding products that began to experience difficulty in 2010 when House of Brides alleged that Angelo began delivering gowns late, defectively made, or simply the wrong dress, resulting in customer refunds. Despite the problems, Angelo would not accept returns for which House of Brides eventually brought suit for breach of contract. On Angelo’s motion for summary judgment, House of Brides argued that it either rejected or revoked acceptance of the goods such that it did not owe payment. The court disagreed, finding that an acceptance of goods occurred because House of Brides failed to make a rejection when they communicated the issues with respect to the deliveries, but, nevertheless, retained the dresses and resold some of them.98 Moreover, House of Brides did not provide evidence to support its claim of the alleged nonconformities.99 The court also rejected the argument of revocation of acceptance because House of Brides did not show which orders had defects and failed to establish that it provided Angelo notice and an opportunity to cure.100 Accordingly, the court concluded House of Brides had accepted the goods and not revoked the acceptance.101

REMEDIES

SELLER’S REMEDIES

Article 2 provides a seller with some leverage in the form of replevin against the buyer who fails to pay for the goods under sections 2-507102 and 2-702.103 These provisions were at issue in the bankruptcy context in the case of In re Leonard.104 Charles Leonard (“Leonard Cattle”) agreed to purchase cattle from Leigh Murphy (“Murphy Cattle”), with Murphy Cattle delivering the cattle to a third party’s feedlot on September 23, 2015. When several of Leonard Cattle’s checks were dishonored in October 2015, Murphy Cattle filed for replevin of the cattle on November 3, 2015. Shortly thereafter, Leonard Cattle filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy and attempted to avoid Murphy Cattle’s right of reclamation.

The bankruptcy court held that Murphy Cattle was entitled to reclaim the cattle for which Leonard Cattle had not paid in that the complaint for replevin was timely.105 The court held that Murphy Cattle exercised its right to reclamation as a cash seller under section 2-507 after the Leonard Cattle checks were dishonored.106 The court rejected Leonard Cattle’s argument that the transaction was converted to one for a sale of goods on credit, to which section 2-702 imposes strict time restrictions on reclaiming goods, when Leonard Cattle failed to pay.107 The court also rejected Leonard Cattle’s argument that the rate of reclamation was avoidable in bankruptcy, finding that the statutory right to reclaim under Article 2 is not a priority in conflict with the Bankruptcy Code or avoidable in bankruptcy.108 Importantly, though, the court did not decide who would receive the proceeds of the sale of the cattle among Murphy Cattle, the feedlot that loaned Leonard Cattle money and cared for the cattle, and another lender.109

Article 2 provides an aggrieved seller with several potential remedies, including resale under section 2-706 by a seller who has possession of the goods,110 recovery of the difference between the market price and the contract price under section 2-708,111 or recovery of the price under section 2-709.112

The decision in Wisconsin Cranberry Co-op. v. Groupe Alimonco, Inc.113 turned on the application of section 2-706. Wisconsin Cranberry Cooperative, the seller, agreed to sell cranberries to Groupe Alimonco, Inc., the buyer, at a price of $.65 per pound. The buyer took only two of the ten orders and the seller later sold the cranberries to a third party at $.40 per pound. The seller claimed its resale remedy at the rate of $.25 per pound plus incidental damages in the form of freezer-storage costs. The trial court agreed with the buyer, and the court of appeals affirmed.114 The court found that the sale made four months later was still a resale, even though the goods are fungible, because the majority of other sales by the seller were of specialty cranberries not of the type at issue and there was only a small sale of whole cranberries.115 The court also concluded that the sale was done “in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner,” even though the seller took a loss on the cranberries when the seller attempted to resell the cranberries through its standard marketing efforts, both domestically and internationally.116 Finally, the court also upheld and awarded one cent per pound per month for freezer-storage costs as incidental damages under section 2-710, as the rate claimed was the same used in many of the contracts between the parties.117

BUYER’S REMEDIES

Section 2-711 generally permits an aggrieved buyer to pursue specified remedies, including the recovery of payments made to the breaching seller.118 Section 2-712 entitles an aggrieved buyer to “cover” by making reasonable, good-faith purchases of substitute goods.119 In cases where the goods are accepted, recovery may be pursued under section 2-714, which provides that an aggrieved buyer’s damages are measured by the difference between the value of the goods as accepted and the value if the goods were as warranted.120

The appropriateness of an award of damages for defective goods under section 2-714 was considered in Lincoln Composites, Inc. v. Firetrace USA, LLC.121 Firetrace USA, LLC (“Firetrace”) agreed to sell fire detection tubing to Lincoln Composites, Inc. (“Lincoln”). After some of the tubing was defective and not repaired, Lincoln demanded a refund and, ultimately, brought suit for breach of contract. The jury ruled in favor of Lincoln and awarded $920,227.76 in damages for breach of warranty; Firetrace appealed. The jury applied section 2-714 to award the value of the tubing as promised because the value of the tubing received was zero. The appellate court rejected Firetrace’s argument that not all tubing had failed and that some of the tubing could be sold for scrap, holding that even a low risk of failure was a question for the jury and not against the weight of the evidence.122 The court also upheld the award of consequential damages for expenses related to travel and labor for future replacements of tubing, noting that “damages need not be proved with mathematical certainty,” and the jury weighed the evidence.123

Article 2 also permits a breaching buyer to recover in restitution at least some of the deposit paid toward goods under section 2-718.124 McCann v. McSorley125 applied this provision in a case involving the buyer’s repudiation of a purchase of custom slipcovers for boat cushions. In McCann, the buyer paid a deposit of $1,800 toward boat cushions with the total cost of $3,320 but later repudiated after the seller had spent $600 on materials. Applying 2-718, the court held that while the buyer had breached the agreement, he was entitled to the return of his $1,800 deposit less $500 as the lesser amount under section 2-718(2) and less $600 in damages for the unusable materials under section 2-718(3).126 Thus, the buyer could recover $700 of his deposit.127

STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS

Article 2 generally requires that actions for breach must be brought within four years of when the cause of action accrues.128 Plaintiffs who delay in filing a lawsuit and come up against the statute of limitations often make creative arguments to avoid the dismissal of their suits as time-barred. Such was the case in Lara v. Delta International Machinery Corp.,129 where an employee of a purchaser of a secondhand table saw brought suit for breach of warranty against the table saw manufacturer after he was injured using said saw. The table saw was manufactured in 1986 and acquired secondhand by the employer in 2008 or 2009. Granting the manufacturer’s motion for summary judgment on warranty claims, the court strictly enforced the four-year statute of limitations.130 The court explained that the statute of limitations begins to run from the original purchase, not from the date of the secondhand purchase.131 Accordingly, the breach of warranty claim by the employee was time-barred.132

Whether a warranty ran to future performance such that the statute of limitations extended beyond four years under section 2-725(2) was at issue in LTL Acres L.P. v. Butler Manufacturing Co.133 The contract at issue provided that the cladding materials would be free of defects and would not within ten years “lose their bond, peel, flake or chip, and further that the finish will be feed resistant, . . . and will be water resistant so long as surface integrity is retained.”134 The court held that the use of the word “will” referred to the future and created a warranty that the materials would perform for ten years.135 As such, discovery of any breach must await future performance and the four-year statute of limitations would run from when either the breach occurred or should have been discovered.136

____________

* Jennifer S. Martin is a professor of law at St. Thomas University School of Law. The author wishes to thank research assistants Leonard Caracappa, Mireya Cuza, Johanne Larosiliere, Yamilla Lorenzo, Jason Ross, and Danielle Schwabe, of St. Thomas University School of Law, for their valuable work on this project.

1. See U.C.C. § 2-102 (2011). Neither Article 2 nor Article 1 defines “transaction.” See Lakeview Pharm. of Racine, Inc. v. Catamaran Corp., No. 3:15-0290, 2016 WL 3227258, at *4 (M.D. Pa. June 13, 2016) (holding a contract with a pharmaceutical benefits manager was not a transaction in goods where the manager acted as a middleman between plan sponsors, plan members, and retail pharmacies and never had possession of, or title to, the goods sold or otherwise acted as a buyer or seller of goods); Rizzo v. Applied Materials, Inc., No. 6:15-cv-557, 2016 WL 1122063, at *2–3 (N.D.N.Y. Mar. 22, 2016) (holding there was no transaction in goods where an employee was injured by chemical fumes used in manufacturing at employer’s facility); Reis v. Spectrum Health Sys., No. 15-CV-2348-H, 2016 WL 4582241, at *5 (Mass. Super. Ct. Aug. 16, 2016) (holding a contract between medical service provider and patient was not a transaction in goods).

2. See U.C.C. § 2-105(1) (2011); see also Dakota Style Foods, Inc. v. Sunopta Grains & Foods, Inc., No. 1:16-CV-01036-CBK, 2016 WL 7243534, at *2 (D.S.D. Dec. 13, 2016) (holding contract for the sale of sunflower products at a future date was a sale of goods under Article 2, reasoning Article 2 governs growing crops); Jacks v. Vanderbilt Mortg. & Fin., Inc., No. CIV-16-805-M, 2016 WL 5720835, at *2 (W.D. Okla. Oct. 3, 2016) (holding a manufactured home is a good under Article 2); In re Wometco De P.R. Inc., No. 15-02264, 2016 WL 155393, at *2 (Bankr. D.P.R. Jan. 12, 2016) (holding electricity is a good under Article 2). But see Hilsen v. Am. Sleep Alliance, LLC, No. 2:15-cv-00714-DBP, 2016 WL 3948065, at *3 (D. Utah July 19, 2016) (holding a contract for the licensing of patent was not one for goods); see also id. (holding a royalty contract for a patent was not a transaction in goods).

3. While “transactions” appears to include more than just present and future sales, a narrower reading is not without support in Article 2. Section 2-106 begins, “[i]n this Article unless the context otherwise requires, ‘contract’ and ‘agreement’ are limited to those relating to the present or future sale of goods.” U.C.C. § 2-106(1) (2011). Because most of the substantive provisions in Article 2 apply to contracts or agreements, it is logical for courts to focus on contracts or agreements for the present or future sale of goods. See Sutherland v. Francis, No. 14-15438, 2016 U.S. App. LEXIS 5844 (9th Cir. Mar. 30, 2016) (upholding dismissal of claims arising out of alleged oral sales contract for purchase of fractional interests in heavy machinery, finding that sale of a part interest could be a transaction under Article 2, but that the plaintiffs had not alleged they took title from the sellers); SAS Inst., Inc. v. World Programming Ltd., No. 5:10-25-FL, 2016 WL 3435196, at *5 (E.D.N.C. June 17, 2016) (holding a contract to license software was not a transaction in goods under Article 2); Isenbergh v. S. Chi. Nissan, No. 1-15-3510, 2016 Ill. App. Unpub. LEXIS 1947 (Sept. 16, 2016) (holding Article 2 applied to oral agreement to repurchase “temporary car” at a future date).

4. 790 S.E.2d 417 (S.C. Ct. App. 2016).

5. Id. at 420 (citing Richard H. Nowka, The Secured Party Fiddles While the Article 2 Statute of Limitations Clock Ticks—Why the Article 2 Statute of Limitations Should Not Apply to Deficiency Actions, 7 FLA. ST. U. BUS. REV. 1, 5 (2008)); see also SunTrust Bank v. Venable, 791 S.E.2d 5, 7 (Ga. 2016) (applying Article 2 to a deficiency action).

6. See, e.g., Okla. Gas & Elec. Co. v. Toshiba Int’l Corp., No. CIV-14-0759-HE, 2016 WL 3659941, at *3 (W.D. Okla. July 1, 2016) (applying the predominant purpose test to conclude a contract for refurbishment of an electric power generator that later failed was predominantly one for services where work performed and testing services were substantial).

7. See id.

8. 168 F. Supp. 3d 1017 (N.D. Ohio 2016).

9. Id. at 1024; see U.C.C. § 2-105(1) (2011) (“‘Goods’ means all things (including specially manufactured goods) which are movable at the time of identification to the contract . . . .”).

10. Babcock & Wilcox Co., 168 F. Supp. 3d at 1023–25.

11. Id. at 1024 (citing Boardman Steel Fabricators, Ltd. v. Andritz, Inc., 14-2-GFVT, 2015 WL 5304293, at *4 (E.D. Ky. Sept. 9, 2015)).

12. Id. at 1025.

13. Id.

14. Id. at 1025–26.

15. Id. at 1027.

16. See U.C.C. § 2-201(1) (2011); see also Reser’s Fine Foods, Inc. v. Bob Evans Farms, Inc., No. 3:13-cv-00098-AA, 2016 WL 3769361, at *11 (D. Or. July 13, 2016) (showing question of fact existed as to whether statute of frauds satisfied, precluding summary judgment); see Isenbergh, supra note 3 (holding Article 2 statute of frauds requires a writing documenting agreement to repurchase “temporary car” because the goods were over $500).

17. 385 P.3d 567 (Mont. 2016).

18. Id. at 574–75.

19. Id. at 575–76.

20. Id.; But see Coastal Sunbelt Produce, LLC v. Saldivar & Assocs., Inc., No. 1:16cv449, 2016 WL 5661558, at *4 n.4 (E.D. Va. Sept. 1, 2016) (finding the partial performance exception did apply where seller sought to recover payment for goods both delivered and accepted by the buyer).

21. S & P Brake Supply, 385 P.3d at 579.

22. No. 4-15-0214, 2016 WL 3003619 (Ill. App. Ct. May 24, 2016).

23. See U.C.C. § 2-201(2) (2011) (validating written confirmations by a merchant otherwise satisfying section 2-201(1) when not objected to in writing within ten days); see also SMK Ass’n, LLC v. Sutherland Global Servs., No. 14 C 284, 2016 WL 5476256, at *4–5 (N.D. Ill. Sept. 29, 2016) (denying summary judgment where fact issue existed as to receipt of mailed contract); In re Kent, 554 B.R. 131, 142–43 (N.D. Miss. 2016) (denying creditor’s summary judgment, holding fact issue existed as to whether one of the parties qualified as a merchant).

24. Topflight Grain Co-op., 2016 WL 3003619, at *5.

25. Id. at *6.

26. Id. at *5–6.

27. Id. at *6.

28. U.C.C. § 2-204 (2011).

29. 49 N.E.3d 324 (Ohio Ct. App. 2016).

30. Id. at 325–26.

31. Id. at 330.

32. Id. at 331 (quoting the Official Comment); see also Obermeyer Hydro Accessories, Inc. v. CSI Calendering, Inc., 158 F. Supp. 3d 1149, 1164 (D. Colo. 2016) (quoting section 2-204(c) and holding contract formed, even though terms regarding the billing timeline and calendaring were left open). But see C.G. Schmidt, Inc. v. Permasteelisa N.A., 825 F.3d 801, 806 (7th Cir. 2016) (holding no contract was formed for glass curtainwall where bid was never accepted and parties continued to negotiate over price and other terms).

33. Extreme Machine & Fabricating, 49 N.E.3d at 331; see also Stardust Ventures, LLC v. Roberts, 65 N.E.3d 1122 (Ind. Ct. App. 2016) (both parties manifested assent to enter into agreement for a houseboat, such that a later revocation of the buyer’s offer had no effect).

34. No. 15-7200-JWL, 2016 WL 5409996 (D. Kan. Sept. 28, 2016).

35. Id. at *3.

36. Id. at *5–6; see also Starbucks Corp. v. Amcor Packaging Distrib., No. 2:13-1754 WBS CKD, 2016 WL 3543371, at *5 (E.D. Cal. June 23, 2016) (holding contract for wooden pallets was formed when seller shipped wooden pallets); but see Liddell Bros., Inc. v. Impact Recovery Sys., Inc., No. 15-13226-FDS, 2016 WL 1091065, at *5–6 (D. Mass. Mar. 21, 2016) (purchase order that followed four months after price quote, ordered different products, and contained a rejection of the seller’s terms and conditions was not an acceptance under section 2-206).

37. Signature Marketing, 2016 WL 5409996, at *6.

38. No. 6:15-cv–548-Orl-22GJK, 2016 WL 7666151 (M.D. Fla. Aug. 30, 2016).

39. Id. at *2.

40. Id. at *3; But cf. AEP Indus. v. Thiele Techs., Inc., No. 2:15-CV-315-WKW, 2016 WL 1230010, at *5–6 (M.D. Ala. Mar. 29, 2016) (applying section 2-207(2) after finding contract formed under section 2-207(1) where seller’s offer contained advance objection to later terms and buyer’s purchase order did not make acceptance expressly conditional on its terms, but rather provided that no variations would be effective unless agreed to in writing); Archer W. Contractors, LLC v. Synalloy Fabrication, LLC, No. CCB-14-3031, 2016 WL 930965, at *8 (D. Md. Mar. 11, 2016) (holding acceptance “based on” additional terms and conditions did not prevent formation of a contract under (1)).

41. Building Materials, 2016 WL 7666151, at *7–8.

42. Id. at *7.

43. Id.

44. No. 2:13-1754 WBS CKD, 2016 WL 3543371 (E.D. Cal. June 23, 2016).

45. Id. at *7; U.C.C. § 1-303(b) (2011) (defining “course of dealing”).

46. Starbucks Corp., 2016 WL 3543371, at *6–7.

47. Id. at *6.

48. Id.

49. Id. at *8 (quoting Transwestern Pipeline Co. v. Monsanto Co., 46 Cal. App. 4th 502, 517 (Ct. App. 1996)).

50. Starbucks Corp., 2016 WL 3543371, at *9–11; id. at *14; see also Redi-Co, LLC v. Prince Castle, LLC, No. 3:15-CV-01810-HZ, 2016 WL 740426 (D. Or. Feb. 24, 2016) (finding that a course of performance cannot be used to contradict a writing).

51. U.C.C. § 2-209(2) (2011).

52. Id. § 2-209(4).

53. Id. § 2-209(1); see id. § 2-209(3).

54. No. 3:15-cv-01369-PK, 2016 WL 6398799 (D. Or. Oct. 27, 2016).

55. Id. at *5.

56. Id.

57. U.C.C. § 2-305(1) (2011).

58. Id.

59. No. N15C-03-083, 2016 WL 4054936 (Del. Super. Ct. July 27, 2016).

60. Id. at *7; see also U.C.C. 2-305(2) (2011).

61. Chemours Co., 2016 WL 4054936, at *7–8.

62. Id. at *9–10.

63. See U.C.C. § 2-318 (2011) (providing states with three alternatives for adoption that permit persons, other than immediate buyers of goods, to pursue claims of breach of warranty against sellers of goods); see also H. Hirschmann, Ltd. v. Green Mountain Glass, LLC, No. 5:15-CV-00034, 2016 WL 3683518, at *3–4 (D. Vt. July 6, 2016) (discussing the relaxation of express and, sometimes, implied warranties in Vermont, Michigan, and New Hampshire); Traxler v. PPG Indus., Inc., 158 F. Supp. 3d 607, 623–26 (N.D. Ohio 2016) (discussing exceptions to privity in New York, North Carolina, Ohio, and Washington); but see Lambert v. G.A. Braun Int’l, Ltd., No. 3:14-CV-00390-JHM, 2016 WL 3406155, at *5 (W.D. Ky. June 17, 2016) (finding relaxation of privity in Kentucky did not extend to a buyer’s employees).

64. No. 15-2101, 2016 WL 5496321 (D. Minn. Sept. 28, 2016).

65. Id. at *8. Minnesota has adopted Alternative C to section 2-318. See MINN. STAT. § 336.2-318 (2016); see also U.C.C. § 2-318 (2011).

66. City of Wyo., 2016 WL 5496321, at *8.

67. Id.; see also Arçelik, A.S¸. v. E.I. Du Pont De Nemours & Co., No. CV 15-961-LPS, 2016 WL 5719681, at *2 (D. Del. Sept. 29, 2016) (granting seller’s motion to dismiss applying Alternative B to conclude that the provision required a natural person); Chapin v. Great S. Wood Preserving Inc., No. 2012-77, 2016 WL 2992117, at *3–4 (D.V.I. May 22, 2016) (granting seller summary judgment applying Alternative B to conclude that the provision required a personal injury).

68. U.C.C. § 2-312(1)(a) (2011). Section 2-312 also provides a warranty against claims of infringement where the seller was regularly dealing in goods of the kind. Id. § 2-312(3).

69. McCoolidge v. Oyvetsky, 874 N.W.2d 892 (Neb. 2016).

70. Id. at 896.

71. Id. at 896–97.

72. Id. at 898.

73. Id. at 900; see also id. at 904.

74. Id. at 903–04.

75. U.C.C. § 2-313(1)(a) (2011).

76. AEP Indus. Inc. v. Thiele Tech. Inc., No. 16-C-391, 2016 WL 4591902 (E.D. Wis. Sept. 2, 2016).

77. See U.C.C. § 2-316 (2011) (permitting certain exclusions and modifications of warranties); see also Atkinson Trucking & Logging, Inc. v. Blanchard Machinery Co., No. 2:15-cv-00202-JHR, 2016 WL 5660288, at *4 (D. Me. Sept. 30, 2016) (holding disclaimer in the form of an “as is” clause appearing on its own line of text of a one-page contract was conspicuous and disclaimed warranties).

78. AEP Indus., 2016 WL 4591902, at *1.

79. Id. at *5.

80. Id. at *6 (citing Paulson v. Olson Implement Co., 319 N.W.2d 855 (Wis. 1982)).

81. 181 F. Supp. 3d 618 (E.D. Mo. 2016); see also Zajac, LLC v. Walker Indus. & Turck Inc., No. 2:15-CV-507-GZS, 2016 WL 3962830, at *7–8 (D. Me. July 21, 2016) (holding buyer properly pled warranty claims).

82. See U.C.C. § 2-315 (2011) (requiring goods to be fit for the buyer’s particular purposes where the seller had reason to know of the purpose and the buyer relied on the seller’s skill or judgment); but see Traxler v. PPG Indus., Inc., 158 F. Supp. 3d 607, 618–19 (N.D. Ohio 2016) (dismissing fitness for particular purpose claims of buyers who did not assert a particular purpose distinct from the ordinary purpose of the product).

83. See U.C.C. § 2-314 (2011) (requiring goods to be fit for the ordinary purposes for which such goods are used); see also Roy v. Quality Pro Auto, LLC, 132 A.3d 418, 421 (N.H. 2016) (holding car that was described as not passing New Hampshire inspection and could not be driven on state roads was merchantable within the meaning of the contract).

84. Nestlé Purina PetCare Co., 181 F. Supp. 3d at 643.

85. Id.

86. Id. at 644; but see Spano v. Domenick’s Collision, No. 2015-280KC, 2016 WL 733628, at *1 (N.Y. App. Div. Feb. 23, 2016) (holding no warranty of merchantability where seller of vehicle was not a merchant).

87. U.C.C. § 2-607(3)(a) (2011).

88. Id. (“[A buyer] must . . . notify the seller . . . or be barred from any remedy.”); see, e.g., Dilly v. Pella Corp., Nos. 2:14-mn-00001-DCN, 2:14-cv-03307-DCN, 2016 WL 53828, at *11 (D.S.C. Jan. 4, 2016) (dismissing buyer’s claim where buyer admitted he did not provide pre-suit notice); see also Badilla v. Wal-Mart Stores E., Inc., 389 P.3d 1050, 1058 (N.M. Ct. App. 2016) (notice given three years, two months after purchase was not a reasonable time).

89. U.C.C. § 2-608(2) (2011); see, e.g., Princeton Indus. Prods., Inc. v. Precision Metals Corp., 120 F. Supp. 3d 812, 824 (N.D. Ill. 2015) (finding a notice one year after over-shipments came too late because notice of revocation must do more than inform of non-conformity and be sent in a reasonable time).

90. U.C.C. § 2-403(2) (2011).

91. 820 F.3d 513 (2d Cir. 2016).

92. Id. at 524.

93. Id. at 521–24.

94. U.C.C. §§ 2-602, 2-606 (2011).

95. Id. § 2-608.

96. Id. § 2-608(1); see, e.g., New Eng. Precision Grinding, Inc. v. Simply Surgical, LLC, 46 N.E.3d 590, 595 (Mass. App. Ct. 2016) (holding the buyer did not have a right to revoke acceptance of goods where they were conforming).

97. 163 F. Supp. 3d 534 (N.D. Ill. 2016).

98. Id. at 541.

99. Id. at 542.

100. Id.

101. Id. at 543.

102. U.C.C. § 2-507(2) (2011) (stating a buyer’s right to retain goods is conditional upon the payment due).

103. Id. § 2-702(2) (providing a seller may reclaim goods upon demand within ten days after receipt if the buyer has received the goods on credit while insolvent).

104. Leonard v. Murphy (In re Leonard), Nos. BK15-82016, A15-8044, 2016 WL 1417964 (Bankr. D. Neb. Apr. 8, 2016).

105. Id. at *3.

106. Id. at *7.

107. Id. at *4, *7.

108. Id. at *7–10.

109. Id. at *3.

110. U.C.C. § 2-706(1) (2011) (providing that the breaching buyer is liable for the difference between the resale price of the goods and the contract price where the resale “is made in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner”).

111. Id. § 2-708(1). A party that sells the goods after a buyer’s breach is not necessarily precluded from pursuing a remedy pursuant to section 2-708, as the Code gives a seller the choice of either remedy. See Jennifer S. Martin, Sales, 70 BUS. LAW. 1165, 1178–79 (2015) (describing Peace River Seed Coop., Ltd. v. Proseeds Mktg., Inc., 322 P.3d 531 (Or. 2014), in which the Oregon Supreme Court permitted an aggrieved seller to recover market differential, despite a resale).

112. U.C.C. § 2-709 (2011); see also House of Brides, Inc. v. Alfred Angelo, Inc., 163 F. Supp. 3d 534, 539 (N.D. Ill. 2016) (finding seller of wedding gowns entitled to price when the buyer failed to pay without a valid defense).

113. No. 2015AP2079, 2016 WL 3747592 (Wis. Ct. App. July 14, 2016).

114. Id. at *1.

115. Id. at *9.

116. Id.

117. Id. at *10.

118. U.C.C. § 2-711(1) (2011); see, e.g., Pyskaty v. Wide World of Cars, LLC, No. 15 Civ. 1600 (JCM), 2016 WL 828135, at *8–9 (S.D.N.Y. Feb. 23, 2016), appeal docketed, No. 16-815 (2d Cir. Mar. 16, 2016) (holding buyer, who alleged she revoked acceptance of defective vehicle, but did not purchase a replacement vehicle or prove market value, could still recover amount paid to seller and incidental damages).

119. U.C.C. § 2-712(1) (2011); see id. § 2-712(2) (permitting the recovery of the difference between the cost of cover and the contract price); see, e.g., In re ADI Liquidation, Inc., 555 B.R. 423, 437–40 (Bankr. D. Del. 2016) (holding buyer under supply agreement rejected by seller could claim cover damages for purchase of more expensive goods).

120. U.C.C. § 2-714 (2011) (permitting the recovery of the difference between the value as accepted and value as warranted, along with incidental and consequential damages).

121. 825 F.3d 453 (8th Cir. 2016).

122. Id. at 465.

123. Id. at 465–66.

124. U.C.C. § 2-718(2) (2011) (permitting the recovery by a breaching buyer who has made payment toward the goods of the amount exceeding liquidated damages or, if there is no liquidated damages provision, 20 percent of the value of the performance or $500, whichever is smaller).

125. 53 Misc. 3d 48 (N.Y. App. Div. 2016).

126. Id. at 51.

127. Id.

128. U.C.C. § 2-725(1)–(2) (2011). The four-year statute of limitations generally commences when the breach occurs which, for a warranty, is generally on tender of delivery of the goods. Id. § 2-725(2); but see id. § 2-725(4) (“This section does not alter the law on tolling of the statute of limitations . . . .”). The statute of limitations does not begin to run on tender of delivery if “a warranty explicitly extends to future performance of the goods and discovery of the breach must await the time of such performance.” Id. § 2-725(2). In that case, the period begins to run when the breach is or should have been discovered. Id. Moreover, the parties may reduce, by agreement, the period of limitations to not less than one year. Id. § 2-725(1).

129. 174 F. Supp. 3d 719 (E.D.N.Y. 2016).

130. Id. at 745–46.

131. Id. at 745.

132. Id.

133. 136 A.3d 682 (Del. 2016).

134. Id. at 685.

135. Id. at 688.

136. Id.

Leases

By Edward K. Gross, Dominic A. Liberatore, and Stephen T. Whelan*

CASE LAW DEVELOPMENTS

This survey covers a number of cases decided in 2016 involving disputes between parties to equipment financing transactions or with third parties regarding the transactions or the related equipment. The courts in these surveyed cases considered many of the issues that are fundamental to establishing the respective rights, obligations, interests, and remedies associated with equipment financings. These issues include, among others, whether a transaction documented as a lease creates a true “lease” or a security interest, the rights of assignees of interests under a lease, certainty of payment issues such as waivers of defenses and “hell-or-high water” payment obligations, vicarious liability of a lessor, a lessor’s damages remedies, and options reserved to lessees relating to the leased equipment.

TRUE LEASE

The characterization of a contract as a “true” lease or a lease that creates a security interest is typically raised by lessees and other parties in the context of bankruptcy or enforcement cases, or priority disputes, for the purpose of achieving greater rights or protections in matters involving the purported lessor of the related equipment.

The characterization analysis in In re Ajax Integrated, LLC1 involved a lease with end-of-term options that required the lessee either to purchase the equipment for a fixed price, or return it to the lessor, at the lessee’s expense, to a location designated by the lessor in the continental United States and in the same condition and appearance as when delivered (reasonable wear and tear excepted), and to pay the full monthly rental from the expiration date until the equipment was returned.2 The court relied on “former” N.Y. U.C.C. § 1-201(37), “which provides a two prong ‘Bright-Line Test’ that, if satisfied, calls for the lease to be recharacterized as a secured transaction.”3 Among other things, the court noted that this statutory test looks to the substance, not the parties’ intent, and if not satisfied, then the court “must apply a contextual analysis that examines the facts and circumstances of the case to determine if a security interest was, in fact, created.”4 This contextual analysis, referred to as the “economic realities” test, determines, “‘whether the lessor retains a meaningful residual interest’ at the end of the lease term.”5

The first prong of the statutory test was satisfied because the lessee could not terminate the agreement without paying all of the amounts then due in addition to the purchase option price.6 The court then focused on whether the purchase option price was “nominal” and concluded that the fixed purchase option price of $16,900 was nominal compared to the expense of returning the equipment to an unknown location in the continental United States, which was estimated by the debtor to be “anywhere from $10,500 to $15,000,” in addition to any repair expenses necessary to cause the equipment to be in the “as delivered” condition (reasonable wear and tear excepted).7 The court also conducted a contextual analysis of the transaction and, based on the totality of the circumstances, reached the same result.8 As a result, the lessor was deemed to be a secured creditor and was denied any recovery relating to the residual value of the equipment.9 Although many of the characterization cases turn on the nominality of a purchase option price, this case is rather unique because it considers the nominality using both the bright-line test in former section 1-201(37)(a)(iv) (the law in effect when the leases were entered into)10 and a contextual analysis of the economic realities of the transaction. Also, the court ultimately concluded that the customer was economically compelled to purchase the equipment by comparing the cost to purchase the equipment to the cost of returning it.11 That analysis is more often described as an economic realities test, not a nominality test.

In In re Lightning Bolt Leasing, LLC,12 the court reached an unexpected result of particular concern for truck and other commercial vehicle lessors. This is a bankruptcy case involving a purported lease that included a Terminal Rental Adjustment Clause, providing for an upward or downward rental adjustment to reflect the difference, if any, between the actual disposition value (i.e., in this case, the amount of the disposition proceeds received by the lessor) and the residual value anticipated by the parties at lease commencement and specified in the lease.13 The contemplated rental “adjustment” provides for, as applicable, either the Debtor’s payment to the lessor, CIT, of any deficiency if the actual disposition proceeds are less than the anticipated residual value, or the Debtor’s right to receive or retain any excess if the actual proceeds received exceed the anticipated value.14 All fifty states and the District of Columbia have enacted laws that provide that “for commercial leases of cars, trucks and trailers, the mere presence of a TRAC clause does not destroy true lease status or create a sale or security interest.”15

After determining that the lease agreement did not per se create a secured transaction, the court identified the threshold issue, “how the agreement allocates risk of ownership (if a lease) or credit (if a form of loan).”16 The lessee argued that the lease agreement created a secured transaction because it had the “true ‘upside right’ and ‘downside risk’” after the lease term expired.17 The court agreed with the lessee, finding that the TRAC provision “effectively divests [CIT] of any real residual interest in the Equipment as the lessee retains no risk associated with the sale or other disposition of the Equipment.”18

Most lessors have assumed that the courts in any state considering the characterization implications of a TRAC provision in a purported lease would inarguably follow the pertinent TRAC statute and, unless there were other provisions that were wildly inconsistent with the applicable U.C.C. characterization test (e.g., the lease contained a $1 purchase option), deem the transaction to constitute a true lease. This presumption that these state TRAC statutes afford a reliable safe harbor from a re-characterization is supported by most of the published cases that have addressed this issue.19 In that regard, it is noteworthy that a case relied upon by the Lightning Bolt court, In re Zerkle Trucking Co., is an outlier because it characterized a TRAC lease as a secured transaction on similar grounds, despite the existence of a TRAC statute.20 Perhaps the Lightning Bolt court would have viewed the “economic realities” differently if the lease was structured as a “split-TRAC,”21 and the lessor would have retained some of the downside risk, but most lessors would argue that the existence of a TRAC statute alone should have been dispositive in characterizing this TRAC lease as a true lease.

RIGHTS OF ASSIGNEES

In Blanken v. Kentucky Highlands Investment Corp.,22 Wells Fargo entered into a lease agreement with the lessee, which allowed the lessee to purchase the leased equipment at the end of the lease term for $1.23 In round one of the litigation, the court ruled that this transaction was a “sham lease” and that it was in fact a “secured transaction under the UCC,” making the lessee the economic owner of the equipment.24 However, the plaintiff alleged that he became the owner of the leased equipment when he received a post-default assignment of Wells Fargo’s security interest in the equipment and subsequently executed an amendment to the lease (the “Second Amendment”), which provided that he became the owner of the equipment.25 Because the plaintiff believed that he was the true owner of the equipment, he did not file a financing statement to perfect his interest in the equipment, as permitted by U.C.C. section 9-505.26 A priority dispute arose when the defendant, an all-assets, perfected secured creditor of the lessee, took possession of the equipment and disposed of it by private sale.27 Despite the plaintiff ’s argument that the Second Amendment effected a “strict foreclosure” under section 9-620 of the U.C.C., the court held that there was no evidence of the lessee’s “consent to [the] [p]laintiff ’s acceptance of the [equipment] in satisfaction of its [lease] debt,” even though the lessee intended for the plaintiff to become the true owner of the equipment.28 Accordingly, the court determined that the competing creditor of the lessee prevailed in this priority dispute.29 This situation demonstrates the significant need to file a protective financing statement against a lessee, whether or not the lessor believes that the agreement is a true lease.

The plaintiff could have made two additional arguments that the court refrained from addressing. First, it appears that the plaintiff, having purchased the lease and Wells Fargo’s interest in the equipment, never made the argument that the Second Amendment converted the agreement from a security device to a true lease—which might have enabled him to prevail, as the economic owner of the equipment, over the competing creditor that claimed its interest by reason of the lessee’s purported ownership thereof. Second, the plaintiff failed to argue that a multi-step transaction occurred as follows: 1) Wells Fargo assigned the lease and its security interest in the equipment to Mr. Blanken; 2) upon execution of the Second Amendment, the lessee, as economic owner, effectively transferred its ownership interest in the equipment to Mr. Blanken; and 3) Mr. Blanken, as owner of the equipment, then leased it to the lessee. However, each of these arguments would have deprived the lessee’s creditor (Kentucky Highlands) of its first priority security interest in the equipment, which had been granted when the lessee was the economic owner of the equipment under what was then a non-true lease and, hence, Mr. Blanken’s arguments likely would have been rejected.

WAIVER OF DEFENSES

Two decisions illustrate conflicting state law interpretations of waiver-of-defenses clauses. In React Presents, Inc. v. Sillerman,30 the guarantor asserted an affirmative fraud-based defense in response to the plaintiff ’s attempt to enforce both a Guaranty containing a waiver-of-defenses clause and a Reaffirmation of that Guaranty.31 The court interpreted the Guaranty and Reaffirmation of Guaranty under Illinois law and determined that, read together, they confirmed and ratified the guarantor’s reservation of fraud-based defenses.32 This decision is remarkable because the court went further to find that even if a waiver-of-defenses clause is clear and unambiguous, a “‘covenant of good faith and fair dealing is implied in every contract, absent express language to the contrary, even when a guaranty waives all defenses.’”33

On the other hand, in Overseas Private Investment Corporation v. Moyer,34 a lender sought summary judgment against two guarantors, asserting that pursuant to the Guaranty agreement, the guarantors unequivocally waived their defenses.35 Under the Guaranty, the lender’s rights and the guarantors’ obligations “were made ‘absolute, unconditional, irrevocable and continuing.’”36 The court found that based on “New York law, the only affirmative defenses that are not waived by an absolute and unconditional Guaranty are payment and lack of consideration.”37 In the court’s view, this “rule reflects the notion that when parties have expressly allocated risks, the judiciary shall not intrude into their contractual relationship.”38

“HELL-OR-HIGH-WATER” CLAUSES

In GreatAmerica Financial Services Corp. v. Meisels,39 the lessee attempted to reject its acceptance of equipment after it had signed a certificate of acceptance and made fifteen rental payments to the assignee-lessor under an equipment finance lease containing both a “hell-or-high-water” clause and a waiver-of-defenses clause.40 The court noted that the lessee’s “would-be revocation of its acceptance after fifteen months of payments [was] untimely and not an ‘effective rejection.’”41 The lessee’s action having constituted acceptance, it was required to “fulfill its obligations under the lease in all events.”42 This decision is noteworthy, not only for upholding “hell-or-high-water” and waiver-of-defenses clauses, but also for rejecting the lessee’s argument that the lease (which had been assigned to GreatAmerica) and the service contract with the original lessor (which had not been assigned) constituted a “unified agreement.”43

In CDK Global, LLC v. Tulley Automotive Group, Inc.,44 the lessor (under a so-called “bundled contract”) alleged that the lessee wrongfully terminated the Master Services Agreement (the “MSA”), which provided that the lessor would “deliver equipment in ‘good working order,’ and furnish software and services which would ‘conform to their respective functional and technical specifications.’”45 Despite the lessor’s argument that the integration clause in the MSA barred the lessee’s fraud in the inducement claim, the court held that the lessor’s representations that its equipment and software would increase the lessee’s business efficiency and reduce costs “concerned matters extrinsic” to the MSA.46 Surprisingly, the court also denied the lessor’s motion to dismiss the lessee’s claim that the transaction violated the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act, even though the transaction involved goods and services provided to a business, because the lessor’s acts of advertising its products and services to several different industries “permit[s] an inference that CDK’s DMS products are sold to the public at large.”47 This decision illustrates the wisdom of including a “hell-or-high-water clause” in a “bundled contract”—and if the customer balks, then including a liquidated damages clause in lieu of other customer remedies.

VICARIOUS LIABILITY OF MOTOR VEHICLE AND AIRCRAFT LESSORS

There have been no reported decisions successfully challenging the Graves Amendment48 since last year’s leasing law survey. However, there have been many other noteworthy cases to report. In Johnke v. Espinal-Quiroz,49 involving three consolidated cases relating to a multi-vehicle accident, the plaintiff argued that preemption under the Graves Amendment was not applicable on the basis that defendant Eagle Transport Group, LLC (“Eagle Transport”), the owner and lessor of the semi-trailer involved in the accident, was not “engaged in the trade or business of renting or leasing motor vehicles”50 because in addition to renting or leasing motor vehicles, such defendant also delivered product to its customers.51 The court rejected this position and held that “Plaintiffs have not provided any support for [the] notion that a defendant must only engage in the business of renting or leasing in order to trigger Graves Amendment preemption.”52 Based on information contained in the plaintiff ’s complaint and the lease agreement itself, the court found that, as required by 49 U.S.C. § 30106(a)(1), Defendant Eagle Transport was “engaged in the trade or business of renting or leasing motor vehicles.”53

Another interesting aspect to Johnke is the plaintiff’s attempted application of the negligence “savings clause” in the Graves Amendment.54 Plaintiff alleged that the defendant was “directly negligent (e.g., by permitting Defendant Espinal-Quiroz to operate a commercial motor vehicle while legally blind in one eye, for failing to properly maintain the trailer, for failing to inspect the trailer, etc.).”55 The court held that only claims based on vicarious liability are subject to Graves Amendment protection rather than claims based on direct liability, such as negligent entrustment and negligence, which are expressly excluded from Graves Amendment protection.56 The court therefore denied defendant’s motion to dismiss based on preemption with respect to the alleged negligent entrustment and negligence.57

In Johnke, the plaintiff also raised the interesting question of whether a plaintiff can bring a vicarious liability claim (i.e., no allegation of negligence) “against an owner/lessor by alleging that the owner/lessor was the statutory employer of the lessee, thereby avoiding Graves Amendment preemption.”58 The court rejected this position and found that “[t]he Graves Amendment was designed to protect rental companies who are sued simply because they own a vehicle that was involved in an accident.”59 The court further noted that “[a]gency and employer-based theories of liability presuppose a level of involvement by the lessor that goes beyond simply owning the vehicle, thereby putting such claims beyond the scope of the Graves Amendment.”60

Finally, in Johnke, the plaintiff also sought to hold one of the defendants liable under a theory of agency, namely that the owner of the vehicle can be liable for the acts of others within the scope of their authority.61 The court held that “[w]hile it is not inconceivable that an owner/lessor might also exercise control over a lessee so as to create an agency relationship, the only relationship presented in Plaintiff ’s operative complaints is that Defendant Eagle Transport was a lessor and Defendant Espinal Trucking was a lessee.”62 The court, therefore, concluded that the plaintiffs had not alleged a plausible claim for agency.63

In Stratton v. Wallace,64 one of the co-defendants, Great River Leasing, LLC (“Great River”), sought an interlocutory appeal of a previous decision65 rendered by the same court to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit on the basis that the Graves Amendment protection was broader than the court found in its previous decision.66 Great River argued that the Graves Amendment completely preempts state-law vicarious liability of owners of motor vehicles in the business of renting or leasing motor vehicles.67 The court held that Great River “identifies no sign of a ‘clear and manifest’ Congressional purpose to preempt all state-law vicarious liability in the language and structure of the statute.”68 Indeed, the court pointed out that “the text of the [Graves Amendment] shows Congress intended to save state-law vicarious liability from preemption where there is ‘negligence or criminal wrongdoing on the part of the owner (or an affiliate of the owner).’”69 The court therefore denied defendant’s motion for an interlocutory appeal.70

In Escobar v. Nevada Helicopter Leasing LLC,71 the case involved an aircraft lessor, rather than a motor vehicle lessor. Accordingly, rather than applying the Graves Amendment, the court analyzed a different federal statute, the Federal Aviation Act (“FAA”).72 The plaintiffs brought a claim for negligence against Airbus Helicopters SAS, the manufacturer of a helicopter, and Nevada Helicopter Leasing LLC (“Nevada Leasing”), the owner of the helicopter.73 Nathan Cline was the helicopter pilot and was employed by Helicopter Consultants of Maui, Inc., doing business as Blue Hawaii Helicopters (“Blue Hawaii”), the lessee of the helicopter.74 On November 10, 2011, Mr. Cline was piloting the helicopter when it crashed on the Island of Molokai, fatally injuring Mr. Cline and all passengers.75 The estate of Mr. Cline brought suit against the above defendants.76 Nevada Leasing argued that the state tort law claims are preempted by the Act.77

The court held that “[t]he plain language of the . . . the Federal Aviation Act states that owners and lessors of aircraft cannot be held liable for personal injury, death, and property damages unless the secured party, owner, or lessor was ‘in the actual possession or control’ of the aircraft.”78 The court noted that “[t]he legislative history of the Limitations on Liability provision of the Federal Aviation Act is clear. It was intended to preempt state laws that impose liability on the financiers, owners, and lessors of aircraft who were not in actual possession or control of the aircraft.”79 The court held that plaintiff had not in fact provided any evidence to establish that Nevada Leasing had actual possession or control over the helicopter after delivery to Blue Hawaii and that instead the helicopter remained in Blue Hawaii’s possession and control until the time of the fatal crash.80 Additionally, the court pointed out that the underlying lease agreement provided that the helicopter “will at all times be and remain in the possession and control of” the lessee.81 The lease further provided that the lessee “would be responsible for all maintenance, repairs, and inspections for the Subject Helicopter.”82 The court therefore found that plaintiff ’s state law claims were in fact preempted by the FAA.83

ELECTRONIC CHATTEL PAPER

There have been no reported decisions directly analyzing electronic chattel paper involving equipment leasing under U.C.C. section 9-105.84 However, there have been a few noteworthy analogous cases dealing with electronic mortgages, another subset of electronic chattel paper. In Rivera v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,85 the court analyzed a portion of Florida’s version of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act (“UETA”)86 dealing with whether the foreclosing lender (Fannie Mae) had control (i.e., the electronic equivalent of having possession of the original) of the electronic promissory note (“e-note”) securing certain real estate.87 The borrowers argued that the lender did not have control of the e-note and therefore was not authorized to pursue the foreclosure.88 The court proceeded to analyze the merits of the case under UETA, the language of which is substantially similar to U.C.C. section 9-105.89 In particular, the court reviewed UETA section 668.50(16)(b), which provides that “[a] person has control of a transferable record if a system employed for evidencing the transfer of interests in the transferable record reliably establishes that person as the person to which the transferable record was issued or transferred.”90 The court found that “[t]he bank’s evidence proved that Fannie Mae had control of the e-note by showing that the bank, as Fannie Mae’s servicer, employed a system reliably establishing Fannie Mae as the entity to which the e-note was transferred.”91 The court further noted that “the bank’s system stored the e-note in such a manner that a single authoritative copy of the e-note exists which is unique, identifiable, and unalterable.”92

Similarly, in New York Community Bank v. McClendon,93 the court analyzed a portion of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act94 (“ESIGN”) dealing with whether the foreclosing lender had control of the e-note securing certain real estate.95 The borrowers here also argued that the lender did not have control of the e-note and therefore lacked standing to pursue the foreclosure.96 The court proceeded to analyze the merits of the case under ESIGN, which contains identical language to the above UETA provision (and which is substantially similar to U.C.C. section 9-105).

The court quoted the applicable ESIGN language contained in 15 U.S.C. § 7021(b): “A person has control of a transferable record if a system employed for evidencing the transfer of interests in the transferable record reliably establishes that person as the person to which the transferable record was issued or transferred.”97 The court found that the e-note transfer history demonstrated that the e-note was transferred to the foreclosing lender prior to the foreclosure action, stating that “the transfer history, together with the copy of the e-Note itself, were sufficient ‘to review the terms of the transferable record and to establish the identity of the person [or entity] having control of the transferable record.’”98

The above two cases are significant because the referenced language in UETA and ESIGN is nearly word for word the same as the language contained in U.C.C. section 9-105 and should prove helpful when other courts are faced with interpreting “control” of electronic chattel paper under U.C.C. section 9-105. It is noteworthy, however, that while the above court holdings are quite helpful in terms of the resulting decisions, it would have been even more helpful if the courts would have provided more detailed guidance as to precisely how a lender can effectively demonstrate control, including the types of transfer history and the attributes of the underlying systems that would substantiate that the lender does indeed have control of the electronic chattel paper. Until further case law develops, lenders and buyers of such electronic equipment leases will be left to speculate whether such systems do in fact reliably establish the secured party as the person to which the chattel paper was assigned. Nonetheless, the above decisions flowing from other finance industries (i.e., the above decisions do not involve U.C.C. section 9-105 electronic equipment leases) should by analogy provide a big step toward, and a catalyst for, this analysis and development.

Finally, a recent California bankruptcy case, In re Mayfield,99 raised some unfounded concerns regarding electronic chattel paper. Fortunately, the case stood for a very limited proposition that is not relevant to the equipment leasing industry or for that matter electronic contracting generally. The decision simply relates to a local California bankruptcy court procedural rule (LBR 9004-1(c))100 pursuant to which court pleadings must be signed in wet ink.101 Counsel for the debtor filed a court petition using DocuSign’s electronic signature service.102 The court pointed out that LBR 9004-1(c) required that pleadings be signed with original wet-ink signatures.103 The court also referenced an exception in ESIGN that provides that ESIGN “does not apply to ‘court orders or notices or official court documents (including briefs, pleadings and other writings) required to be executed in connection with court proceedings.’”104 The court further observed that the case at hand did not involve an agreement where the parties had agreed to use electronic signatures, which the court seemed to implicitly concede would be covered by ESIGN.105

DAMAGES

There were only a few reported cases addressing a lessor’s right to recover liquidated or other damages from a lessee after the occurrence of a default under a personal property lease. It is interesting to note that none of the opinions summarized below include an analysis by the issuing court of the pertinent damages provisions of U.C.C. Article 2A. These decisions emphasize the need for a damages clause to avoid overreaching and to credit the lessee for an appropriate measure of remarketing proceeds.

In the first liquidated damages case, BA Jacobs Flight Services, LLC v. Rutair Ltd.,106 the lessor was pursuing accelerated damages calculated pursuant to one of the remedies provisions in the lease.107 After recovering possession of and disposing of the leased aircraft, the lessor sought to recover damages from the lessee, including the accelerated rent payments, pursuant to the following lease provision: “Notwithstanding any repossession or other action that Lessor may take, Lessee shall be and remain liable for the full performance of all obligations on the part of Lessees to be performed under the lease and specifically liable for the remaining rent due to Lessor until completion of the lease.”108 Rutair argued that this acceleration clause was unenforceable because it constituted an illegal penalty.109 The court cited other liquidated damages cases that had applied Illinois law,110 as well as the Restatement (Second) of Contracts,111 concluding that in order for a liquidation of damages to be valid under Illinois law, it “‘must be a reasonable estimate at the time of contracting of the likely damages from breach, and the need for estimation at that time must be shown by reference to the likely difficulty of measuring the actual damages from a breach of contract after the breach occurs.’”112 The court held that a liquidated damages provision that entitles a lessor to claim the remainder of rent due under a lease as damages irrespective of any repossession or other remedial action taken by the lessor is an unenforceable penalty.113

Assuming that this transaction constituted a true lease (as discussed above), it is unclear why the court did not refer to the guidance provided by U.C.C. section 2A-504.114 However, it is unlikely that section 2A-504 would have produced a different result.115 In any event, the court did award BA Jacobs what were deemed to be the actual damages it suffered as a result of Rutair’s default under the lease, calculated to include the aggregate rent payments that were due by Rutair from the date the aircraft was recovered by BA Jacobs up to the date the aircraft was ultimately sold.116

By contrast, the court in Xerox Corp. v. AC Square, Inc.117 awarded the plaintiff both acceleration-type damages and the right to recover the equipment, without requiring any mitigation credit, under seven “product lease contracts” and one “product maintenance contract.”118 However, despite referring to seven of the contracts as “lease agreements” and the related equipment as “leased equipment,” the Xerox court also did not consider the applicable provisions of U.C.C. Article 2A, U.C.C. Article 9119 (if a non-true lease), or any other commercial or contract laws regarding liquidated damages, when it determined the appropriate remedies.120

PNC Equipment Finance, LLC v. MDM Golf, LLC121 involved another liquidated damages claim by a lessor. Similar to the Xerox case, the court was “required to conduct an inquiry in order to ascertain the amount of the damages with reasonable certainty.”122 The lessor claimed damages equal to the deficiencies remaining after the lessor recovered and sold the leased equipment and applied the net disposition proceeds against the stipulated loss value and other amounts due under the leases.123 Without analysis regarding the laws pertinent to the lessor’s damages claim, the court entered a default judgment against the lessee and guarantor for the full amounts demanded, including interest at the statutory rate, and reasonable attorney’s fees and costs relating to the collection of the payments.124

The court in BLB Aviation South Carolina, LLC v. Jet Linx Aviation, LLC125 denied an aircraft lessor’s claim for damages despite finding that the lessee breached its obligations under two different agreements relating to the return of the leased aircraft.126 The two issues presented were (1) whether the appropriate measure of damages was the cost of remediating the breached obligations, or the diminution in value attributable to the breaches; and (2) whether the plaintiff proved its damages with “sufficient certainty.”127 In this case, the lessor purchased and dry-leased an aircraft (Aircraft 1) to the lessee pursuant to a lease (the “Lease”) and also entered into a management-services agreement (the “MSA”) with the lessee so that it could charter another of the lessor’s aircraft (Aircraft 2).128 Both the Lease and the MSA contained provisions requiring that the lessee maintain and, as needed, repair the pertinent aircraft and ensure that all such maintenance and repair work was “performed in accordance with the standards set by the Federal Aviation Regulations” and to “maintain log books and records” in accordance with the Federal Aviation Regulations.129 When both aircraft were returned by the lessee to the lessor, the lessee had breached both the Lease and MSA by failing to keep proper records and part tags as required under the applicable Federal Aviation Regulations (“FARs”) for maintenance performed on each of Aircraft 1 and Aircraft 2.130

The lessor claimed that the correct measure of damages was the “cost of repair” and presented evidence supporting the amount of repair costs it was demanding.131 The court noted that “[i]f a defect in the performance of a contract can be remedied, the ordinary measure of damages is the cost of repair.”132 In this case, the breach could be remedied by re-doing all of the maintenance work on each aircraft and recording the maintenance and part tags appropriately.133 However, the lessee contended that this would constitute “economic waste” (i.e., a windfall to the lessor) and that the more appropriate measure of damages recoverable by the lessor would be the diminution in value of the respective aircraft.134 The court analyzed whether the “cost of repair would be grossly out of proportion to the value which the correction would add to the property involved”135 and balked at the “notion of replacing undisputedly good parts with new parts for the sake of obtaining complete maintenance records.”136 Additionally, the lessor had already sold Aircraft 1, and the lessee contended that awarding damages to the lessor based on the cost-of-repair would result in a windfall to the lessor, as there was no practical likelihood that the lessor would actually re-do the maintenance work.137 The court agreed and held that the appropriate measure of damages to compensate the lessor should have been an amount representing the diminution in value suffered by each aircraft as a result of the lessee’s non-compliance with the aircraft return conditions.138 Unfortunately for the lessor, it had not presented sufficient evidence of any diminution in value damages.139 As a result, the court found that the lessor failed to prove its damages with “sufficient certainty” and awarded the lessor nothing for the lessee’s breaches.140

Lessors should write the return provisions in their aircraft lease forms to avoid any “economic waste” defenses and to provide for damages formulas that compensate the lessor without affording it a windfall.

____________

* Edward K. Gross is a member of the District of Columbia and Maryland bars and practices law with Vedder Price LLP in Washington, D.C. Mr. Gross is the current chair of the Subcommittee on Leasing of the Uniform Commercial Code Committee of the ABA Business Law Section. Dominic A. Liberatore is a member of the New York, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey bars and is Deputy General Counsel for DLL. Mr. Liberatore is a past chair of the Legal Committee for the Equipment Leasing and Finance Association. Stephen T. Whelan is a member of the New York bar and practices law with Blank Rome LLP in New York City. Mr. Whelan is a past chair of the Subcommittee on Leasing of the Uniform Commercial Code Committee of the ABA Business Law Section.

1. 554 B.R. 568 (Bankr. N.D.N.Y. 2016).

2. Id. at 575. The leases also contained early termination options, conditioned upon payment of all amounts then due, all future rent, and the fixed purchase option price. Id.

3. See id. at 577–78 n.8 (“Since the Agreement was entered into on June 7, 2013, the court looks to former N.Y. U.C.C. § 1-201(37), which is substantively similar to the current law per the current law’s Official Comments.”); see also N.Y. U.C.C. § 1-203 (McKinney 2016) (codifying the same bright-line rule test as N.Y. U.C.C. § 1-201(37)).

4. In re Ajax Integrated, 554 B.R. at 578.

5. Id. (quoting In re QDS Components, Inc., 292 B.R. 313, 333 (Bankr. S.D. Ohio 2002)).

6. In re Ajax Integrated, 554 B.R. at 579. As noted above, the early termination option required payment by the lessee of all amounts due upon termination, together with all future rent and the fixed purchase option price, not the “walk away” right that have been consistent with the lease being terminable by the lessee as contemplated in N.Y. U.C.C. § 1-201(37)(b).

7. Id. at 581.

8. Id. at 582 (citing In re WorldCom, Inc., 339 B.R. 56, 65 (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. 2006)); see also In re QDS Components, Inc., 292 B.R. at 333. The court explained that the “pivotal question” was whether the transaction was structured in such a way that the lessor had an “objectively reasonable expectation that the equipment would be returned at lease expiration.” In re Ajax Integrated, 554 B.R. at 582 (citing In re Ecco Drilling Co., 390 B.R. 221, 227 (Bankr. E.D. Tex. 2008)). Among other considerations, the court concluded that the lessor must have known that the lessee would exercise the option; otherwise it would have made little economic sense for the lessor to obligate itself to pay the (back-leveraging) loan balance owed to its lender in an amount equal to the fixed purchase option price. Id. The court also deemed noteworthy that “after forty-eight monthly payments, a mere four more to become the owner of three pieces of John Deere Equipment seems more than reasonable and likely.” Id.

9. Id. at 583. The case also included arguments by the trustee that the lessee took free of the defendants’ interests because the lessee was a “buyer in the ordinary course” when it acquired the equipment pursuant to this secured financing. Id. at 583–84. The issue was not fully analyzed or resolved, but it is noteworthy that the trustee was intending to raise the issue as a defense to the defendants’ claims because it represents another (arguable) vulnerability for purported lessors if the transactions they enter into are recharacterized as secured transactions.

10. Id. at 578 (citing former N.Y. U.C.C. § 1-201(37)).

11. Id. at 581.

12. No. 3:15-bk-05173-JAF (M.D. Fla. May 25, 2016) (Order Denying Central Truck Finance LLC’s Motion for Summary Judgment and Granting the Debtor’s Motion for Summary Judgment) [hereinafter In re Lightning Bolt Leasing] (citing In re Dena Corp., 312 B.R. 162, 169 (Bankr. N.D. Ill. 2004)).

13. Id. at 2–3.

14. Id. Although there may be various iterations of this adjustment clause in other equipment financings, clauses of this type are most often found in tax-priced commercial truck and other over-the-road vehicle leases having terms consistent with 26 U.S.C. § 7701(h) (2012). Edwin E. Huddleson, TRAC Vehicle Leasing, J. EQUIP. LEASING, Fall 2015, at 2.

15. Huddleson, supra note 14, at 3.

16. In re Lightning Bolt Leasing, supra note 12, at 6.

17. Id. at 7.

18. Id.

19. See, e.g., In re HB Logistics, LLC, 460 B.R. 291, 304–05 (Bankr. N.D. Ala. 2011) (considering the characterization issue under the applicable state law and holding that the subject TRAC lease was a true lease); Hitchin Post Steak Co. v. Gen. Elec. Capital Corp., 436 B.R. 679, 693–95 (Bankr. D. Kan. 2010) (same); In re Double G Trucking, 432 B.R. 789, 802 (Bankr. W.D. Ark. 2010) (same), Morris v. Dealers Leasing, Inc. (In re Beckham), 275 B.R. 598, 604 (Bankr. D. Kan. 2002) (same), aff ’d, In re Beckham, No. 02-3035, 2002 WL 31732497, at *1 (10th Cir. Dec. 6, 2002); Morris v. U.S. Bancorp Leasing & Fin., 278 B.R. 216, 223–24 (Bankr. D. Kan. 2002) (same).

20. See In re Zerkle Trucking Co., 132 B.R. 316, 323 (Bankr. S.D. W. Va. 1991) (holding that the subject TRAC lease was a disguised security interest).

21. A split-TRAC lease is a lease that “gives the owner/lessor an entrepreneurial stake in the residual: that is, a minimum ‘at risk’ stake in the vehicle (e.g., 20 percent of original cost) that is not subject to variation by the TRAC clause[] and a maximum lease term that ensures that the lease does not use up the economic life of the vehicle.” Huddleson, supra note 14, at 3.

22. No. 13-47-DLB-HAI, 2016 WL 310363, at *1 (E.D. Ky. Jan. 25, 2016).

23. Id. at *1.

24. Id.; see also Blanken v. Ky. Highlands Inv. Corp., No. 13-47-DLB, 2014 WL 800487, at *1 (E.D. Ky. Feb. 27, 2014).

25. Blanken, 2016 WL 310363, at *2. Upon the assignment of the lease from the lessor to the plaintiff, the plaintiff and the lessee “executed a Second Amendment to [the] Lease, which amended the assigned ‘loan documents’ to reduce [the lessee’s] monthly payments, eliminate [the lessee’s] purchase rights, and provide under its terms that [the] [p]laintiff was the owner of the [equipment].” Id.

26. Id. Wells Fargo had filed a protective financing statement, but Mr. Blanken apparently had not taken an assignment of, or continued, that filing. Id. at *1.

27. Id. at *2.

28. Id. at *4. Under section 9-620 of the U.C.C., “‘strict foreclosure’ . . . permits a secured party to accept collateral in full or partial satisfaction of the debtor’s obligation if the following three requirements are met: (1) consent of the debtor, (2) the creditor’s acceptance of the collateral in satisfaction of the debt, and (3) a record authenticated after default in which the terms are agreed upon.” Id. Here, the court held that the transfer of ownership of the equipment did not occur in satisfaction of the debt because the debtor did not explicitly provide consent nor did the amendment to the lease qualify as a “record authenticated after default.” Id. at *6.

29. Id. at *7.

30. No. 16-c-3790, 2016 WL 4479569 (N.D. Ill. Aug. 25, 2016).

31. Id. at *1–2.

32. Id. at *4.

33. Id. at *5 (quoting Fifth Third Bank (Chi.) v. Stocks, 720 F. Supp. 2d 1008, 1011–12 (N.D. Ill. 2010) (emphasis added by court)). The guarantor expressly waived “every present and future defense (other than the defense of payment in full and fraud based defenses)” in the Guaranty. Id. at *4. However, the plaintiff argued that the Reaffirmation of that Guaranty did not reserve any fraud-based defenses because it stated that “[e]xcept as specifically and expressly modified by this letter agreement, the Guaranty (including any and all provisions thereof ) shall not be, and is not, impaired, limited, reduced, compromised or modified by any acts or dealings of the parties prior to the date hereof.” Id. The court rejected this argument, finding that such ambiguous language must be interpreted in the defendant’s favor under Illinois law. Id. at *5.

34. No. 15-CV-8171, 2016 WL 3945694 (S.D.N.Y. July 19, 2016). The guarantors “agreed that their obligation would continue notwithstanding ‘any change of circumstances, whether or not foreseeable,’ ‘any law, regulation, decree, or judgment now or hereafter in effect that may in any manner affect the payment of any of the Obligations or any of OPIC’s rights under the Loan Documents,’ or ‘any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower, the Guarantor, or any other guarantor or surety.’” Id. at *5.

35. Id. at *4–5.

36. Id. at *5.

37. Id. at *4 (citing CIT Group/Commercial Servs., Inc. v. Prisco, 640 F. Supp. 2d 401, 410 (S.D.N.Y. 2009)).

38. Id. at *5 (citing Citicorp Leasing, Inc. v. United Am. Funding, Inc., No. 03 Civ. 1586 WHP, 2005 WL 1847300, at *4 (S.D.N.Y. Aug. 5, 2005) (quoting Grumman Allied Indus., Inc. v. Rohr Indus., Inc., 748 F.2d 729, 735 (2d Cir. 1984))).

39. No. 15-0933, 2016 WL 5480718 (Iowa Ct. App. Sept. 26, 2016).

40. Id. at *1–2.

41. Id. at *4 (citing In re Rafter Seven Ranches L.P., 546 F.3d 1194, 1201–02 (10th Cir. 2008)).

42. Id. at *3.

43. Id. (citing C & J Vantage Leasing Co. v. Wolfe, 795 N.W.2d 65, 77 (Iowa 2011)). Article 64 of the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) Model Law on Secured Transactions (adopted in Vienna in 2016) takes a different approach: unless otherwise agreed by the debtor and secured creditor, the former can raise “all defences and rights of set-off arising from that contract, or any other contract that was part of the same transaction” (emphasis added). U.N. COMMN ON INTL TRADE LAW, UNCITRAL MODEL LAW ON SECURED TRANSACTIONS, U.N. Sales No. E.17.V.1 (2016), http://www.uncitral.org/pdf/english/texts/security/ML_ST_E_ebook.pdf.

44. No. 15-3103, 2016 WL 1718100 (D.N.J. Apr. 29, 2016).

45. Id. at *2. CDK is a developer and seller of dealer management systems or “DMS.” Id. at *1. “[T]he MSA deals primarily with the terms of the lease, installation of software, and CDK’s support services for the software and equipment.” Id. at *4.

46. Id. at *4. Here, the court found an exception to the parol evidence rule for evidence that “is not offered to add or change contract terms but to void the contract altogether.” Id. at *3.

47. Id. at *6. The New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act also covers merchandise that is “expensive, uncommon, or only suited to the needs of a limited clientele.” Id. (quoting Prescription Counter v. AmeriSource Bergen Corp., No. 04-5802, 2007 WL 3511301, at *14 (D.N.J. Nov. 14, 2007)).

48. 49 U.S.C. § 30106(a) (2012) (“An owner of a motor vehicle that rents or leases the vehicle to a person (or an affiliate of the owner) shall not be liable under the law of any State or political subdivision thereof, by reason of being the owner of the vehicle (or an affiliate of the owner), for harm to persons or property that results or arises out of the use, operation, or possession of the vehicle during the period of the rental or lease, if—(1) the owner (or an affiliate of the owner) is engaged in the trade or business of renting or leasing motor vehicles; and (2) there is no negligence or criminal wrongdoing on the part of the owner (or an affiliate of the owner).”).

49. Nos. 14-cv-6992, 14-cv-7364, 14-cv-7917, 2016 WL 454333 (N.D. Ill. Feb. 5, 2016).

50. Under 49 U.S.C. § 30106(a)(1), the owner of the vehicle must be “engaged in the trade or business of renting or leasing motor vehicles.” 49 U.S.C. § 30106(a)(1) (2012).

51. Johnke, 2016 WL 454333, at *4.

52. Id.

53. Id.

54. 49 U.S.C. § 30106(a)(2) requires that “there is no negligence or criminal wrongdoing on the part of the owner (or an affiliate of the owner).” 49 U.S.C. § 30106(a)(2) (2012).

55. Johnke, 2016 WL 454333, at *5.

56. Id. at *5–6.

57. Id. at *6.

58. Id. at *7–8.

59. Id. at *8.

60. Id.

61. Id. at *9 (citing Dolter v. Keene’s Transfer, Inc., No. 3:08-cv-262-JPG/DGW, 2008 WL 3010062 (S.D. Ill. Aug. 5, 2008)).

62. Id. at *10.

63. Id.

64. No. 11-CV-74-A, 2016 WL 3552147 (W.D.N.Y. Apr. 5, 2016).

65. See Stratton v. Wallace, No. 11-CV-74-A (HKS), 2014 WL 3809479, at *2 (W.D.N.Y. Aug. 1, 2014). In this case, the court held that “the text and structure of [the statute] require ‘both the vehicle’s owner, and the owner’s affiliate . . . to be free from negligence in order for [the statute] to shield Great River from vicarious liability.’” Stratton, 2016 WL 3552147, at *2 (summarizing previous decision).

66. Stratton, 2016 WL 3552147, at *1–2.

67. Id. at *5.

68. Id.

69. Id. (quoting 49 U.S.C. § 30106(a)(2)).

70. Id. at *6.

71. Civ. No. 13-00598-HG-RLP, 2016 WL 3962805 (D. Haw. July 21, 2016).

72. Id. at *5 (applying 49 U.S.C. § 44112 (1994)).

73. Id. at *1.

74. Id. at *2.

75. Id. at *4.

76. Id. at *5.

77. Id.

78. Id. at *6 (quoting 49 U.S.C. § 441112(b)) (emphasis in original).

79. Id. at *9.

80. Id. at *11–12.

81. Id. at *4, *12–13.

82. Id. at *4.

83. Id. at *13.

84. U.C.C. § 9-105 (2013). That section states:

Control of Electronic Chatter Paper. (a) [General rule: control of electronic chattel paper.] A secured party has control of electronic chattel paper if a system employed for evidencing the transfer of interests in the chattel paper reliably establishes the secured party as the person to which the chattel paper was assigned. (b) [Specific facts giving control.] A system satisfies subsection (a) if the record or records comprising the chattel paper are created, stored, and assigned in such a manner that: (1) a single authoritative copy of the record or records exists which is unique, identifiable and, except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (4), (5), and (6), unalterable; (2) the authoritative copy identifies the secured party as the assignee of the record or records; (3) the authoritative copy is communicated to and maintained by the secured party or its designated custodian; (4) copies or amendments that add or change an identified assignee of the authoritative copy can be made only with the consent of the secured party; (5) each copy of the authoritative copy and any copy of a copy is readily identifiable as a copy that is not the authoritative copy; and (6) any amendment of the authoritative copy is readily identifiable as authorized or unauthorized.

Id. (emphasis added).

85. 189 So. 3d 323 (Fla. Dist. Ct. App. 2016).

86. FLA. STAT. § 668.50(16) (2016).

87. Rivera, 189 So. 3d at 327.

88. Id. at 327–28.

89. Id. at 328.

90. Id. (quoting FLA. STAT. § 668.50(16)).

91. Id. at 329.

92. Id.

93. 138 A.D.3d 805 (N.Y. App. Div. 2016).

94. 15 U.S.C. § 7021 (2012).

95. N.Y. Cmty. Bank, 138 A.D.3d at 806.

96. Id. at 805.

97. Id. at 806 (quoting 15 U.S.C. § 7021(b)).

98. Id. at 807 (quoting 15 U.S.C. § 7021(f )).

99. No. 16-22134-D-7, 2016 WL 3958982 (E.D. Cal. July 13, 2016).

100. United States Bankruptcy Court, Eastern District of California Local Rules of Practice 9004-1(c).

101. Mayfield, 2016 WL 3958982, at *3.

102. Id. at *1.

103. Id. at *3.

104. Id. (quoting 15 U.S.C. § 7003(b)(1)).

105. Id.

106. No. 12 C 2625, 2015 WL 8328631 (N.D. Ill. Dec. 8, 2015).

107. This case relates to a decision summarized in our 2016 Survey in which the court granted the lessor partial summary judgment as to the defaulted aircraft lessee’s liability despite the lessee’s argument that the default trigger and related repossession remedy were ambiguous. Edward K. Gross et al., Leases, 71 BUS. LAW. 1263, 1276–77 (2016) (citing BA Jacobs Flight Servs. v. Rutair Ltd., No. 12 C 2625, 2015 WL 360758 (N.D. Ill. 2015)). The lessee argued that the pertinent default trigger and repossession and other remedies were ambiguous and should not be enforced. Gross et al., supra, at 1277. As noted in the 2016 Survey case summary, the lessee argued that “it was not in default under the lease because a non-payment default would occur pursuant to the pertinent lease provision only if the lessee failed to ‘make any payment of rent’ within the proscribed period, and that lessee had actually made some payments of rent each month.” Id. Although the case summarized in the text above was decided in 2015, the opinion was published too late to be covered in our 2016 Survey, so we chose to cover it in this year’s survey.

108. See BA Jacobs Flight Servs., 2015 WL 8328631, at *2.

109. Id.

110. Id. (citing Lake River Corp. v. Carborundum Co., 769 F.2d 1284, 1289 (7th Cir. 1985); Grossinger Motorcorp, Inc. v. Am. Nat’l Bank & Trust Co., 607 N.E.2d 1337 (Ill. App. Ct. 1992)).

111. Id. at *3; see RESTATEMENT (SECOND) OF CONTRACTS § 356(1) (AM. LAW INST. 1981) (“Damages for breach by either party may be liquidated in the agreement but only at an amount that is reasonable in the light of the anticipated or actual loss caused by the breach and the difficulties of proof of loss. A term fixing unreasonably large liquidated damages is unenforceable on grounds of public policy as a penalty.”).

112. BA Jacobs Flight Servs., 2015 WL 8328631, at *2 (quoting Lake River Corp., 769 F.2d at 1289).

113. Id. at *2–3. The court reasoned that the losses to the lessor resulting from the lessee’s breach were easily calculable and that acceleration of rent irrespective of the lessor’s enforcement of other remedies did not approximate the actual damages. Once the aircraft was sold, the lessor no longer had the carrying costs of the equipment and in the court’s view recovering all of the monthly rent payments would have been a windfall for the lessor. Id. at *3.

114. U.C.C. section 2A-504(1), which has been codified in Illinois, states:

Damages payable by either party for default, or any other act or omission, including indemnity for loss or diminution of anticipated tax benefits or loss or damage to lessor’s residual interest, may be liquidated in the lease agreement but only at an amount or by a formula that is reasonable in light of the then anticipated harm caused by the default or other act or omission.

U.C.C. § 2A-504(1) (2016); see also 810 ILL. COMP. STAT. ANN. 5/2A-504 (West 2016). Unlike the referenced Restatement and case law cited in the opinion, U.C.C. section 2A-504(1) does not require that the loss be difficult to prove, nor does it mention that unreasonably large liquidated damages are unenforceable as a matter of public policy because they constitute a penalty.

115. The acceleration formula in this case failed to discount the accelerated amounts to their present value and to afford the lessee a mitigation credit to reflect the lessor’s recovery of the leased equipment, and the resulting windfall to the lessor would have caused the damages provision also to fail the “reasonableness” requirement in section 2A-504. Note that a quick search did not yield any reported cases considering the enforceability of liquidated damages provisions under Illinois’ version of U.C.C. section 2A-504. See, for example, In re Snelson, 305 B.R. 255 (Bankr. N.D. Tex. 2003), in which the court applied section 2A-504 as then adopted in New Jersey and considered the discounting and mitigation aspects of the subject liquidated damages formula to be meaningful when deeming it to be enforceable. It is also interesting to note that there was no discussion in the opinion regarding BA Jacobs’ right to seek another remedy provided under Article 2A to determine the appropriate damage amount, given the unenforceability of the acceleration remedy in what we assume was a true lease. See U.C.C. § 2A-504(2) (2011) (stating, “[i]f the lease agreement provides for liquidation of damages, and such provision does not comply with subsection (1), or such provision is an exclusive or limited remedy that circumstances cause to fail of its essential purpose, remedy may be had as provided in this Article”); see also id. § 2A-528(1) (outlining the U.C.C.’s rent acceleration remedy).

116. See BA Jacobs Flight Servs., LLC v. Rutair Ltd., No. 12 C 2625, 2017 WL 277913, at *4 (N.D. Ill. Jan. 20, 2017).

117. Xerox Corp. v. AC Square, Inc., No. 15-cv-04816-DMR, 2016 WL 5898652 (N.D. Cal. 2016).

118. Id. at *1.

119. Assuming that each of the seven leases were true “leases” under California law, section 10504 of the California Commercial Code should govern the calculation of liquidated damages. If the seven leases were not true “leases,” section 1671 of the California Commercial Code and relevant case law should control.

120. Xerox Corp., 2016 WL 5898652, at *5–8. Also, unlike the court in the BA Jacobs case, the recommended remedies did not take into account the possibility of economic waste that might have resulted if the plaintiff both recoverd the accelerated rent and had an opportunity to sell or re-lease the equipment and retain any disposition proceeds without crediting the proceeds or other mitigation amount against the lessee’s obligation. BA Jacobs Flight Servs., 2017 WL 277913, at *3. When considering the court’s approach to determining the appropriate damage amount, note that this was a default judgment and the defendant did not appear so as to raise defenses to the claim.

121. No. 1:14-cv-509, 2016 WL 3453657 (S.D. Ohio June 20, 2016).

122. Id. at *1 (quoting Osbeck v. Golfside Auto Sales, Inc., No. 07-14004, 2010 WL 2572713 (E.D. Mich. June 23, 2010)).

123. Id. at *2.

124. Id. at *3.

125. 808 F.3d 389 (8th Cir. 2015). Although this case was decided in 2015, we are covering it in this 2017 Survey because it remains relevant and was not covered in our 2016 Survey.

126. Id. at 391.

127. Id. at 392.

128. Id. at 391.

129. Id.

130. Id. at 391–92.

131. Id. at 392.

132. Id. at 393 (citing Fink v. Denbeck, 293 N.W.2d 398, 402 (Neb. 1980)).

133. Id. at 392–93.

134. Id. at 393.

135. Id. (citing A-1 Track & Tennis Inc. v. Asphalt Maint., Inc., No. A-99-433, 2000 Neb. App. LEXIS 187, at *5 (Ct. App. June 20, 2000)).

136. Id. The lessee’s position was bolstered by the testimony of both its own expert and the lessor’s expert, each of whom testified that there were alternative methods of compliance with the pertinent FARs without having to replace the new parts or re-perform the maintenance work. Id. at 393–94.

137. Id. at 394 (noting that the Restatement “explicitly links windfall with economic waste”); see RESTATEMENT (SECOND) OF CONTRACTS § 348 cmt. c (AM. LAW INST. 1981).

138. BLB Aviation, 808 F.3d at 394.

139. Id. at 394–95.

140. Id. at 395. In Nebraska, it is a question of law as to whether “the evidence of damages is ‘reasonably certain.’” Id. The only evidence presented by the lessee to the court that might have been pertinent to a diminished value claim was that the lessor had sold Aircraft 1 for $425,000. Id. However, no pre-buy inspection was performed, and the lessor failed to provide any evidence as to how much the aircraft would have been worth had the lessee not breached its obligations and proper records and tags were available. Id. The lessor also failed to present any evidence that the value of Aircraft 2 was diminished by the lessee’s failure to obtain and maintain proper maintenance and repair records and tags for Aircraft 2. Id.

Payments

By Carter Klein and Jessie Cheng*

This year’s survey of developments in payments law begins with a review of principal federal regulatory developments. The survey then continues with a review of the year’s most important judicial decisions involving Articles 3, 4, and 4A of the Uniform Commercial Code (the “Code” or the “U.C.C.”).

FEDERAL REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS

PREPAID ACCOUNTS

Two years ago, this survey featured developments with respect to prepaid accounts—the issuance by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) of a proposal in late 2014 to bring prepaid accounts fully under the umbrella of Regulation E, which implements the Electronic Fund Transfer Act.1 Coverage for prepaid products at that time were either unclear or lacking under federal consumer protection laws, namely, Regulation E and Regulation Z, the latter of which implements the Truth in Lending Act. Spurred by the growth in usage of prepaid products and the emergence of fundamentally new products such as digital wallets, the CFPB sought to cure the “gaps in the existing Federal regulatory regimes that cause certain prepaid products not to receive full consumer protections.”2 After considering over 6,500 comments received in response to its 2014 proposed rule, the CFPB released a final rule on October 5, 2016.3

The CFPB’s final rule applies, for the first time, specific federal consumer protections to broad swaths of the prepaid market—whether cards, codes, or other devices. It generally takes effect on April 1, 20184 and follows the same approach as the proposed rule: prepaid products, defined as prepaid accounts, are to be considered accounts under Regulation E and therefore subject to the consumer disclosure, error-resolution, and liability-protection requirements generally set out in the regulation.5 Like the proposed rule,6 the final rule adapts certain aspects of the regulatory scheme in Regulation E to prepaid accounts in particular and brings prepaid products with certain credit features within the ambit of Regulation Z.

In response to public comments to the proposed rule, the bureau restructured the proposed rule’s definition of prepaid account to streamline it and more cleanly differentiate between products that are subject to the final rule’s particular provisions and those that are subject to Regulation E’s general requirements.7 The final rule identifies specific types of prepaid products that are considered prepaid accounts: “payroll card account[s]” and “government benefit account[s],” as well as accounts that are “marketed or labeled as ‘prepaid’ and that [are] redeemable upon presentation at multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services or usable at automated teller machines.”8 The final rule also includes a fourth category of prepaid products by reference to their functionality—a product can also be a prepaid account if it (1) “is issued on a prepaid basis in a specified amount” or is “capable of being loaded with funds” after issuance; (2) has a “primary function” of conducting “transactions with multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services” or at ATMs, or “to conduct person-to-person transfers”; and (3) is “not a checking account, share draft account, or negotiable order of withdrawal account.”9 This fourth category, in particular, highlights the final rule’s departure from the historical limitations of federal consumer protection laws. Rather than being tied to payments made to or from consumer bank accounts, the final rule essentially reaches products issued with or capable of holding consumer funds. The final rule provides for a number of exclusions from the definition of prepaid account, such as gift cards and gift certificates, consistent with the proposed rule.10

The final rule differs from the proposed rulemaking discussed in the prior survey in a couple of other noteworthy respects. One point of departure relates to certain applications of Regulation E’s liability limits and error-resolution protections for prepaid accounts other than payroll accounts and government benefit accounts. The proposed rule would have allowed financial institutions to forego providing all liability limits and error resolution protections for those prepaid accounts that have not completed the consumer identification and verification process, so long as the financial institution had disclosed to the consumer the risks of not registering the prepaid account.11 In contrast, the final rule allows financial institutions to forego only extending provisional credit to such accounts as part of the error-resolution process.12 The bureau made this modification to its proposed rule in response to comments that, as drafted, it would have resulted “in a class of un-registrable prepaid accounts that do not receive any limited liability or error resolution protections.”13

Additionally, the final rule includes new clarifications around the circumstances under which a prepaid card that accesses such credit is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card subject to the provisions in Regulation Z for credit cards. At a high level, hybrid prepaid-credit cards (prepaid cards that access overdraft services, overdraft lines of credit, or other credit features for a fee) are generally considered credit cards subject to the rules in Regulation Z for credit cards. However, the final rule clarifies that a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses “incidental credit” in the form of a negative balance on the account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for such credit14—e.g., credit related to “force pay” transactions (where the preauthorization process results in the consumer unintentionally overdrawing the balance), a de minimis $10 cushion, or a delayed load cushion (where credit is extended pending a load of funds).15 Under the final rule, this type of credit generally is subject to Regulation E, instead of Regulation Z.

Several key aspects of the prepaid accounts rule are subject to potential modification as of the date this survey goes to print and thus, care should be taken to confirm the status of the note.

NATIONAL BANK CHARTERS

On March 15, 2017, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) issued for comment a draft licensing supplement for its evaluation of charter applications from financial technology companies,16 following on its December 2, 2016, paper titled Exploring Special Purpose National Bank Charters for Fintech Companies.17 The draft supplement details the chartering process and supervisory standards for financial technology (“fintech”) companies that wish to be chartered as special purpose national banks. The OCC issued the draft supplement and December 2016 paper as part of its broader initiative to facilitate “responsible innovation,” which it has defined as: “[t]he use of new or improved financial products, services, and processes to meet the evolving needs of consumers, businesses, and communities in a manner that is consistent with sound risk management and is aligned with the bank’s overall business strategy.”18

As the OCC notes in its December 2016 paper: “Special purpose national bank charters have been in use for some time . . . most common[ly for] . . . trust banks (national banks limited to the activities of a trust company) and credit card banks (national banks limited to a credit card business).”19 In contrast to a full-service national bank, a special purpose national bank limits its activities to its articles of association or through OCC-imposed conditions for approving the charter. Like full-service national banks, however, special purpose national banks must limit their activities to “bank-permissible activities” as defined in statutes, OCC regulations, and OCC legal opinions and corporate decisions.20 In considering the grant of such a charter to a fintech company, the OCC views its statutory chartering authority as “sufficiently adaptable” to permit national banks to engage in “new activities as part of the business of banking or to engage in traditional activities in new ways.”21

For those fintech companies that offer banking products and services and successfully apply for a special purpose national bank charter, an important practical consequence is federal preemption of certain state laws—namely, those laws that would require a national bank to be licensed in order to engage in certain types of banking activities, such as state-level money transmitter licensing requirements for certain payments-related activities. Rather, a fintech company chartered as a special purpose national bank would be subject to the OCC’s prudential regulation and supervision,22 “the same laws, regulations, examination, reporting requirements, and ongoing supervision as other national banks.”23 Such a fintech company may also need to engage with other regulators, such as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.24

BANK SECRECY ACT

On August 25, 2016, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) issued a notice of proposed rulemaking intended to eliminate a certain “regulatory gap” between banks with a federal functional regulator and those without one.25 Specifically, the proposed rule would extend minimum standards for anti-money laundering (“AML”) programs, customer identification program (“CIP”) requirements, and beneficial ownership requirements to banks that lack a federal functional regulator, which are currently exempt from such regulations. Such banks primarily include state-chartered non-depository trust companies, non-federally insured credit unions, private banks, non-federally insured state banks and savings associations, and international banking entities that are not federally insured but are authorized by Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands to provide certain services.26

FinCEN requires most banks, but not those without a federal functional regulator,27 to establish an AML program that includes, at a minimum, (1) internal policies, procedures, and controls; (2) the designation of a compliance officer; (3) an ongoing employee training program; and (4) an independent audit function to test the effectiveness of the program28—the proposed rule extends these requirements to banks that lack a federal functional regulator.29 The proposed rule also extends to those banks additional requirements, applicable to most other banks,30 with respect to establishing CIP and certain due diligence programs to identify and verify the identity of beneficial owners of their legal entity customers (consistent with the recently implemented customer due diligence amendments).31

It is FinCEN’s expectation that this proposed rule would ensure uniform regulatory coverage across the banking industry, which would “reduce the opportunity for criminals to seek out and exploit banks subject to less rigorous AML requirements.”32 As a practical matter, FinCEN anticipates that banks lacking a federal function regulator will be able to leverage existing policies, procedures, and internal controls required by other applicable statutory and regulator requirements to fulfill the proposed requirements.33

The comment period for the proposed rule expired on October 24, 2016.

CASES INVOLVING ARTICLES 3 AND 4 OF THE U.C.C.

FEDERAL REGULATION, PREEMPTION, BANKRUPTCY, AND BANK FRAUD

Two 2016 cases deal with claims for losses arising out of presentment of check images, which were decided by reference to Federal Reserve Board Regulations J and CC—presentment of both the image and physical check for payment, and failure of the check image to reproduce security features of the original check. Another case discussed in this section involves interpretation of the applicability of Regulation CC’s requirement to give customers prompt notice of returns of items they deposit. Two bankruptcy cases deal with the interplay of cash management and bankruptcy. Finally, the U.S. Supreme Court weighs in on what constitutes bank fraud under the United States Criminal Code when funds in a customer’s bank account are fraudulently transferred out of the account but the bank itself does not suffer a loss.

Duplicate Presentment. The first reported case to deal with duplicate presentment is 1409 West Diversey Corp. v. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.34 The case involved an employee using her iPhone’s remote deposit capture feature to scan and deposit two payroll checks to her account with Chase Bank. She then took the physical checks to a currency exchange and cashed them, effectively obtaining a second payment on the same items. The employer’s bank dishonored the later presentment of the checks cashed at the currency exchange based on the bank’s earlier payment of these same checks presented through Chase Bank’s mobile deposit capture. The currency exchange, as a holder in due course of the physical checks, filed suit against the employer. The employer, fearing liability for attorney’s fees and treble damages under the Illinois bad check law, paid to settle the claim of the currency exchange. Instead of demanding its own bank recredit its account for the image payment or filing suit against Chase Bank and/or its own bank for breach of warranty against duplicate presentment under Regulation J, CC, or ECCHO Rules,35 the employer filed a class action suit against Chase Bank for negligence for Chase’s failure to provide adequate security against duplicate presentments under Chase’s mobile deposit capture.36 The court dismissed the suit on the ground that Chase Bank owed no duty to a noncustomer, the drawer of the check.37 Of more significance is the court’s alternate ground for dismissal that extending a common law negligence claim to Chase Bank for its remote deposit capture service would “significantly interfere” with the authorized power of national banks to take deposits and therefore is preempted by the National Bank Act and regulations under it that authorize and regulate deposit activities of national banks.38 The court noted:

Particularly as technology advances and paperless deposits become more prevalent[,] allowing a state common law to micromanage the deposit procedures of banks would intrude far into the realm reserved for federal law when regulating national banking institutions. Absent a preemption of such common law claims, banks could also face a myriad of conflicting laws across this country relating to deposit procedures.39

Accuracy of Check Image. Regulation J of the Federal Reserve Board provides that when a Federal Reserve Bank presents an image of a check electronically for payment, “the electronic image . . . [must] accurately represent . . . all of the information on the front and back of the original check as of the time that the original check was truncated.”40 In First American Bank v. Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta,41 First American, as payor bank, tried to use this section to hold the presenting banks responsible for First American’s payment of a $486,750.33 counterfeit check for which First American recredited its customer’s account upon the customer’s discovery of the fraud. The check was deposited by an attorney in the all-too-common scheme of an offshore fraudster (in this case the infamous “Fumiko Bandit”) providing a check to the attorney, supposedly from a divorce settlement. The attorney deposits the check in his account and after believing or supposedly being assured in some fashion by his bank that it has cleared, wires out most of the money to the fraudster from the attorney’s IOLTA account.42 In this case, however, instead of being returned, the check was actually paid because, although counterfeit, it was drawn on a real account of a real customer of a real bank, and the bank did not discover the counterfeit nature of the check until after it paid it. The bank argued that the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta presented an electronic image of the check that omitted or distorted physical security features and characteristics contained on the original of the check required by Regulation J—microprint on the signature line, watermark, padlock icon, and a security box on the back of the check that resisted scanning. The court rejected this claim because watermarks, micro-printing, and other features that cannot survive the imaging process are exempt from the equivalence requirement43 unless a substitute check is requested and presented and an indemnity claim made for its omission of security features, citing Federal Reserve Board Commentary under Regulation CC.44 The Seventh Circuit commented that had First American been suspicious of the electronic image that it received from the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, it could have demanded a “substitute check,” which may have otherwise allowed First American to discover the fraud and avoid loss.45

Late Notice of Return of Item. In Continental Title Agency, LLC v. Fifth Third Bancorp,46 Continental, a title company, was scammed after it accepted a counterfeit $395,000 check for deposit to its trust account for a purported closing. The check was drawn on a Toronto branch of JP Morgan Chase Bank. Before notice of the check’s return as counterfeit was received by Continental’s bank, Fifth Third Bank, the fraudster stated that he was cancelling the closing and requested the funds deposited with Continental be wired out to another account. Continental alleged that it was told by Fifth Third that the funds from the check were good and that the check had cleared; Continental’s online statement allegedly confirmed that the funds were available for withdrawal, so it wired out the funds. Four days later, Fifth Third received notice from Chase Bank that the check was being returned as counterfeit. Another four days later, Fifth Third notified Continental by e-mail that the check was counterfeit. In the ensuing lawsuit, Continental argued that Fifth Third violated Regulation CC’s requirement that it inform Continental of the returned check by “midnight of the banking day following the banking day on which it received the returned check.”47 The district court held that Regulation CC does not apply to checks drawn on foreign banks or on foreign offices of U.S. banks.48 The court also disposed of this count of the complaint on the basis of Regulation CC’s “no harm, no foul” rule—even had Fifth Third given timely notice of the returned counterfeit check, it would have been too late because Continental had already wired out the funds four days earlier.49

Preferences and Cash Management. An important bankruptcy case for banks that provide cash management services to their commercial customers was decided in In re Agriprocessors, Inc.50 The case arose out of Sholom Rubashkin’s Iowa kosher meatpacking plant’s financial fraud and its slide into bankruptcy. The Chapter 7 trustee sought to recover over $5,000,000 in alleged preferences from Luana Savings Bank, Agriprocessor’s bank, based on wire transfers to Agriprocessor’s main checking account to cover intraday overdrafts and “true” overdrafts. The district court held that wire transfers that covered intraday overdrafts within the bank’s midnight deadline for revoking provisional settlement of checks drawn on Agriprocessor’s account were not preferences. In so holding, the court looked to whether the intraday overdrafts created an “antecedent debt” that the wire transfers satisfied, as required by section 547(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. Based on the banking practice of deferred posting and policy considerations favoring banks continuing to provide provisional credit to their commercial customers for orderly business operations, the district court determined that they did not, citing U.C.C. sections 4-215, 4-301, and 3-502 and conducting an extensive review of the case law.51 The court determined that the debt that was paid by the wire transfers did not arise for bankruptcy preference purposes until the checks drawn on the account were finally paid, i.e., when the bank’s midnight deadline passed without revoking provisional credit.52 Thus, there was no antecedent debt for intraday overdrafts paid by wire transfer before the bank’s midnight deadline passed and, thus, no preference liability.53 The same was not the case for “true overdrafts”; overdrafts that existed in the account after the midnight deadline had passed. In those cases, the bank’s receipt of funds to cover them were deemed preferential.54 The court did allow netting of Agriprocessors’ funds held in a separate reserve account by the bank to reduce the bank’s preference exposure, but the court denied the various defenses and other legal positions argued by the bank: (1) that it gave new value by allowing future overdrafts, (2) that the payments of the true overdrafts were in the ordinary course of business between the bank and Agriprocessors (the true overdrafts became more frequent and larger within the ninety-day preference period), (3) that the bank’s exposure should be limited to the largest true overdraft funded within the ninety-day preference period, and (4) that the trustee was seeking double recovery from the bank for preferences the trustee also was recovering from the creditors of Agriprocessors paid from the bank’s honoring checks that created true overdrafts.55 The net result was an affirmance of the bankruptcy court’s finding that the bank was subject to a net liability of $1,556,782.89 for true overdrafts after taking into account the reserve account held by the bank.56

Preferences and Tracing Security Interests. Although not involving Articles 3 and 4 of the U.C.C., the Fifth Circuit reached a controversial result in In re Tusa-Expo Holdings, Inc.,57 dealing with the tracing of a secured creditor’s security interest in funds transferred into and from three different bank accounts. In Tusa, checks representing proceeds of accounts receivable in which Knoll, a furniture supplier to Tusa, retained a first security interest pursuant to an intercreditor agreement with Textron, were deposited to a lockbox account that Textron required under Textron’s loan arrangements with Tusa and in which Textron had a first priority perfected security interest (pursuant to a subordination agreement). The lockbox account was swept daily to Textron, and the next day Textron would advance funds to Tusa’s operating account in accordance with the terms of its loan agreement. Tusa would use the advances for operating expenses and to pay its creditors, including Knoll. In a remarkable exercise of tracing, the Fifth Circuit determined that Knoll’s security interest followed the proceeds of the checks deposited into the lockbox in which Textron held a first security interest, then followed their transfer to Textron to pay down Textron’s loan, then followed the advances to Tusa’s operating account, and then followed them back to Knoll in the form of payment of its invoices.58 Knoll thus avoided a preference because its invoices were paid, in the court’s mind, from identifiable proceeds of its own collateral.59 In reaching its result, the court determined that section 9-332 did not apply to any of the transfers to strip Knoll’s security interest from the proceeds, because it determined that the lockbox account was the debtor’s, and the comments to section 9-332 explain that “the debtor itself is not a transferee.”60 In particular, the court made the statement that will come as a surprise to secured lenders with a security interest in a deposit account that section “[9-332(b)] ensures that the funds in a deposit account remain unencumbered by a security interest in the deposit account itself.”61

Bank Fraud. In Shaw v. United States,62 Laurence Shaw obtained bank statements from Stanley Hsu, a Taiwanese businessman, who unwisely had his bank statements sent to Shaw’s home and did not examine them on a regular basis. Shaw used the bank account information on the statements to transfer funds from Hsu’s checking account at Bank of America to other accounts in Hsu’s name and then to various accounts or payees Shaw established and from which Shaw obtained the funds. When convicted of bank fraud,63 Shaw appealed, arguing that he did not intend to harm the bank and the bank in fact did not lose any money. Shaw argued, rather, that he only intended to harm a bank depositor and, thus, claimed the statute was not applicable. The Supreme Court rejected Shaw’s arguments.64 The Court stated that the bank fraud statute covers schemes to deprive a bank of money in a customer’s deposit account because the bank does have property rights in the bank accounts of its customers.65 The Court noted that when a customer deposits funds, the bank ordinarily becomes the owner of the funds, which the bank has a right to use as a source of loans that help the bank earn profits.66 Hence, for purposes of the bank fraud statute, a scheme fraudulently to obtain funds from a bank depositor’s account normally is also a scheme fraudulently to obtain property from a “financial institution,” at least where, as here, the defendant knew that the bank held the deposits, the funds obtained came from the deposit account, and the defendant misled the bank in order to obtain those funds, even if Shaw may not have intended to cause the bank financial harm.67

CUSTOMER-BANK AGREEMENT

In Majestic Building Maintenance, Inc. v. Huntington Bancshares, Inc.,68 the payor bank avoided liability for unauthorized checks drawn on its customer’s business checking account by a provision in its customer’s “Master Services” account agreement that made the customer responsible for unauthorized account transactions if the customer did not avail itself of a fraud prevention service that was offered by the bank and designed to discover or prevent the type of unauthorized activity that occurred. Because the customer was eligible for the bank’s “Positive Pay” service, which was designed to discover and allow the customer to prevent out of sequence checks, raised checks, and checks not issued by the customer, the bank was able to shift the risk of loss to its customer based on the loss prevention language of the Master Services agreement, even though it did not specifically mention the bank’s “Check Positive Pay” program by name.69 The court held that the provision in question was not manifestly unreasonable and did not relieve the bank of its duties of good faith and exercising ordinary care; rather it was a permissible variation of Article 4’s default rule that the drawee bank is responsible for forged checks.70 This is not the first case to give the bank a defense based on a requirement in the bank-customer account agreement that the customer is responsible for losses that it could have avoided if it failed to use the bank’s positive pay service.71

In Oguoguo v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,72 a New Jersey federal district court enforced the provision in a bank’s customer account agreement that cut off claims for payment of items bearing unauthorized drawer’s signatures if not reported within thirty days after the account statements were made available to the customer and also cut off claims based on any future unauthorized signatures of the same wrongdoer thereafter even if reported within the thirty-day period after delivery of later monthly statements. The court found that the thirty-day time limit was not manifestly unreasonable because it reflected an interest in stopping further fraudulent activity in the account, minimizing losses from bank fraud, and was not an unreasonable burden on the customer.73 On the other hand, a Texas case, Calleja-Ahedo v. Compass Bank, held that if a fraudster contacts the customer’s bank and without the authority of the customer, changes the address where account statements are to be mailed to prevent the account holder from receiving them and notifying its bank of fraudulent checks being paid from the account, such statements are not deemed to be “made available” to the customer within the terms of the customer’s account agreement to cut off otherwise untimely claims.74 In that case, the account agreement contractually required account statements to be delivered “in accordance with your [the customer’s] request or instructions.”75

In Regions Bank v. Kaplan,76 customers wire transferred funds out of their account based on provisional credit for checks they deposited to it. The checks were returned for breach of presentment warranties and the customers’ bank debited their account creating an overdraft. The customers alleged that their bank was responsible for the overdraft because they ordered their bank not to wire funds out until the checks had cleared and that they were assured by bank personnel that the checks had cleared. The court rejected these claims, pointing to terms in the customer account agreement that wire transfer instructions had to be in writing,77 Because the customers were sophisticated in understanding funds availability, they could not have relied on statements from the bank that the funds had cleared on the day that they were deposited.78

In order for the terms of a customer account agreement to protect the bank from claims of its customers that would otherwise be barred by those terms, the bank has to show that the customer signed or assented to the bank’s account agreement. The usual way for such agreement to be shown is by the customer’s signing a signature card that incorporates the bank’s account terms by reference. In Tran v. Citibank, N.A., Citibank’s inability to produce a signature card signed by its customer complaining of unauthorized withdrawals from her account prevented the bank from disposing of the customer’s suit based on a provision in its account terms that reduced the time for its customers to file claims to a period of one year after the claim arose.79

DISHONEST EMPLOYEE, FAMILY MEMBER, OR CAREGIVER OF DRAWER OR PAYEE

Several cases decided in 2016 favored the payor bank and the bank of first deposit (“BOFD”) defending against drawer or payee claims of loss from defalcations of dishonest employees, family members, or caregivers of the drawer under the negligence bar (section 3-406), the employee rule (section 3-405), the impostor rule (section 3-404), the various standing rules (sections 3-309, 3-310, and 3-414), or the time bars of U.C.C. sections 4-406, 3-118(g), or 4-111.

In Travelers Casualty & Surety Co. v. Washington Trust Bank,80 a dishonest employee of a nonprofit agency serving disabled adults procured and diverted over 300 checks totaling in excess of a half million dollars drawn on the agency’s account and made payable to service providers to the agency’s clients or to the clients themselves. The employee endorsed them in her name personally, took them to the agency’s bank, cashed them, and kept the proceeds.81 The Washington Supreme Court held that the writings placed on the back of the checks by the employee were “indorsements” under section 3-204 and not acknowledgments of receipt of cash.82 The claims against the agency’s bank were thus subject to the agency’s duty under Washington’s nonuniform version of section 4-406(f ) to discover and report to its bank unauthorized indorsements within one year after monthly statements together with images of the front side of items containing the unauthorized indorsements were made available to the customer.83 In Silver v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,84 the dishonest employee took one step further than the dishonest employee in the Travelers case and over a period of several years stole blank checks of her employer; forged her employer’s signature on them; made them payable to herself, her creditors, and fictitious payees; and deposited or cashed them at her bank. The majority of the time, the dishonest employee forged the stated payee’s indorsement in order to cash or deposit the checks. Notwithstanding that indorsements were sometimes missing, scribbled, or without a corporate deposit stamp where the payee was a commercial entity, the court rejected the employer’s claim that its bank or the BOFD failed to exercise ordinary care; it viewed as too general the allegations of what the drawer claimed were sufficiently suspicious circumstances to impose a share of the loss on the banks.85

In Mt. Hope Universal Baptist Church, Inc. v. Bowen,86 life insurance checks never reached the church after the death of the church’s founder, even though the church was the named beneficiary in a policy insuring the founder’s life. The founder’s children and grandchildren obtained the death benefit check directly from the life insurance company, opened a fictitious bank account, and deposited and collected the check. Because the church never obtained possession of the misappropriated check, the court held it had no interest in the check and therefore had no standing to assert a claim of conversion against the bank of first deposit.87 Presumably the church’s remedy is to require the life insurance company to issue another death benefit check.88

In Midwest Feeders, Inc. v. Regions Bank,89 the plaintiff lender made advances to a borrower’s bank account to finance its livestock business. Over 300 fraudulent checks were drawn against the account, totaling $23 million written by the wife of the owner of the borrower’s cattle business on the account, to purported cattle sellers but to whom she intended to give no interest in the checks. She forged indorsements, deposited them to an account she opened at Regions Bank, and withdrew the proceeds. The court held that the lender lacked standing to claim Regions Bank converted the checks.90 While the lender may have held an interest in the funds in the account, that interest did not support, in the court’s mind, an interest in the fraudulent checks drawn on the account to confer standing on the lender to pursue claims for conversion of the checks.91

Two related Illinois cases dealt with an employee engaging in theft of incoming corporate checks and their conversion by the employee’s or her confederate’s indorsements on them. In Affiliated Health Group, Ltd. v. Citibank,92 an employee, with the responsibility for posting and documenting incoming medical insurance payments payable to a group of related medical service provider companies, stole hundreds of incoming insurance checks over a twelve-year period totaling between $14 million and $16 million and deposited them to accounts she and confederates opened at another bank in the name of entities bearing similar names to the true payees. The drawee banks were absolved from liability for paying the diverted checks under the responsible employee rule of section 3-405.93 The court also rejected the claim that the drawee bank had a duty of ordinary care that extended to reviewing the indorsements on the diverted checks, noting that that duty applied to the depository bank and not to the drawee bank.94 In a companion case, Affiliated Medical Group and its affiliates filed suit against the insurance companies that issued the checks payable to them, which were stolen by their dishonest employee.95 Affiliated argued that the checks were never received or accepted within the meaning of sections 3-414(c) and 3-310(b)(1) and, therefore, payment of the underlying insurance claims that the checks were issued to satisfy was not made. The court properly rejected these arguments, as the checks at issue were initially received by the intended payees, paid by the drawee banks, and not dishonored.96

In PSI Resources, LLC v. MB Financial Bank, N.A.,97 the insiders of three corporations deposited hundreds of thousands of dollars of checks payable to one of the three corporations to the account of the other two corporations with or without regard to which corporation was the actual payee and with or without proper indorsements. The assignee of the corporations conducted an audit and sued the depository bank for misapplying the deposited checks. The corporate assignee’s claims against the corporations’ bank were held time barred by section 4-111’s three-year statute of limitations rather than the Illinois ten-year statute of limitations for written contracts, because the U.C.C. statute of limitations was the more specific statute and applying it furthered the U.C.C. policies of certainty and commercial finality.98

BANK’S DUTY OF ORDINARY CARE

In the defrauded attorney case of Law Offices of Oliver Zhou v. Citibank, N.A.,99 the attorney wired out most of the funds of a counterfeit cashier’s check deposited and provisionally credited to his trust account, only to find that the cashier’s check was returned as counterfeit and that he owed his bank and his clients for the funds provisionally credited to his account that he wired offshore to the fraudster when the provisional credit was reversed. The court rejected the attorney’s argument, among other theories, that its bank failed to exercise ordinary care under Article 4 and owed him a duty to identify false routing numbers, use fraud detection devices, investigate the source of the counterfeit check, or provide more explicit notice of the bank’s right of chargeback of unpaid checks.100 In so holding, the court noted that the bank was not the insurer of the validity of checks its customers deposit with it, and that Article 4 gives an explicit right of chargeback for provisional credits paid out but not collected.101 Other cases dealing with a bank’s duty to exercise care are discussed elsewhere in this survey.102

In this day and age of automated check processing, the exercise of ordinary care by a drawee bank does not normally include the obligation to visually inspect and compare the drawer’s signatures on checks presented for payment with those on file at the bank.103 That principle was reaffirmed in a recent New Jersey case.104

ACCORD AND SATISFACTION

In Fox Consulting Group, Inc. v. Spartan Warehouse & Distribution Inc.,105 a $2,500 check with a statement that acceptance of the check would constitute “acceptance and termination of all past and future obligations to each other” extinguished the consultant payee’s claim for $27,439 when the payee deposited the $2,500 check after the drawer terminated the payee’s services.106 Consistent with the operation of section 3-311 as an informal and expeditious way to settle disputes, the court rejected the consultant’s technical argument that there was no obligation for future amounts yet due under the contract terminated and therefore accepting the check did not bar the consultant’s claim for them.107 Rather, the court held that the completed accord and satisfaction resolved all present and future claims.108 On the other hand, in Spatafore v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,109 a mortgage debtor’s partial payment to the lender via a $135 money order with a notation “full payment for loan account no. xxxxx” that the lender collected did not constitute an accord and satisfaction of the borrower’s $248,000 mortgage loan. The borrower knew how much he owed for property taxes the bank paid to reinstate the mortgage, there was no evidence or explanation that the debt was disputed, and the notation was clearly not tendered by the borrower in good faith.110

NEGOTIABILITY, JOINT PAYEES, FALSE FORGERY AFFIDAVIT

Consistent with U.C.C. sections 3-104(a)(3) and 3-112, the existence of a confession of judgment clause in a note did not render it non-negotiable, even though the note provided for a variable interest rate.111 A power of attorney that did not comply with statutory requirements under Illinois law failed to give an attorney the power to sign his client’s indorsement on a settlement check made payable to him and his client.112 Reversal of a payment to an indorsee of a check based on the original payee’s false affidavit of forgery of the indorsement does not give rise to a claim against the drawee bank that relied on the false affidavit of forgery; rather, the claim should be made with the indorsee’s own bank, which had the duty to determine that the indorsement was valid and which warranted that fact to the drawee bank.113

CASES INVOLVING ARTICLE 4A OF THE U.C.C.

RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES GROUNDED IN OTHER LAW

Much litigation around Article 4A revolves around the question of the extent to which its provisions limit the judicial remedies available under other law that a party may assert in a dispute involving a funds transfer. In Wright v. Citizen’s Bank of East Tennessee,114 the plaintiff husband and wife bank customers instructed their bank, defendant Citizen’s, to initiate a wire transfer from their checking account to an account of theirs at a different institution. Although the Wrights provided the Citizen’s teller with written wire instructions, the teller made an error in entering the beneficiary’s account number into the wire-transfer form, which went undetected by the Wrights. As a result, the wire did not go through that day and the funds were returned to Citizen’s; it was not until the next day, upon discovering and correcting the error, that Citizen’s successfully resent the wire transfer. However, unbeknownst to the Citizen’s teller, the reason the Wrights had initiated the transfer to that account was to cover a margin call on the account. Because of Citizen’s delay in successfully sending the wire transfer, the Wrights had failed to timely transfer money into their margin account and, as a result, a certain amount of their investments was sold by the time Citizen’s successfully resent the wire transfer. Moreover, because the value of the investments had decreased in value from the time the Wrights had received the initial margin-call notice, the amount actually sold was significantly higher than the amount of the original margin call.

The Wrights sued Citizen’s for, among other claims, negligence with respect to the wire transfers, fraud based on Citizen’s resending of the second wire transfer (which the Wrights assert they did not authorize), and misrepresentation based on the bank’s statements regarding the training and abilities of its employees. Finding that the Wright’s common-law negligence and fraud claims were “inconsistent” with Article 4A—that is, their claims “ar[o]se out of a situation covered by the provisions of Article 4A, and . . . attempt[ed] to create rights, duties, and liabilities inconsistent with Article 4A”115—the court held that they were therefore displaced and denied the Wrights the consequential damages they sought under those common-law claims.116

Article 4A, however, does not displace any and all claims related to a funds transfer. The Wright court declined to find that Article 4A also displaced the misrepresentation claim as inconsistent, reasoning that “Article 4A does not address representations made by a bank representative about the bank’s personnel’s training, experience, or ability to perform wire transfers.”117 Another recent case, Thompson v. Citizens National Bank,118 reached a similar conclusion with respect to the plaintiff customer’s common-law claims against her bank and other parties based on allegedly egregious conduct, including forgery, false representation, and her bank’s failure to train employees. In determining whether claims “concern conduct ‘distinct and independent’ from the wire transfer,” the court observed that “[a]lthough Defendants’ actions allegedly led to or concealed the wire transfers, the transfers themselves are not the sole basis of Plaintiff’s claims.”119 Therefore, the court concluded they were not covered by Article 4A.120

SECURITY PROCEDURES

As noted in prior surveys, Article 4A introduces loss allocation rules for unauthorized funds transfers intended to encourage banks and their funds transfer services customers to develop and agree to security procedures for verifying the authenticity of payment orders sent to the bank in the name of the customer. If a bank accepts a payment order that has not been authorized by its customer, Article 4A allows the bank to avoid liability—and shift the loss to the customer—if it accepted the order “in good faith” and complied with an agreed, “commercially reasonable” security procedure.121 If a bank cannot establish those elements, Article 4A allocates the loss to the bank.122

In Banco del Austro v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,123 a bank’s agreement with one of its customers adopted the authentication procedures of the Society for World-wide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (“SWIFT”) as the security procedure for funds transfer payment orders received by the bank through the SWIFT network, which included the unauthorized payment orders at issue. The customer did not allege that the bank failed to adhere to these procedures, but argued that other terms in the agreement required additional safeguards. Specifically, the customer argued that the governing law provision of the agreement— which referenced federal and New York law, including Articles 3, 4, 4A, and 5 of the U.C.C.—incorporated certain “know your customer” fraud detection policies into the agreement.124 The court rejected that argument, finding that those provisions “did not transform any and all violations of federal and state law into breaches of contract and did not modify the security procedure explicitly outlined under separate header” elsewhere in the agreement.125

Even where a bank establishes that it followed the agreed-upon security procedure, it still bears the loss and must reimburse the customer for the unauthorized funds transfer if either (1) the bank nevertheless failed to act in “good faith” or (2) the security procedure was not “commercially reasonable.”126 Although the U.C.C. sets out these two elements as separate inquiries, the Banco del Austro court observed that they are often “redundant”—“especially so where there is no plausible allegation that the authorizing bank failed to adhere to the agreed-upon procedure.”127 Given “the fact-intensive nature of the commercial reasonableness inquiry,” the court denied the defendant bank’s motion to dismiss the plaintiff customer’s bad faith and commercial reasonableness claim.128

SANCTIONS PROGRAMS

Under the U.C.C., a payment order is cancelled by operation of law if it is not accepted by execution within five business days, and, in such event, an intermediary bank must refund any payment it received to the bank that sent the payment order.129 Receivers of Sabena SA v. Deutsche Bank A.G.130 considers the application of these simple rules to an electronic funds transfer that was frozen at a New York intermediary bank pursuant to a federal executive order. The originator of the funds transfer at issue fell within the scope of an executive order issued by the President. As a result, the intermediary bank, upon receiving the payment order from the originator’s bank, immediately blocked the order—that is, rather than accepting the payment order by executing it (i.e., sending its own payment order to the beneficiary’s bank, for the benefit of the beneficiary), the intermediary bank credited the funds to a segregated, interest-bearing account. Over a decade later, the beneficiary applied to the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) for and received a license authorizing the intermediary bank to release the funds—the intermediary bank subsequently did so, but contrary to the beneficiary’s expectations, it released the funds to the originator’s bank.

The court held that the intermediary bank acted appropriately. The court reasoned that the funds transfer was canceled by operation of law under the New York Uniform Commercial Code as a result of the delay of more than five business days imposed by the federal blocking order.131 This cancellation cut off the intermediary bank’s option to accept the payment order it had received.132 Upon un-blocking of the transaction pursuant to the OFAC license, the New York Uniform Commercial Code “triggered the right of the originator’s bank to a refund from the intermediary bank to the extent the originator’s bank had already paid the intermediary bank with respect to the transaction,” rather than the right of the beneficiary bank to receive payment of the un-blocked funds.133

____________

* Carter Klein is a partner at the law firm Jenner & Block, LLP. He surveyed the judicial decisions involving federal law and Articles 3 and 4 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Jessie Cheng is deputy general counsel at Ripple. She prepared the part of this year’s survey that discusses federal regulatory developments and Article 4A of the Uniform Commercial Code.

1. See Stephen C. Veltri & Greg Cavanagh, Payments, 70 BUS. LAW. 1197, 1203–05 (2015).

2. Prepaid Accounts Under the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (Regulation E) and the Truth in Lending Act (Regulation Z), 81 Fed. Reg. 83934, 83945 (Nov. 22, 2016) (to be codified at 12 C.F.R. pts. 1005 & 1026) [hereinafter Prepaid Accounts].

3. Press Release, Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, CFPB Finalizes Strong Federal Protections for Prepaid Account Consumers (Oct. 5, 2016), https://www.consumerfinance.gov/about-us/newsroom/cfpb-finalizes-strong-federal-protections-prepaid-account-consumers/.

4. Prepaid Accounts Under the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (Regulation E) and the Truth in Lending Act (Regulation Z); Delay of Effective Date, 82 Fed. Reg. 18975 (Apr. 25, 2017).

5. Prepaid Accounts, supra note 2, at 84325–26 (to be codified at 12 C.F.R. § 1005.2(b)(3)).

6. See Veltri & Cavanagh, supra note 1, at 1203–05.

7. Prepaid Accounts, supra note 2, at 83968.

8. Id. at 84325–26 (to be codified at 12 C.F.R. § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(A)–(C)).

9. Id. at 84326 (to be codified at 12 C.F.R. § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D)).

10. Id. at 84326 (to be codified at 12 C.F.R. § 1005.2(b)(3)(ii)). Health savings, flexible spending, and medical savings accounts, as well as health reimbursement arrangements, would also be excluded. See id.

11. Prepaid Accounts Under the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (Regulation E) and the Truth in Lending Act (Regulation Z), 79 Fed. Reg. 77102, 77185–86 (proposed Dec. 23, 2014), corrected by 80 Fed. Reg. 6468 (Feb. 5, 2015).

12. Prepaid Accounts, supra note 2, at 84326, 84335 (to be codified at 12 C.F.R. §§ 1005.11(c)(2)(i)(C), 1005.18(e)(3)). Under the final rule, to be codified at 12 C.F.R. § 1005.11(c)(2), financial institutions may take up to forty-five days (or ninety days, where applicable) to investigate an error claim without provisionally crediting the account in the amount at issue for those prepaid accounts that have not completed the consumer identification and verification process. Id. at 83986, 84326.

In addition, a change to the commentary in the final rule clarifies that a financial institution can be “deemed” to have completed its consumer identification and verification process with respect to an account—and thus unable to avail of itself of the limitation on the requirement to extend provisional credit—if it obtains such information from a third party prior to or as part of the account acquisition process (e.g., a financial institution that obtains identifying information necessary to disburse funds in connection with student financial aid disbursement or insurance payouts). See id. at 84362 (to be codified at 12 C.F.R. § 1005.18, cmt. 18(e)-6).

13. Id. at 84111.

14. Id. at 84370–71 (to be codified at 12 C.F.R. § 1026.61(a)(2), (4)).

15. Id. at 84157–58.

16. OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER OF THE CURRENCY, COMPTROLLERS LICENSING MANUAL DRAFT SUPPLEMENT: EVALUATING CHARTER APPLICATIONS FROM FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY COMPANIES (Mar. 2017), https://www.occ.gov/publications/publications-by-type/licensing-manuals/file-pub-lm-fintech-licensing-manual-supplement.pdf. The supplement remains in draft form as of the date this survey goes to print and, thus, care should be taken to confirm the status of the OCC’s responsible innovation initiatives.

17. OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER OF THE CURRENCY, EXPLORING SPECIAL PURPOSE NATIONAL BANK CHARTERS FOR FINTECH COMPANIES (Dec. 2016), https://www.occ.treas.gov/topics/bank-operations/innovation/comments/special-purpose-national-bank-charters-for-fintech.pdf.

18. OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER OF THE CURRENCY, SUPPORTING RESPONSIBLE INNOVATION IN THE FEDERAL BANKING SYSTEM: AN OCC PERSPECTIVE (Mar. 2016), https://www.occ.gov/publications/publications-by-type/other-publications-reports/pub-responsible-innovation-banking-system-occ-perspective.pdf.

19. EXPLORING SPECIAL PURPOSE NATIONAL BANK CHARTERS FOR FINTECH COMPANIES, supra note 17, at 3.

20. COMPTROLLER’S LICENSING MANUAL DRAFT SUPPLEMENT: EVALUATING CHARTER APPLICATIONS FROM FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY COMPANIES, supra note 16, at 4.

21. Id. at 5.

22. Id. at 17–18.

23. EXPLORING SPECIAL PURPOSE NATIONAL BANK CHARTERS FOR FINTECH COMPANIES, supra note 17, at 5.

24. COMPTROLLERS LICENSING MANUAL DRAFT SUPPLEMENT: EVALUATING CHARTER APPLICATIONS FROM FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY COMPANIES, supra note 16, at 1, 10.

25. Customer Identification Programs, Anti-Money Laundering Programs, and Beneficial Ownership Requirements for Banks Lacking a Federal Functional Regulator, 81 Fed. Reg. 58425, 58428 (Aug. 25, 2016) [hereinafter Customer Identification Programs].

“Federal functional regulator” is defined to include the federal banking agencies as well as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. 31 C.F.R. § 1010.100(r) (2016).

26. Id. at 58427–28.

27. 31 C.F.R. § 1010.205(b)(1)(vi), (b)(2) (2016).

28. Id. § 1020.210.

29. Customer Identification Programs, supra note 25, at 58426–27.

30. 31 C.F.R. § 1020.220 (2016).

31. Customer Identification Programs, supra note 25, at 58427.

32. Id. at 58428.

33. Id.

34. No. 16 C 256, 2016 WL 4124293 (N.D. Ill. Aug. 3, 2016).

35. The Electronic Check Clearing House (“ECCHO”) Rules and Regulations J and CC have created warranties not found in Articles 3 and 4 of the U.C.C. for the handling, presentment, settlement, and return of imaged items and substitute checks. One of the new warranties imposes liability on any bank that presents an electronic or imaged item if the physical item is later presented, i.e., a warranty that the payor bank is indemnified if it has to pay twice for the same item. Ultimately, the liability falls on the bank that first took the electronic item for collection. See, e.g., ECCHO R. XIX(L)(7); Regulation J, 12 C.F.R. § 210.5(a)(4)(ii) (2016); Regulation CC, 12 C.F.R. § 229.52(a)(2) (2016).

36. The plaintiff alleged that with the rise of remote and mobile deposit capture, the incidence of duplicate presentments is becoming “epidemic,” increasing from 5–7 items per million payments in 2006 to 40–100 duplicate items per million payments currently, an increase of 1100 percent. Class Action Complaint at para. 13, 1409 W. Diversey Corp. v. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., No. 16 C 256, 2016 WL 4124293 (N.D. Ill. Aug. 3, 2016).

37. 1409 W. Diversey Corp., 2016 WL 4124293, at *3.

38. Id. at *2 (citing National Bank Act, 12 U.S.C. § 24 (national banks have the authority to receive deposits); 12 C.F.R. § 7.4007(a) (right of national banks to receive deposits and engage in any activity incidental to receiving deposits, subject to OCC regulations and applicable federal law); 12 C.F.R. § 7.5002(a) (national banks may perform, provide, or deliver through electronic means and facilities any activity, function, product, or service that it is otherwise authorized to perform)).

39. 1409 W. Diversey Corp., 2016 WL 4124293, at *2.

40. 12 C.F.R. § 210.6(b)(3)(i)(A) (2016).

41. 842 F.3d 487 (7th Cir. 2016).

42. A counterfeit cashier’s check fraud on an attorney was reported in Law Offices of Oliver Zhou v. Citibank, N.A., No. 15 Civ. 5266 (ER), 2016 WL 2889060 (S.D.N.Y. May 17, 2016), amended complaint dismissed, 2017 WL 979062 (Mar. 13, 2017), discussed in infra notes 99–102 and accompanying text.

43. The phrase “all of the information on the front and back of the original check as of the time that the original check was truncated” is not defined in Regulation J but is in Regulation CC. Terms not defined in Regulation J have the meanings set forth in Regulation CC. 12 C.F.R. § 210.2(s)(1) (2016). Regulation CC commentary that discusses this phrase in relation to substitute checks does not require that the security features visible on the original check be included on the electronic item. 12 C.F.R. pt. 229, app. E (Commentary on Regulation CC), § 229.51(a)(3) (2016).

44. First Am. Bank, 842 F.3d at 489; 12 C.F.R. pt. 229, app. E (Commentary on Regulation CC), § 229.51(a)(3). Regulation CC’s indemnity is referenced in Regulation J as the appropriate indemnity for violating Regulation J’s equivalence warranty. See 12 C.F.R. § 210.6(b)(3)(ii)(A) (2016).

45. First Am. Bank, 842 F.3d at 489. Under Regulation CC, a “bank that transfers, presents, or returns a substitute check or a paper or electronic representation of a substitute check for which it receives consideration shall indemnify the recipient and any subsequent recipient . . . for any loss incurred by any recipient of a substitute check if that loss occurred due to the receipt of a substitute check instead of the original check.” 12 C.F.R. § 229.53(a) (2016). The Commentary to this section gives the following two examples of situations in which the indemnity applies and does not apply:

a. A paying bank makes payment based on a substitute check that was derived from a fraudulent original cashier’s check. The amount and other characteristics of the original cashier’s check are such that, had the original check been presented instead, the paying bank would have inspected the original check for security features. The paying bank’s fraud detection procedures were designed to detect the fraud in question and allow the bank to return the fraudulent check in a timely manner. However, the security features that the bank would have inspected were security features that did not survive the imaging process (see the commentary to § 229.51(a)). Under these circumstances, the paying bank could assert an indemnity claim against the bank that presented the substitute check.

b. By contrast with the previous examples, the indemnity would not apply if the characteristics of the presented substitute check were such that the bank’s security policies and procedures would not have detected the fraud even if the original had been presented. For example, if the check was under the threshold amount at which the bank subjects an item to its fraud detection procedures, the bank would not have inspected the item for security features regardless of the form of the item and accordingly would have suffered a loss even if it had received the original check.

Id. pt. 229, app. E, § 229.53(a)(1), exs. a & b.

46. No. 2:15-CV-11595, 2016 WL 8243178 (E.D. Mich. Jan. 11, 2016).

47. See 12 C.F.R. § 229.33 (2016).

48. Cont’l Title Agency, 2016 WL 8243178, at *4 (citations omitted).

49. Id. (citing 12 C.F.R. § 229.38(a)).

50. 547 B.R. 292 (N.D. Iowa 2016), aff’d, 859 F.3d 599 (8th Cir. 2017). The bankruptcy court’s decision in this case was discussed in last year’s survey. See Stephen C. Veltri & Greg Cavanagh, Payments, 71 BUS. LAW. 1279, 1283–84 (2016).

51. In re Agriprocessors, Inc., 547 B.R. at 303–09.

52. Id. at 305–07.

53. Id. at 308.

54. Id. at 318.

55. Id. at 312–23. The court acknowledged the validity of the double recovery defense, but determined that the bank failed to prove which of the bank’s checks that it honored creating true overdrafts were paid to specific creditors that were subject to a preference recovery. Id. at 323.

56. Id. at 329.

57. 811 F.3d 786 (5th Cir. 2016).

58. Id. at 794–99.

59. Id. at 801.

60. Id. at 794 (citing TEX. BUS. & COM. CODE ANN. § 9-332 cmt. 2). A somewhat contrary result was reached in Stierwalt v. Associated Third Party Administrators, No. 16-mc-80059-EMC, 2016 WL 2996936 (N.D. Cal. May 25, 2016) (section 9-332 gave a garnishing judgment creditor as a nonconsensual transferee of funds in the deposit account superior rights to them over a secured creditor’s prior perfected security interest in the deposit account).

61. In re Tusa-Expo Holdings, 811 F.3d at 795.

62. 137 S. Ct. 462 (2016).

63. U.S. law makes it a crime “knowingly [to] execut[e] a scheme or artifice (1) to defraud a financial institution; or (2) to obtain any of the moneys, funds, credits, assets, securities, or other property owned by, or under the custody or control of, a financial institution, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises.” 18 U.S.C. § 1344 (2012).

64. 137 S. Ct. 462 (2016).

65. Id. at 466.

66. Id.

67. Id. at 466–68.

68. No: 2:15-CV-3023, 2016 WL 6525387 (S.D. Ohio Nov. 3, 2016).

69. Id. at *3.

70. Id. at *3–4.

71. See, e.g., Cincinnati Ins. Co. v. Wachovia Bank, N.A., No. 08-CV-2734, 2010 WL 2777478 (D. Minn. July 14, 2010).

72. No. 14-2383, 2016 WL 3041853 (D.N.J. May 27, 2016).

73. Id. at *5.

74. 508 S.W.3d 791 (Tex. App. 2016).

75. Id. at 793.

76. No. 8:12-CV-1837-T-17MAP, 2016 WL 1592752 (M.D. Fla. Apr. 18, 2016).

77. Id. at *17.

78. Id. at *18–19.

79. 208 F. Supp. 3d 302 (D.D.C. 2016).

80. 383 P.3d 512 (Wash. 2016).

81. According to the bank, the dishonest employee, who had authority to endorse the agency’s checks, told the agency’s bank that she was endorsing the checks on behalf of the homebound clients of the agency who could not get to the bank and needed the cash for their daily living expenses.

82. Id. at 934–36. The court cited Official Comment 1 to section 3-204, which explains that an unqualified signature on the back of a check where indorsements normally appear may be an indorsement even though the signer intended the signature to be a receipt. That same comment also states that a signature is an indorsement unless the signer unambiguously makes clear an intent not to sign as an indorser.

83. Id. at 940 (citing WASH. REV. CODE § 62A.4-406(f)). Washington’s version of section 4-406(f ) bars claims asserted after one year for unauthorized indorsements as well as for alterations and unauthorized drawers’ signatures.

84. No. MJG-16-382, 2016 WL 6962862 (D. Md. Nov. 29, 2016).

85. Id. at *4–5 (citing U.C.C. §§ 3-404, 3-405, and 3-406). Another court reached the opposite result, in the context of denying a Rule 12(b)(6) motion to dismiss, on the issue of the sufficiency of the allegations that the dishonest employee’s bank failed to exercise ordinary care in accepting $503,382.77 of checks deposited to an account of a fictitious entity. Travelers Cas. & Sur. Co. of Am., Inc. v. Associated Bank, N.A., No. 15-CV-499-WMC, 2016 WL 3163155 (W.D. Wis. June 3, 2016).

86. No. 1536/13, 2016 WL 6115359 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. Oct. 14, 2016).

87. Id. at *3.

88. To like effect is the case of Kaplan v. Valley National Bank, No. 611107-15, 2016 WL 3939922 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. July 20, 2016).

89. No. 1:15-CV-00013 (LJA), 2016 WL 5796894 (M.D. Ga. Sept. 30, 2016).

90. Id. at *4–5.

91. Id.

92. No. 15 C 6016, 2016 WL 1660537 (N.D. Ill. Apr. 27, 2016).

93. Id. at *3–4.

94. Id. at *4–5.

95. Affiliated Health Grp., Ltd. v. Devon Bank, 58 N.E.3d 772 (Ill. App. Ct. 2016).

96. Id. at 777–78. Another way of deciding the case is by reference to section 3-420(a) for resolving actions for conversion. If the check reaches the payee and the check is then converted, the underlying debt is discharged and the payee’s remedy, if it is not barred by the employee rule or some other defense, is on the check. If the check never reached the payee and is converted, the underlying debt is not discharged and the payee has a right to demand the drawer to pay the underlying debt the stolen check was issued to satisfy and the drawer can demand the payor bank to recredit its account for the conversion. See U.C.C. § 3-420(a) cmt. 1 (2011).

97. 55 N.E.3d 186 (Ill. App. Ct. 2016).

98. Id. at 195–96. Two other 2016 cases that held that the drawer’s claims were time-barred are Union Street Corridor Development Corp. v. Santander Bank, N.A., 191 F. Supp. 3d 147 (D. Mass. 2016) (court rejected applying discovery rule to section 4-406’s one-year statute of repose), and Zerjav v. JP Morgan Chase National Corporate Services, Inc., 185 F. Supp. 3d 1149 (E.D. Mo. 2016) (wife’s claim against husband’s depository bank for accepting jointly payable check without her endorsement was barred by Article 3’s three-year limitations period; court rejected discovery rule to toll the commencement of the statute of limitations).

99. No. 15 Civ. 5266 (ER), 2016 WL 2889060 (S.D.N.Y. May 17, 2016). Defendant was given leave to amend its complaint against Citibank as to counts of breach of contract and fraudulent concealment, but the amended complaint was also dismissed with prejudice. 2017 WL 979062 (S.D.N.Y. Mar. 13, 2017).

100. Id. at *4.

101. Id. at *4–5.

102. See discussions earlier in this survey of PSI Resources, LLC v. MB Financial Bank, N.A. (supra notes 97–98 and accompanying text); Silver v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (supra notes 84–85 and accompanying text); and Affiliated Health Group, Ltd. v. Citibank, N.A. (supra notes 92–96 and accompanying text).

103. Section 3-103(a)(9) pertinently defines ordinary care as follows: “In the case of a bank that takes an instrument for processing for collection or payment by automated means, reasonable commercial standards do not require the bank to examine the instrument if the failure to examine does not violate the bank’s prescribed procedures and the bank’s procedures do not vary unreasonably from general banking usage not disapproved by this Article or Article 4.” U.C.C. § 3-103(a)(9) (2016).

104. Oguguo v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., No. 14-2383 (SRC), 2016 WL 3041853, at *5 (D.N.J. May 27, 2016).

105. No. C-160251, 73 N.E.3d 1055 (Ohio Ct. App. 2016).

106. Id. at 1059.

107. Id.

108. Id.

109. No. A-4265-13T2, 2016 WL 4784097 (N.J. Ct. App. Sept. 14, 2016).

110. Id. at *3.

111. Cole v. Davis, 63 N.E.3d 946, 957–58 (Ill. App. Ct. 2016).

112. Johnson v. MB Fin. Bank, N.A., No. 1-15-1817, 2016 WL 283645 (Ill. App. Ct. Jan. 15, 2016).

113. Ellis v. Bank of Am., N.A., No. 2-15-0496, 2016 WL 762602 (Ill. App. Ct. Feb. 24, 2016).

114. 640 F. App’x 401 (6th Cir. 2016).

115. Id. at 407.

116. Id. at 408–10 (characterizing the first attempted wire transfers as “noncompletion of the funds transfer” and the second successful transfer as a “delayed wire transfer,” each covered by Article 4A of the Tennessee Uniform Commercial Code).

117. Id. at 410.

118. No. 1:14-CV-1197, 2016 WL 5076053 (N.D. Ohio Sept. 20, 2016).

119. Id. at *4–5.

120. Id.

121. See U.C.C. §§ 4A-201, 4A-202 (2011).

122. Id. § 4A-202.

123. No. 16-cv-00628 (LAK), 2016 WL 6084082 (S.D.N.Y. Oct. 18, 2016).

124. Id. at *1–2.

125. Id. at *2.

126. U.C.C. § 4A-202(b) (2011).

127. 2016 WL 6084082, at *2–3.

128. Id. at *3.

129. U.C.C. §§ 4A-211(d), 4A-402(d) (2011).

130. 36 N.Y.S.3d 95 (App. Div. 2016).

131. Id. at 105–06 (referring to New York U.C.C. § 4-A-211(4)). New York denominates the funds transfer article as “4-A” rather than “4A.”

132. Id. at 105–08 (citing Calderon-Cardona v. Bank of N.Y. Mellon, 770 F.3d 993 (2d Cir. 2014)).

133. Id. at 97. The court further noted that in no event would the intermediary bank have incurred an obligation under the New York Uniform Commercial Code to the beneficiary (whose successor-in-interest brought the action against the intermediary bank). Id. at 103–06.

Letters of Credit

By James G. Barnes and James E. Byrne*

This survey concentrates on the most significant letter of credit (“LC”)1 issues addressed in cases decided in the United States in the year 2016.2

PRE-HONOR CASES

Pre-honor cases are those in which a dispute arises before a demand for payment under an LC has been honored. These actions typically involve a beneficiary or other presenter claiming wrongful dishonor by the issuer, and they focus on: (i) whether the issuer gave timely and sufficient notice of dishonor,3 (ii) whether the discrepancies stated in that notice justify dishonor,4 or (iii) whether there are extraordinary reasons requiring or permitting dishonor, such as forgery or material fraud,5 injunction, governmental order, or insolvency.

DISCREPANCY DEFENSES AND PRECLUSION

Arch Specialty Insurance Co. v. First Community Bank of Eastern Arkansas6 is an especially smart, short, and readable opinion awarding summary judgment for the beneficiary in a wrongful dishonor case. The court, applying New York law, was persuaded that the issuer had a strict compliance defense because the beneficiary failed to present the original letter of credit.7 However, because the issuer failed to give a notice of dishonor within seven business days of receiving the beneficiary’s presentation, the court ruled that the issuer was precluded from asserting that defense under New York U.C.C. sections 5-108(b) and (c). The court also ruled that the beneficiary’s wrongful dishonor claim was unaffected by the applicant’s bankruptcy.8 Finally, the court awarded 9 percent prejudgment interest running from the seventh day after presentation to the issuer upon application of New York U.C.C. section 5-111(d), treating the issue as a substantive entitlement “to be made whole.”9

Societe Anonyme Marocain De L’Industrie Du Raffinage v. Bank of America N.A.10 involved a standby LC issued to support the second installment due on a sale and shipment of crude oil. The LC provided for automatic reduction “BY THE AMOUNT OF ANY PAYMENT MADE BY BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. IN FAVOR OF BENEFICIARY REFERRING TO THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.”11 Payment by the issuer outside the LC satisfied the issuer’s “credit overdrawn” defense (based on automatic reductions) and also gave rise to an LC fraud defense (based on the beneficiary’s presentation of a false “unpaid” invoice). Because the LC was issued from Pennsylvania, the court in New York applied Pennsylvania law to the issuer’s discrepancy and fraud defenses. The court dismissed the plaintiff-beneficiary’s wrongful dishonor claim and awarded attorney’s fees to the issuer under Pennsylvania U.C.C. section 5-111(e).12

In Mago International v. LHB AG,13 the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed summary judgment for a German confirming bank that had dishonored the plaintiff beneficiary’s presentation of unsigned copies of bills of lading. The letter of credit called for a “photocopy of B/L evidencing shipment of the goods to the applicant.”14 The court recognized that the LC was issued subject to UCP600, including standard international banking practice, which requires that B/Ls be original and signed, but treats a B/L copy as not a B/L and as not requiring a signature. However, the court held that the LC text controlled in this case, and that the B/L copy presented could “evidence” shipment only if it was a photocopy of a B/L signed by the carrier.15

The opinion is discomfiting in its imposition of a signature requirement where none is stated in the LC text and where UCP600 negates signature requirements for transport document copies. More important, the LC was a standby to be used if the applicant failed to pay within forty-five days after invoice date. Copies of commercial documents, such as invoices and transport documents, have a different function under standby LCs, i.e., to identify a defaulted payment obligation rather than to meet the perfect tender requirements for paying against documents covering the sale and delivery of goods in transit.

This opinion unfortunately extends the reputation of New York courts for deciding close compliance disputes against LC beneficiaries, while the LC community tries to distinguish standby LC practice from commercial LC practice, particularly in the examination of live commercial documents versus stale copies.16

In International Union of Operating Engineers v. L.A. Pipeline Construction Co.,17 the Supreme Court of Appeals of West Virginia answers a certified question arising under state statutes with conflicting public policies. West Virginia’s wage bond statute provides that a wage bond LC may only be terminated by the Commissioner of the Division of Labor, whereas U.C.C. section 5-106(d) provides that an LC that states that it is perpetual expires after five years. The court opined that the wage bond statute controlled, with the effect of preventing the issuer of a wage bond LC from ever terminating its obligation without the Commissioner’s consent.18

U.C.C. section 5-106(d) is one of the few provisions made non-variable under section 5-103(c). U.C.C. section 5-102(a)(10), another non-variable provision, defines “letter of credit” as a “definite undertaking.” A purported letter of credit that is, or must be interpreted as, perpetual or otherwise indefinite is outside the scope of U.C.C. Article 5 and other laws and regulations that rely on letter of credit law to set the scope of undertakings that are independent.19 Accordingly, knowledgeable LC bankers in the United States try not to issue an undertaking that might not qualify as a U.C.C. Article 5 “letter of credit” or require cash collateral and otherwise observe regulatory limitations on their issuance of suretyship undertakings.20

In Navana Logistics Ltd. v. TW Logistics, LLC,21 the plaintiff freight forwarder sued Israel Discount Bank of New York for wrongful dishonor of commercial letters of credit, alleging that it “stands in the shoes” of the named beneficiaries,22 and that those beneficiaries are unpaid suppliers seeking payment from the plaintiff, as well as the applicant-purchaser. The court dismissed this claim because the plaintiff did not allege that it was a beneficiary or that any beneficiary ever assigned or transferred any LC rights to it.23 The memorandum and order covering the wrongful dishonor claim aptly emphasized that an LC “is totally independent of the underlying transaction, and, as a non-party to those letters of credit, [plaintiff] Navana has no plausible claim for wrongful dishonor.”24 This plaintiff clearly lacked standing to sue for wrongful dishonor under the cases cited in Navana applying New York law before the 2001 effective date of New York U.C.C. Article 5.25 The same “no standing” result would obtain under U.C.C. Article 5.26

In Dorchester Financial Holdings Corp. v. Banco BRJ, S.A,27 the defendant Brazilian bank obtained summary judgment in its favor after a hearing on the merits of the bank’s defenses that the various documents attributed to it were forgeries, including a purportedly bank-signed agreement to issue a $100,000,000 LC, an unauthenticated SWIFT interbank message purporting to verify issuance of an authentic LC, and a purportedly bank-signed $250,000,000 LC.28 Apart from testimony by bank officers denying bank involvement, the court relied on an expert report (from James E. Byrne) about typical LC scam documentation and the irregularities in the particular documents attributed to the bank. The opinion includes considerable detail comparing regular LC transactions versus scam LC promotions, including authenticated SWIFT MT700 series messages for LCs versus unauthenticated MT 999 messages.

Tesoro Refining & Marketing. Co. v. National Union Fire Insurance. Co.29 held that an employer’s commercial crime insurance policy covering “theft” did not cover a credit manager-employee’s forgery of bank LCs purportedly supporting an insolvent customer’s payment obligations.

Singapore has become an increasingly important forum for LC disputes, including inter-bank disputes. In Grains & Industrial Products Trading Pte Ltd v. Bank of India,30 the beneficiary sued the issuing bank and also the nominated bank for wrongful dishonor of the beneficiary’s presentation to the nominated bank of complying documents before the expiry date. The documents were for-warded to the issuing bank a month later, before payment under the LC would come due, but after the expiration date. The Singapore Court of Appeal held the issuing bank liable for wrongful dishonor because the LC authorized presentation to the nominated bank.31 The nominated bank successfully defended on the basis that it did not confirm the LC, accept the 180-day time draft presented to it, or otherwise enter into an enforceable agreement with the beneficiary to negotiate (i.e., purchase or “discount”).32

The lengthy opinion of the Singapore Court of Appeal includes extensive consideration of the issuing bank’s counterclaim against the nominated bank based on a one-month delay in forwarding the documents, as to which the majority preferred a “purposive” interpretation of UCP600 based on market expectation, and the concurring opinion preferred to limit inquiry to the LC text and UCP600. This aspect of the case was mooted by the issuing bank’s failure to plead or prove any loss resulting from delayed forwarding of documents. (It appears that the underlying transaction was an arranged financing,33 so that the documents were not original or intrinsically valuable, and that the delay related to a failure to reach agreement on the “discounting” aspect of the arrangement.)

FRAUD DEFENSES AND INJUNCTIONS

U.C.C. section 5-109 applies to an apparently complying presentation that is subjected to a defense or claim that a required document is forged or materially fraudulent or that honor would facilitate a material fraud by the beneficiary.34 Issuers are not legally obligated to raise a fraud defense and are reluctant, if not unable, to do so. Accordingly, most LC fraud claims decided by courts are raised in emergency actions brought by applicants to obtain pre-honor injunctive relief, and section 5-109 dictates how U.S. courts should balance LC independence with fraud deterrence.

There continue to be very few U.S. cases involving applicant injunction actions or issuer defenses based on claims of forged or materially fraudulent presentation, a tribute to the specificity with which the LC fraud exception is addressed in section 5-109 and to the imposition of fees and costs on an applicant or issuer that unsuccessfully invokes the LC fraud exception.35

In Arrowhead General Insurance Agency, Inc. v. Lincoln General Insurance Co.,36 the plaintiff-applicant obtained a preliminary injunction against drawing by the defendant-beneficiary under a standby LC supporting contingent financial obligations. The beneficiary had threatened to draw the full amount following the issuer’s sending of a non-extension notice. The applicant’s liquidator argued that all underlying disputes had been resolved in its favor by completed arbitration and that pending litigation between the parties would confirm that. The federal district court in Pennsylvania applied Pennsylvania case law on LC fraud,37 and it granted preliminary injunctive relief conditioned on the applicant’s posting of security in an amount equal to the LC amount.38

There are two English Court of Appeal decisions in January 2017 involving large cross-border project standbys that are of worldwide interest. National Infrastructure Development Co. v. Banco Santander S.A.39 upheld the enforcement of a standby LC issued subject to ISP98 and governed by English law. After quoting from ISP98 Rule 1.06 on the independence of an ISP98 standby,40 the court rejected two extraordinary defenses asserted by the issuer—that the drawing was fraudulent and that honor had been enjoined by a court in Brazil. The court accepted that the beneficiary honestly believed that the amount demanded was “due and owing” (as stated in the beneficiary’s demand) and gave no effect to the Brazilian injunction in light of the choice of English law in the standby and the importance of timely and certain honor of standby LCs, citing the Power Curber case as precedent.41

Petrosaudi Oil Services (Venezuela) Ltd v. Novo Banco S.A.42 involved a standby LC requiring presentation of an unpaid invoice and a beneficiary certification “that the applicant is obligated to the beneficiary . . . to pay the amount demanded under the drilling contract [between them]”43 under circumstances where the law applicable to their contract prohibited payment of invoices until certain additional procedures were observed. The appellate court overturned the trial court’s conclusion that the presentation was fraudulent because certification was false and known by the beneficiary to be false.44 The approach taken by the appellate court is meticulous and instructive to drafters and interpreters of standby LCs, particularly of common forms of beneficiary statements justifying a demand for payment, whether of overdue payment obligations or of cash collateral to cover contingent obligations (and the range of possibilities in between).45

POST-HONOR CASES

Disputes that arise after the issuer honors an LC typically focus on: (i) whether the issuer is entitled to reimbursement, indemnification, subrogation, or other recovery from the applicant or, in some cases, from the beneficiary or other presenter, or (ii) whether the applicant or beneficiary may have impaired or enhanced rights against each other based on honor of the LC.

ISSUER RECOVERIES

In Republic Steel v. ProTrade Steel Co.,46 the court dismissed the applicant’s complaint against the issuer for wrongful honor and conversion under a UCP600 standby LC requiring presentation of a copy of any unpaid commercial invoice with beneficiary’s statement that it was ten days past due. The presented invoice included order numbers, etc., and the description “Market Loss incurred on order cancellation by Republic.”47 (The case apparently started with previously dismissed claims against the issuer for pre-honor declaratory and injunctive relief.) The court was persuaded that the presented invoice was a “commercial invoice” and that HSBC was not obligated to determine whether the beneficiary could properly invoice for market loss.48 The court also dismissed the applicant’s conversion claim as subsumed in the failed wrongful honor claim.49

State of Oklahoma ex rel. Doak v. Pride National Insurance Co.50 addresses the status of cash collateral securing the LC reimbursement obligations of an applicant, in this case an insolvent insurance company. The applicant’s deposit account had been pledged to the bank when it gave value by issuing its LC. The LC was honored. The issuer was prevented from reimbursing itself by the stay and turnover order obtained by the state insurance commissioner in the trial court. The appellate court ruled that the trial court abused its discretion in denying the issuer’s motion for relief from the stay and in ordering the issuer to relinquish its perfected security interest; the case was remanded to lift the stay and allow the issuer to access the cash collateral.51

APPLICANT/BENEFICIARY RECOVERIES

Post-honor disputes between applicants and beneficiaries are typically based on the underlying agreements between them but are sometimes importantly supplemented by U.C.C. Article 5.52 (U.C.C. Article 5 does not provide beneficiary v. applicant rights and remedies arising out of unissued or dishonored LCs.53) Several 2016 cases involved judicial interpretation of the underlying agreement between the beneficiary and applicant regarding application of LC proceeds. None were based on U.C.C. sections 5-110 or 5-117.

International Cards Co. v. MasterCard International Inc.54 involves a dispute over the defendant-beneficiary’s obtaining honor of an LC by presenting a statement demanding payment of the full amount of the LC “representing funds . . . due and payable.” The court denied motions for summary judgment on claims of breach of the underlying contract and conversion of (LC) collateral, given the lack of information affecting the existence and amount of contingent obligations supported by the LC and, post-honor, by the LC proceeds.55 The applicant’s claims might qualify as a U.C.C. section 5-110(a)(2) breach of warranty to the extent the drawing itself violated underlying obligations. To the extent that some but not all of the amount drawn may not be required to satisfy contingent obligations supported by the LC, the rights and remedies of the applicant (and beneficiary) with respect to any excess will not depend on U.C.C. Article 5.

In Koenig & Strey GMAC Real Estate v. Renaissant 1000 South Michigan I, LP,56 a bank lender exercised its discretion under its agreement with its borrower when applying LC proceeds to the borrower’s obligations to the bank. The court correctly concluded that the LC supported the obligations of the named applicant-borrower to the named beneficiary-bank lender, and not to the individual plaintiff guarantors who were claiming that the LC proceeds should have been applied to reduce their obligations under a separate guarantee of the loans.57

In re Stone & Webster, Inc.58 holds that a surety’s claims in a debtor’s bankruptcy are not reduced by a prepetition drawing under an LC supporting the debtor’s obligations to the surety unless the surety receives a double recovery.59

In re Circuit City Stores, Inc.60 holds that the Bankruptcy Court has subject matter jurisdiction to determine the trustee’s right to recover “excess” LC proceeds held in a workers’ compensation fund as security to the extent there are any excess LC proceeds.61

____________

* James G. Barnes practices law with Baker & McKenzie LLP in Chicago, Illinois. James E. Byrne directs the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (“IIBLP”). Mr. Barnes chaired the Subcommittee on Letters of Credit from 1991 to 1996, and Professor Byrne from 1996 to 2000. Both authors have played important roles in the reform of letter of credit law and practice on the national and international levels, including U.C.C. Article 5, the United Nations Convention on Independent Guarantees and Standby Letters of Credit, ISP98, UCP600, and most recently the ISP98 Forms. Mr. Barnes assumed primary responsibility for this survey. Professor Byrne served as an expert in the Societe Anonyme Marocain (see infra note 10) and Dorchester Financial (see infra note 27) cases. The research assistance of IIBLP Associate Counsel Justin B. Berger, IIBLP Research Director Karl Marxen, and IIBLP Research Associates Greg M. Caffas (J.D. 2017, George Mason University School of Law), Matthew J. Kozakowski (J.D. Candidate 2018, George Mason University School of Law), and Christopher Robertson (J.D. Candidate 2018, George Mason University School of Law) is gratefully acknowledged. Mr. Barnes and Professor Byrne have co-authored this survey annually since 1992.

1. Unless otherwise indicated, “LC” or “credit” means “letter of credit,” “U.C.C.” refers to Revised U.C.C. Article 5 (2011), “ICC” refers to the International Chamber of Commerce, “UCP600” refers to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, 2007 revision (ICC Pub. No. 600), and “ISP98” refers to the International Standby Practices (ICC Pub. No. 590). “ISP98 Forms” refers to the annotated standby forms (numbered 1 through 8 and 11.1), freely available at www.iiblp.org/resources/isp-forms/. The texts of these laws, rules, and ISP98 Forms 1 and 2 are reprinted in LC RULES & LAWS: CRITICAL TEXTS FOR INDEPENDENT UNDERTAKINGS (James E. Byrne ed., 6th ed. 2014).

2. This survey also includes a few non-case developments and a few non-U.S. cases of interest in the LC field. For articles of interest and for abstracts of all available LC cases, see 2017 ANNUAL REVIEW OF INTERNATIONAL BANKING LAW & PRACTICE (James E. Byrne et al. eds., 2017). LC cases decided shortly before or after 2016 may be covered in a prior or subsequent year’s The Business Lawyer survey.

3. See U.C.C. § 5-108(b)–(d) (2011).

4. See id. § 5-108(a).

5. See id. § 5-109(a).

6. No. 3:15-cv-223-DPM, 2016 WL 4473438 (E.D. Ark. Aug. 23, 2016).

7. Id. at *2 (applying N.Y. U.C.C. LAW § 5-108 (Consol. 2016)). The opinion in Arch Specialty appropriately distinguishes non-presentation of an LC from non-presentation of an LC amendment under an LC requiring presentation of the original LC and all amendments. Id.; see Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. v. Signature Bank, 6 N.Y.S.3d 33 (App. Div. 2015), discussed in James G. Barnes & James E. Byrne, Letters of Credit, 71 BUS. LAW. 1299, 1300–01 (2016).

8. Arch Specialty, 2016 WL 4473438, at *1.

9. Id. at *3 (applying N.Y. U.C.C. LAW § 5-111 (Consol. 2016)). U.C.C. section 5-111 mandates payment to a prevailing beneficiary of interest from the date of dishonor as well as attorney’s fees, while excluding consequential damage remedies.

10. No. 653329/15, 2016 WL 488665 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. Feb. 8, 2016).

11. Id. at *5 n.5.

12. Id. at *4–6 (applying 13 PA. CONS. STAT. §§ 5108, 5111, 5116 (2016)). The New York U.C.C. omits the uniform subsection 5-111(e) regarding attorney’s fees.

13. 833 F.3d 270 (2d Cir. 2016); see also James G. Barnes & James E. Byrne, Letters of Credit, 70 BUS. LAW. 1219, 1223–24 (2015) (discussing the trial court decision and noting that the parties initially agreed in this case to treat a German LC confirmation as a New York law governed guaranty).

14. Mago Int’l, 833 F.3d at 271.

15. Id. at 271–73. The opinion undertakes to interpret the LC text strictly against the issuer and concludes that there is no ambiguity in the “evidencing shipment” text because the B/L photocopy could not evidence shipment given the lack of a signature in the signature block reciting receipt of goods for carriage. Compare id. at 273, with Credit Agricole Indosuez v. Muslim Commercial Bank Ltd., [2000] 1 Lloyd’s Rep. 275, 281 (Eng.), http://www.simic.net.cn/upload/2008-07/20080722081743324.pdf (dismissing issuing bank’s appeal and stating: “The relevant principle was stated by Lord Diplock in Commercial Banking Co. of Sydney v. Jalsard Pty. Ltd., [1972] 2 Lloyd’s Rep. 529 at p. 533; [1973] A.C. 279 at p. 283 in the passage cited by Sir Christopher Staughton. That shows that even though a Court might arrive at a different construction, the banker [plaintiff confirming bank presenting to defendant issuing bank] can safely act upon a reasonable construction of ambiguous or unclear terms.”).

16. Prior years’ surveys have addressed this topic. See, e.g., James G. Barnes & James E. Byrne, Letters of Credit, 67 BUS. LAW. 1281, 1282 n.12 (2012) (contrasting standby practice under ISP98 Rule 4.20 (and Rule 4.07) with standby practice under UCP600, Article 1 of which effectively says that parts of UCP600 are inapplicable to standbys, but nowhere clarifies which parts (or what makes a letter of credit a standby)).

17. 786 S.E.2d 620 (W. Va. 2016).

18. Id. at 627.

19. See, e.g., 12 C.F.R. § 7.1016(a)–(b) (2017) (“General Authority” and “Safety and Soundness Considerations”); RESTATEMENT (THIRD) OF SURETYSHIP AND GUARANTY § 4(2) (AM. LAW INST. 1996) (“The Restatement of this subject does not apply to obligations governed by the law of letters of credit.”). Beneficiaries also may suffer from having to enforce such undertakings under non-LC laws.

20. For an extended discussion of undertakings that provide that they continue until released by the beneficiary, see James G. Barnes & James E. Byrne, Letters of Credit, 62 BUS. LAW. 1607, 1608–09 (2007); see also ISP98 Form 2 (focusing on duration issues in drafting standby LCs); ISP98 Form 11.1 [U.S.] (focusing on those and other issues as applied to standby LC forms mandated by government agencies).

21. No. 15-cv-856 (PKC), 2016 WL 796855, at *13 (S.D.N.Y. Feb. 23, 2016).

22. Id. at *13 (quoting second amended complaint).

23. Id. at *13–15.

24. Id. at *14.

25. For another 2016 case applying pre-2001 New York law, see Indoafric Exports Private Ltd. v. Citibank N.A., No. 15-cv-9386 (VM), 2016 WL 6820726 (S.D.N.Y. Nov. 7, 2016) (general statute of limitations barred wrongful dishonor and related claims under a confirmation issued and dishonored in the 1990s), appeal docketed, No. 16-4101 (2d Cir. Dec. 7, 2016).

26. U.C.C. section 5-111 limits wrongful dishonor remedies to a beneficiary, a successor beneficiary, and a nominated person presenting on its own behalf. Who may qualify as such is determined under U.C.C. sections 5-102 (Definitions), 5-112 (Transfer of Letter of Credit), and 5-113 (Transfer by Operation of Law).

27. No. 11-CV-1529 (KMW), 2016 WL 1169508 (S.D.N.Y. Mar. 21, 2016). Summary judgment based on lack of jurisdiction over the bank defendant had been granted earlier but was reversed and remanded for an evidentiary hearing. See Dorchester Fin. Sec., Inc. v. Banco BRJ, S.A., 722 F.3d 81 (2d Cir. 2013) (per curiam), discussed in James G. Barnes & James E. Byrne, Letters of Credit, 69 BUS. LAW. 1201, 1204–05 (2014).

28. Dorchester Fin., 2016 WL 1169508, at *9.

29. 833 F.3d 470 (5th Cir. 2016), aff’g 96 F. Supp. 3d 638 (W.D. Tex. 2015). The 2015 district court opinion was discussed in last year’s survey. See Barnes & Byrne, supra note 7, at 1301.

30. 2016 SGCA 32 (Sing.), http://www.singaporelaw.sg/sglaw/laws-of-singapore/case-law/free-law/court-of-appeal-judgments/18465-grains-and-industrial-products-trading-pte-ltd-v-bank-of-india-and-another.

31. Id. at paras. 66–67.

32. Id. at paras. 134–35.

33. For a discussion of arranged “structured” or “synthetic” LC financings, see James G. Barnes & James E. Byrne, Letters of Credit, 66 BUS. LAW. 1135, 1140–41 (2011).

34. U.C.C. § 5-109 (2011).

35. Id. § 5-111(e) (“Reasonable attorney’s fees and other expenses of litigation must be awarded to the prevailing party in an action in which a remedy is sought under this article.”).

36. No. 1:16-CV-1138, 2016 WL 3522961 (M.D. Pa. June 28, 2016).

37. Id. at *4. U.C.C. section 5-109 on LC fraud was not mentioned, although Official Comment 1 to that section approvingly cites the two Pennsylvania law cases cited in Arrowhead. U.C.C. § 5-109 cmt. 1 (2011) (citing Intraworld Indus. v. Girard Trust Bank, 336 A.2d 316 (Pa. 1975); Roman Ceramics Corp. v. People’s Nat‘l Bank, 714 F.2d 1207 (3d Cir. 1983)).

38. Arrowhead Gen. Ins. Agency, 2016 WL 3522961, at *6–7. The scope of the security is unclear, as is the effect of substituting that security for preference-proof LC support. (Another approach is to allow LC honor and order attachment of the LC proceeds under U.C.C. section 5-109 to the extent of honestly claimed contingent obligations supported by the LC.)

39. [2017] EWCA (Civ) 27 (Eng.), http://www.bailii.org/ew/cases/EWCA/Civ/2017/27.html, dismissing appeal from [2016] EWHC (Comm) 2990 (Eng.), http://www.cms-lawnow.com/~/media/nidco%20v%20santander.pdf (ordering summary judgment without stay in favor of the beneficiary). A similar result was obtained in a parallel case enforcing ISP98 standby LCs supporting obligations on the same project and also the subject of a Brazilian court injunction. See Nat’l Infrastructure Dev. Co. v BNP Paribas, [2016] EWHC (Comm) 2508 (Eng.), http://www.bailii.org/ew/cases/EWHC/Comm/2016/2508.html.

40. Nat’l Infrastructure Dev. Co., [2017] EWCA (Civ) 27, at para. 10. (The affirmed trial court decision quoted ISP98 Rules 1.06, 1.07, and 2.01.)

41. Id. at para. 13 (quoting drawing notice); id. at paras. 45–46 (citing Power Curber Int’l Ltd. v. Nat’l Bank of Kuwait S.A.K., [1981] 1 WLR 1233 (Eng.)). The equivalent U.S. precedent is Banco Nacional de México, S.A. v. Societe Generale, 820 N.Y.S.2d 588 (App. Div. 2006).

42. [2017] EWCA (Civ) 9 (Eng.), http://www.bailii.org/ew/cases/EWCA/Civ/2017/9.html.

43. Id. at para. 8.

44. Id. at paras. 80–91.

45. See ISP98 Forms, particularly the form of demand and related endnotes 25–29 in ISP98 Form 1 (Model Standby Incorporating Annexed Form of Payment Demand with Statement).

46. No. 5:16CV660, 2016 WL 2944237 (N.D. Ohio May 20, 2016).

47. Id. at *3.

48. Id. at *3–4. If the parties intended this standby to support payment of the purchase price for goods sold and delivered, as is usually but not invariably the case with “commercial standbys,” then the applicant would have a U.C.C. section 5-110(a)(2) warranty claim against the beneficiary, which would focus on their intention regarding the scope of standby LC support rather than the scope of the term “commercial invoice” in an LC.

49. Id. at *4. As to the effect of U.C.C. section 5-108 on rights and remedies available for wrongful honor, see Barnes & Byrne, supra note 7, at 1304–05.

50. 386 P.3d 1058 (Okla. Civ. App. 2016).

51. Id. at 1062. The court noted that LC honor is from the assets of the issuer rather than the applicant. Id. at 1061 (citing Kellogg v. Blue Quail Energy, Inc. (In re Compton Corp.), 831 F.2d 586, 589 (5th Cir. 1987)).

52. See U.C.C. §§ 5-110, 5-117 (2011) (providing applicants with post-honor warranty and subrogation rights). Insolvency laws also may affect the application of LC proceeds.

53. Cases involving alleged agreements between beneficiaries and applicants to cause an LC to be issued or amended (or cancelled), like cases involving enforcement of obligations underlying a dishonored LC, depend on the law governing the underlying obligation, such as U.C.C. section 2-325 (addressing LC payment terms in contracts for the sale of goods). See, e.g., In re Arbitration Between Kailuan (H.K.) Int’l, Co. v. Sino Minerals, Ltd., No. 16 Civ. 2160 (PKC), 2016 WL 7187631 (S.D.N.Y. Dec. 9, 2016) (dismissing petition to vacate arbitral award, noting that presentation of discrepant documents under LC did not materially affect seller’s breach of contract claim against buyer); Nat’l Union Fire Insur. Co. v. Monarch Payroll, Inc., No. 15-cv-3642 (PKC), 2016 WL 634083 (S.D.N.Y. Feb. 17, 2016) (granting summary judgment on claim for breach of contract based on failure to cause a replacement LC to be issued against return of cash collateral from drawing under prior LC following non-extension notice and dismissing fraud and conversion claims as duplicative of the contract claim).

54. No. 13 Civ. 2576 (LGS), 2016 WL 3039891 (S.D.N.Y. May 26, 2016).

55. Id. at *3–5.

56. 68 N.E.3d 881 (Ill. App. Ct. 2016).

57. Id. at 887–88.

58. 547 B.R. 588 (Bankr. D. Del. 2016).

59. Id. at 607.

60. No. 08-35653-KRH, 2016 WL 1714515 (Bankr. E.D. Va. Apr. 26, 2016).

61. Id. at *4.

Article 7: Documents of Title

By Anthony B. Schutz*

LEGISLATIVE UPDATE—REVISED ARTICLE 7

All fifty states and the District of Columbia have now adopted the 2003 revisions of Article 7.1 Missouri was the last remaining state to adopt them, and it adopted the revisions this year.2

CASE UPDATE

EXISTENCE AND CONTENT OF A WAREHOUSE RECEIPT

The court in PQ Corp. v. Lexington Insurance Co.3 was faced with an insurance dispute concerning coverage of goods in storage. Under the warehouse’s insurance policy, the stored goods were only covered if the warehouse obtained either a “signed warehouse receipt from the customer at the time the customer deposited [its] personal property [with the warehouse]” or a “signed storage agreement from the customer covering the personal property.”4 The court consulted section 1-201(b)(42) to determine that the transactions between the bailor and the warehouse did not involve the issuance of a “warehouse receipt” as required by the insurance policy, because the documents (titled “bills of lading”) were not issued by the warehouse, but rather by the bailor.5 Efforts at classifying the warehouse’s online inventory-tracking system as a warehouse receipt were also unavailing because the storer never signed through that system. Further arguments concerning waiver were also unavailing.

In a notable case on the content of a warehouse receipt, Cincinnati Insurance Co. v. Uncommon Carrier, Inc.,6 the court denied the warehouse’s motion for summary judgment based upon a claim that the terms and conditions of a warehouse receipt barred suit unless a notice of claim was given, and suit was filed against the warehouse within nine months of the loss. The plaintiffs’ claims were based on multiple warehouse receipts and the cited terms and conditions were included on the warehouse’s website. According to the warehouse, the receipts included a reference to the website, which included the terms and conditions. The court, however, in denying the warehouse’s motion for summary judgment, concluded that the warehouse would need more evidence of the cross-reference than the existence of one receipt that contains it, especially in light of two receipts that the plaintiff offered that did not contain the cross-reference.7

WAREHOUSE LIENS

Another interesting warehouse case, Canon Garth Ltd. v. Banner Grain & Peanut Co.,8 involved the financing of a large quantity of peanuts. As a peanut dealer and a peanut storer, Banner Grain held a large quantity of peanuts that were owned by the Commodity Credit Corporation (“CCC”), a governmental entity that assists in maintaining the prices of commodities. Banner Grain desired to purchase peanuts from the CCC, but it needed financing and found such financing with Canon Garth. Canon Garth and Banner Grain structured their deal as a sale of the peanuts to Canon Garth (which borrowed the money to buy the peanuts from another party). Banner Grain then agreed to purchase the peanuts back from Canon Garth over time, and to make payments to Canon Garth pursuant to a sliding scale pay structure. Banner Grain never came up with the money to buy the peanuts and Canon Garth wound up selling much of them to third parties. Banner Grain delivered some of the peanuts, but it refused to deliver some as well. Canon Garth claimed a contract balance owed in excess of $2.6 million.

The case is interesting on a number of fronts,9 but the most significant aspect of the case for present purposes has to do with Banner Grain’s claim that it held a lien on the commodities for approximately $2.2 million for services it rendered in relation to the goods under section 7-209 of the U.C.C. The court concluded that Banner Grain, as warehouse, lost its lien with respect to the goods it had voluntarily delivered, granting Canon Garth partial summary judgment. But with respect to the goods that Banner Grain retained possession of, the court denied summary judgment by concluding that whether the refusal to deliver was justified remained an issue of disputed fact.10

LIABILITY LIMITS

XL Specialty Insurance Co. v. Christie’s Fine Art Storage Services, Inc.11 involved a claim by a subrogated insurer against a warehouse storing fine art. The warehouse allegedly failed to protect the stored artwork from damage associated with flooding from Hurricane Sandy.12 The agreement between the owner and the warehouse provided that: (1) the warehouse “shall not be liable for any physical loss of, or damage to, the Goods,” (2) the bailor would “effect and maintain adequate insurance in respect of the Goods deposited,” (3) “even if [the warehouse was] liable for any loss of, or damage to, the Goods,” liability was not to exceed the lower of $100,000 or the market value of the goods, and (4) the bailor would secure insurance on the stored goods and secure a waiver of subrogation rights from the insurer it hired.13

The damage to the goods occurred because the warehouse allegedly failed to place the plaintiff ’s goods out of harm’s way (off of the floor of the warehouse). The claim was that the warehouse failed to exercise reasonable care. Section 7-204(a) imposes this duty on the warehouse, and section 7-204(b) allows for limitations on the amount of damages.14 Section 7-204(b), however, does not allow blanket disclaimers, according to the court. The court drew support from section 7-202(c), which prohibits warehouse receipt terms that impair a warehouse’s duty of care under section 7-204.15

As a result, the court concluded that the subrogated insurer could maintain the action against the warehouse.16 This was true, even though the contract provided that the insured bailor agreed to secure a waiver of subrogation rights from the insurer. To the court, this contract provision amounted to an indirect attempt by the bailee to exonerate itself, and, as the court stated, “[p]rovisions purporting to exempt the bailee from liability for damage to stored goods from perils against which the bailor had secured insurance, even when caused by the bailee’s negligence, have been held to run afould of the statutory scheme of UCC article 7.”17 Thus, that clause was held to be ineffective as well.18 As a result, the court reversed and remanded the matter. The court did not mention whether the fallback liability limitation of $100,000 would remain effective under section 7-204.

____________

* Professor Schutz is an associate professor of law at the University of Nebraska College of Law. Many thanks to MacKenzie Hertz for her research assistance.

1. Legislative Fact SheetU.C.C. Article 7, Documents of Title (2003), UNIF. L. COMMISSION, http://www.uniformlaws.org/LegislativeFactSheet.aspx?title=UCC%20Article%207,%20Documents%20of%20Title%20(2003) (last visited June 4, 2017).

2. Id.; see 2017 Mo. Legis. Serv. H.B. 34 (West); Anthony B. Schutz, Article 7: Documents of Title, 71 BUS. LAW. 1307 (2016).

3. No. 13 CV 3482, 2016 WL 4063149 (N.D. Ill. July 29, 2016), appeal docketed, No. 16-3280 (7th Cir. Aug. 26, 2016).

4. Id. at *2.

5. Id. at *5–6 (citing 810 ILL. COMP. STAT. ANN. 5/1-201(b)(42) (defining “warehouse receipt”)); see U.C.C. § 1-201(b)(42) (2011).

6. No. 15-2297 ( JLL) ( JAD), 2016 WL 1117952 (D.N.J. Mar. 22, 2016).

7. Id. at *2–4.

8. No. 7:14-CV-191 (HL), 2016 WL 5745124 (M.D. Ga. Sept. 30, 2016).

9. This includes the impact of the United States Warehouse Law on a tariff claim for storage. See id. at *9–11.

10. Id. at *12 (quoting GA. CODE ANN. § 11-7-209(e) (“A warehouse loses its lien on any goods that it voluntarily delivers or unjustifiably refuses to deliver.”)); see U.C.C. § 7-209(e) (2011).

11. 27 N.Y.S.3d 528 (App. Div. 2016).

12. Id. at 529.

13. Id. at 528–29 (quoting the storage agreement).

14. U.C.C. § 7-204 (2011).

15. XL Specialty Ins. Co., 27 N.Y.S.3d at 529–30 (citing N.Y. U.C.C. LAW §§ 7-202, 7-204); see U.C.C. §§ 7-202, 7-204 (2011).

16. XL Specialty Ins. Co., 27 N.Y.S.3d at 530.

17. Id.

18. Id.

Investment Securities

By Carl S. Bjerre*

This year’s Uniform Commercial Code Investment Securities Survey begins by outlining some of the most important provisions of the Hague Securities Convention, which has now become effective as a matter of United States law. The Survey then briefly examines a Fourth Circuit case that probably should have been resolved under UCC Article 8, but which the panel resolved without addressing UCC Article 8 at all.

THE HAGUE SECURITIES CONVENTION

The United States ratified the Hague Securities Convention (the “Convention”) in December 2016,1 and the Convention became effective as a matter of U.S. law under its own terms on April 1, 2017.2 The Convention, more formally entitled the Convention on the Law Applicable to Certain Rights in Respect of Securities Held with an Intermediary, addresses choice-of-law issues affecting indirectly held securities—held in what U.S. lawyers often call the “indirect holding system.” It applies in a U.S. forum, and hence as a transactional planning tool as well, for any transaction “involving a choice” between the laws of different nations.3 The different nations in question need not be parties to the Convention,4 and as a result the Convention will determine the applicable law in a large number of transactions, even before the Convention—as is hoped and expected— becomes more widely ratified.

Of course UCC sections 8-110(b) and (e) and, for secured transactions, 9-305(a) have already provided choice-of-law rules for indirectly held securities.5 In fact, these rules have already applied to the international context, and they have generally worked quite well. But the UCC rules were never anything other than the United States’ own choice-of-law rules—and in a modern age of rapid cross-border book entry transfers, there has been a growing need to unify choice-of-law rules even across national borders.

The Convention should serve that purpose very well, and with minimal disruption to prior U.S. law and practice. The Convention was promulgated by the Hague Conference on Private International Law, composed of eighty member nations from Albania to Zambia plus the European Union, following nearly three years of in-person meetings among thirty-one delegations plus observer nations.6 It is written from a functional perspective designed to apply across widely varying national systems of substantive law, and yet its central rules fit very well with the UCC rules referred to above.

This Survey is not the place for a thorough examination of the Convention,7 but its major points of parallel with and departure from the UCC rules will be briefly noted.

In common with the UCC rules cited above, the Convention covers a broad range of commercial law issues affecting ownership and transactions in intermediated securities, notably the rights and duties of the intermediary and its customer inter se; the perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection, and priority of security interests; and certain duties or vulnerabilities toward adverse claimants. But the Convention also covers some issues that the UCC leaves—or at least might leave—to contractual specification by the parties (sometimes subject to section 1-301(a)’s reasonable relationship requirement).8 Notable among these additional covered rules are the characterization of a transaction as a secured transaction or outright transfer;9 the requirements for foreclosure or other exercise of remedies by a secured party or other acquirer;10 and the third-party effects of attachment of a security interest.11 In the interest of simplicity and transparency across differing bodies of law, under the Convention all of the covered issues must be governed by the same body of law, rather than being treated “à la carte.”

Very much like UCC sections 8-110 and 9-305(a)(3), the Convention achieves clarity and certainty by focusing on the terms of the account agreement (defined as the agreement between the intermediary and its customer governing the securities account),12 even as regards the rights of third parties. The account agreement’s governing law clause may be determinative under both bodies of law;13 and the same is true of an alternative clause focusing specifically on the applicable commercial law issues.14 If the alternative clause is used under the Convention, it should refer expressly to all issues covered by the Convention (and it is not advisable simply to use the UCC formulation “securities intermediary’s jurisdiction,” given that the Convention covers more issues than does the UCC provision). In the absence of a clause that is effective under either provision, the Convention supplies fallback rules which differ somewhat from those of Articles 8 and 9,15 but which almost by definition will not be a subject of transactional planning. And where a secured party seeks to perfect its interest by filing a financing statement, the Convention accommodates UCC Article 9’s place-of-filing rules to a degree that is remarkable for an international instrument,16 subject to two limitations discussed below.

The most prominent difference between the Convention and the UCC rules is that the Convention has a so-called Qualifying Office requirement, which modestly constrains the contractual selection of law provided by an account agreement. Under the Qualifying Office requirement, the account agreement’s selection of a jurisdiction’s law is effective only if the law is that of a country in which the intermediary, at the time that the parties enter the agreement, has an office for maintaining securities accounts.17 (If the account agreement selects the law of any U.S. state, then the Qualifying Office requirement is satisfied by an office of the intermediary in that or any other U.S. state.18 ) Articles 8 and 9 have no similar provision. The Qualifying Office requirement may seem conceptually somewhat reminiscent of UCC section 1-301(a)’s reasonable relationship test, but it is best understood as an accommodation to legal systems following a lex rei sitae approach to conflicts of law questions.19 In any case, the Qualifying Office requirement is well focused and structured, and should rarely pose a practical problem.20

The Convention’s accommodation of UCC Article 9’s place-of-filing rules is limited in two principal respects. First, if the account agreement chooses the law of a non-U.S. jurisdiction, then the Article 9 filing rules are inapplicable because the non-U.S. jurisdiction rather than any Article 9 jurisdiction supplies the governing law.21 In effect, the Convention’s reference to the law selected by the account agreement acts as a gateway to the filing rules, in a way that UCC sections 8-110 and 9-305(a)(3) do not. And second, if Article 9 would deem the debtor to be located in a non-U.S. jurisdiction, then the Convention rather than Article 9 determines the availability of perfection by filing, using the law that the account agreement chooses as described above. In other words, the Convention accommodates UCC Article 9’s place-of-filing rules only if those rules point to a U.S. jurisdiction—which may incidentally include the District of Columbia in the case of many non-U.S. debtors.22 Both of these situations are described, with examples, in the sources cited above.23

The assets covered may differ somewhat as between the Convention and UCC Article 8’s indirect holding system. The Convention defines “securities” more broadly in some respects than does UCC Article 8,24 but the Convention’s overall reach is narrower than that of the UCC’s indirect holding system. This is because Article 8 permits the intermediary and its customer to agree that any property other than securities will also be treated as a “financial asset” to which the indirect holding system will apply,25 and the Convention contains no such option for expanding its scope by agreement. Also, the UCC’s indirect holding system clearly applies to “cash” (i.e., credit balances) if considered part of the securities account itself or the intermediary and customer have agreed to treat it as a financial asset; by contrast, the Convention expressly excludes cash even if the cash would otherwise have been considered a “financial asset” within the Convention’s usage of that term.26 Overall, though, the Convention is designed like the UCC to be flexible and to have fluidly broad coverage that will meet the demands of market practices.

Perhaps future work at the Hague Conference might lead to an expansion of the Convention’s scope. But regardless of that possible development, the Convention is already a welcome addition to the cause of cross-border harmonization of law, and it is to be hoped that other nations will join the initial three in adopting the Convention.

IS A SECURITIES INTERMEDIARY AN ACCOUNT DEBTOR?

Our sole court opinion for this Survey period is Forest Capital, LLC v. Black-Rock, Inc.,27 in which the court did not expressly address the important underlying Article 8 principle at all, but plowed through some interesting Article 9 issues instead and reached the right result for what appears to have been a wrong reason. Unfortunately, the end result is a precedent tending to suggest, inarticulately, that a securities intermediary might be subject to Article 9’s redirection of payment rules. This is clearly contrary to statute.

The Article 9 term “account debtor” signifies in common-sense terms a person who owes a debt that is assigned by its original creditor (the assignor) to a third party (the assignee).28 The assignment may be either outright (because Article 9 applies to sales of most receivables) or as collateral for a loan.29 It is easy to imagine these roles being extended to a credit balance owed by a broker, custodian bank, or other securities intermediary to its entitlement holder—after all, the credit balance looks and feels like a debt, and assets in the Article 8 indirect holding system can be very attractive to the parties as, for example, collateral in a secured loan. But as explored below, the UCC’s text does not support the idea of a securities intermediary being treated as an account debtor, and for good reason.

An energy company, People’s Power & Gas (“PP&G”) had a factoring arrangement with Forest Capital, LLC, and as part of the transaction PP&G had also granted Forest Capital a security interest in substantially all of its assets.30 After a default by PP&G, and to induce Forest Capital to forbear on carrying out remedies, PP&G “re-directed” to Forest Capital certain payments owed by PP&G’s investment firm, BlackRock, Inc.; in other words, BlackRock was told by PP&G that payments must thereafter be made directly to Forest Capital rather than to PP&G. This redirection of payments notice expressly stated that it could not be altered without Forest’s consent.31 Even so, PP&G later “de-redirected” the payments, instructing BlackRock to resume paying PP&G directly. Surprisingly—because Forest had not consented to the de-redirection—BlackRock did proceed to pay PP&G an aggregate of over $1 million, and Forest sued BlackRock for the amount of those payments. The district court dismissed Forest’s complaint and the Fourth Circuit affirmed, with both courts treating BlackRock as an account debtor under Article 9.32 But a better grounds for the outcome may have been that BlackRock was not an “account debtor” at all.

Article 9 defines an account debtor as a person obligated on an account, chattel paper, or a general intangible;33 accounts are rights to payment arising from a broad but not unlimited roster of transactions;34 general intangible is a residuary category.35 But, crucially, the definitions of both accounts and general intangible expressly exclude “investment property,”36 and thereby exclude a securities account.37 In short, assuming that BlackRock was a securities intermediary obligated on a securities account that it maintained for PP&G, this precluded BlackRock from being an account debtor.

At issue here is more than just a knot of definitional technicalities. Instead, these facts present a choice between two very different frameworks for the relationship among an obligor, an obligee, and a third party. Article 9’s rules for account debtors postulate that the debt is a relatively free-floating asset that is subject to redirection of payment at the will of the assignor or assignee; but Article 8’s rules for securities intermediaries create a tight dyad between the intermediary and its customer,38 with the intermediary being free from the responsibility to direct payments hither, thither, and yon.39

On the narrow facts of the case, the initial purported redirection of payment came from PP&G, not from Forest Capital—but it is crucial to note that, if BlackRock were to be subject to Article 9’s account debtor rules, then a redirection of payment would have been effective against BlackRock even if it had come from Forest Capital. After all, section 9-406(a) gives effect to notifications “authenticated by the assignor or the assignee.”40 But this fails to fit with a principle running throughout Article 8’s provisions for the indirect holding system. The principle is that a securities intermediary’s duty runs to its customer, not to third parties such as creditors or assignees of the customer, unless the intermediary has affirmatively agreed otherwise. As one illustration, directly germane to the case under discussion here, section 8-507(a) requires the intermediary to comply with an entitlement order—such as a request that the intermediary release funds from the account41 if, among other things, it is “originated by the appropriate person.” The latter term is defined in section 8-107(a)(3) as only the entitlement holder, not the entitlement holder’s creditors or assignees.42 Sections 8-506 and 8-508, concerning the intermediary’s obligations to exercise voting, conversion, or other rights, and to change a security entitlement into another available form of holding respectively, further illustrate the point by being tied only to directions given by the entitlement holder, not the entitlement holder’s creditors or assignees.

Even more robustly establishing the same principle, Article 8 provides strong immunity against adverse claimants to an intermediary that has transferred a financial asset pursuant to its entitlement holder’s instructions. The immunity, under section 8-115, has only three exceptions (involving legal process, collusion, and a narrow circumstance involving certificated securities),43 and the Official Comments make clear that the immunity applies even if the intermediary has “notice or knowledge” of the adverse claim.44 By clear contrast, Article 9 provides no protection for account debtors paralleling section 8-115; on the contrary, an account debtor that questions the legitimacy of a redirection of payment is put to the burden of requesting proof from the assignee that an assignment has been made, and of then evaluating whether any such proof that the assignee offers is “seasonable” and “reasonable.”45 In a nutshell, under section 9-406(a) a notification from the assignee suffices, and under section 8-115 it does not.

This difference between the three-party framework of intermediary, customer, and others on one hand, and the three-party framework of other obligors, obligees/assignors, and assignees on the other, is highlighted on the facts of the case by PP&G’s relationship with ISO New England (“ISO-NE”), a power transmission company from which PP&G bought energy. As collateral for PP&G’s obligations to pay ISO-NE, ISO-NE had a security interest in PP&G’s account maintained by BlackRock, perfected by a three-party control agreement.46 By virtue of the control agreement, BlackRock had voluntarily obligated itself by contract to comply with ISO-NE’s entitlement orders.47 By contrast, in maintaining the securities account BlackRock agreed only to comply with those of PP&G.48

Having established that an intermediary’s obligations are investment property (and thus not themselves covered by Article 9’s account debtor rules because not an account, chattel paper, or a general intangible), it might still be possible to ask whether the intermediary’s obligations under the securities account include an “embedded” and separable payment intangible, when the securities account includes a positive credit balance. (After all, a payment intangible is defined as a general intangible “under which the account debtor’s principal obligation is a monetary obligation.”49) Without getting too metaphysical here, the main thought on this point is that the Article 8 principle discussed above applies equally well as a practical matter, regardless of what one might view as the “true nature” of a securities account. Prompted by the notorious In re Commercial Money Center case of several years ago,50 the 2010 amendments to Article 9 contemplated and expressly rejected a similar slicing-and-dicing approach as applied to the assignment by a lessor of goods of its rights to payment under the lease.51

____________

* Kaapcke Professor of Business Law, University of Oregon School of Law. Member, Uniform Law Commission; member, Permanent Editorial Board for the Uniform Commercial Code. The views expressed here are the author’s own.

1. See Press Release, Hague Conference on Private Int’l Law, USA Ratifies the 2006 Hague Securities Convention, Triggering Its Entry into Force on 1 April 2017 (Dec. 15, 2016), https://www.hcch.net/en/news-archive/details/?varevent=531; see also S. EXEC. REP. 114–15, at 7 (2016) (setting forth a resolution that the Senate advises and consents to ratification).

2. See Hague Securities Convention art. 19(1), July 5, 2006, 46 I.L.M 649 (“This Convention shall enter into force on the first day of the month following the expiration of three months after the deposit of the third instrument of ratification . . . .”). The United States was the third ratifying nation, the first two being Switzerland and Mauritius.

3. See Convention art. 3.

4. See Convention art. 9. In international law parlance, the Convention is “of general applicability.” Id.

5. See U.C.C. § 8-110(b), (e) (2011) (providing for application of the local law of the securities intermediary’s jurisdiction and providing how this is to be determined); id. § 9-305(a) (providing choice of law rules for security interests in investment property and cross-referencing § 8-110(b), (e)).

6. See ROY GOODE, HIDEKI KANDA & KARL KREUZER, EXPLANATORY REPORT ON THE HAGUE CONVENTION ON THE LAW APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN RIGHTS IN RESPECT OF SECURITIES HELD WITH AN INTERMEDIARY 3–8, 169–73, 177–83 (2d ed. 2017) [hereinafter EXPLANATORY REPORT], https://www.hcch.net/en/instruments/conventions/publications1/?dtid=3&cid=72.

7. For an exhaustive treatment, see EXPLANATORY REPORT, supra note 6. Several U.S. sources are also available. The Permanent Editorial Board for the Uniform Commercial Code has published a Commentary on the Convention, including amendments to the UCC’s relevant Official Comments; see PERMANENT EDITORIAL BD. FOR THE UNIF. COMMERCIAL CODE, PEB COMMENTARY NO. 19, HAGUE SECURITIES CONVENTION’S EFFECT ON DETERMINING THE APPLICABLE LAW FOR INDIRECTLY HELD SECURITIES (Apr. 2017), https://www.ali.org/about-ali/committees/joint-committees; see also Carl S. Bjerre, Sandra M. Rocks & Edwin E. Smith, Changes in the Choice-of-Law Rules for Intermediated Securities: The Hague Securities Convention Is Now Live, BUS. L. TODAY (forthcoming 2017). The Tri-Bar Opinion Committee is also expected to issue a report on related opinion practice.

8. See U.C.C. § 1-301(a) (2011) (permitting contractual agreement on governing law “when a transaction bears a reasonable relation to this state and also to another state or nation”); U.C.C. § 9-301 cmt 2 (2013) (referring to certain issues governed by § 1-301).

9. See Convention art. 2(1)(b); U.C.C. § 9-301 cmt. 2 (2013).

10. See Convention art. 2(1)(f ); U.C.C. § 1-301(a) (2011).

11. See Convention art. 2(1)(b).

12. See Convention art. 1(1)(e).

13. See Convention art. 4(1) (“[t]he law applicable to all the issues specified in Article 2(1) is the law in force in the State expressly agreed in the account agreement as the State whose law governs the account agreement . . . ,” provided that the Qualifying Office test described below is met); see also U.C.C. § 8-110(e)(2) (2011).

14. See Convention art. 4(1) (“. . . or, if the account agreement expressly provides that another law is applicable to all such issues, that other law[,]” provided that the Qualifying Office test described below is met); see also U.C.C. § 8-110(e)(1) (2011).

15. See Convention art. 5; U.C.C. § 8-110(e)(3), (4), (5) (2011).

16. See Convention art. 12(2)(b).

17. See Convention art. 4(1).

18. See Convention art. 12(1)(a).

19. See EXPLANATORY REPORT, supra note 6, at paras. Int-36, Int-37 & 4–5.

20. For a discussion highlighting this structure, see Carl S. Bjerre & Sandra M. Rocks, A Transactional Approach to the Hague Securities Convention, 3 CAP. MKTS. L.J. 109, 119–21 (2008).

21. See Convention art. 4(1).

22. U.C.C. § 9-307(b), (c) (2013) (deeming a debtor to be located in the District of Columbia if the jurisdiction in which it would otherwise be located does not generally require filing, registration, or other recordation for the purpose of prevailing over a lien creditor).

23. See PEB COMMENTARY NO. 19, supra note 7, at 8 n.25; Bjerre, Rocks & Smith, supra note 7.

24. See Convention art. 1(1)(a) (“any shares, bonds or other financial instruments or financial assets (other than cash), or any interest therein”). The term financial asset is not defined in the Convention.

25. See U.C.C. § 8-102(a)(9)(iii) (2011).

26. See Convention art. 1(1)(a).

27. 658 F. App’x 675 (4th Cir. 2016).

28. See U.C.C. § 9-102(3) (2013) (defining “account debtor” in relevant part as “a person obligated on an account, chattel paper, or general intangible”).

29. See id. § 9-102 cmt. 26 (noting that the term “assignment” can refer to either the outright transfer of an ownership interest or the transfer of a limited interest such as a security interest).

30. Forest Capital, 658 F. App’x at 676–77.

31. Id. at 677. Under the common law, elementary property principles suggest that a non-gratuitous assignment is generally irrevocable, even if the instruction to the obligor (account debtor) does not expressly provide for irrevocability. In fact, even a gratuitous assignment is irrevocable under a limited set of circumstances (e.g., the assignor’s delivery of a signed writing, the assignee’s obtaining of a judgment against the obligor, or reasonably foreseeable reliance by the assignee or a sub-assignee). See RESTATEMENT (SECOND) OF CONTRACTS § 332(1), (3), (4) (1981) (addressing the revocability vel non of gratuitous assignments).

32. Forest Capital, 658 F. App’x at 677–78, 682. The district court’s opinion focused mainly on the description of collateral, and it also noted the existence of an antiassignment clause in the agreement between BlackRock and PP&G, while failing to consider the fact that Article 9 overrides many such clauses. Forest Capital, LLC v. BlackRock, Inc., No. JFM-14-1530, 2015 WL 874611 (D. Md. Feb. 26, 2015), aff’d, 658 F. App’x 675 (4th Cir. 2016).

The primary grounds for the Fourth Circuit’s affirmance was that U.C.C. section 9-406(a) did not create an implied private right of action for Forest. Forest Capital, 658 F. App’x at 682. The statute provides:

[A]n account debtor . . . may discharge its obligation by paying the assignor until, but not after, the account debtor receives a notification, authenticated by the assignor or the assignee, that the amount due or to become due has been assigned and that payment is to be made to the assignee. After receipt of the notification, the account debtor may discharge its obligation by paying the assignee and may not discharge the obligation by paying the assignor.

U.C.C. § 9-406(a) (2013). In the Fourth Circuit’s view, this statute provided rights only to BlackRock as account debtor, not to Forest as assignee; and the rights of the assignee, by contrast, were created by the contract and the assignment thereof. Forest Capital, 658 F. App’x at 680. (The court applied similar reasoning to U.C.C. section 9-607(a), and it also rejected an argument based on Maryland’s common law of conversion.) Id. at 681–82. Forest did argue breach of contract, but only in its reply brief on appeal, and the court declined to address the tardily asserted cause of action on procedural grounds. Id. at 682.

Based on these conclusions, the Fourth Circuit was able to deliberately dodge the intermediary-as-account-debtor issue addressed below. Id. at 679 n.3 (“BlackRock objects to being called an account debtor, but we need not address the issue because of our holding that the statute does not provide Forest a right of action.”).

33. U.C.C. § 9-102(a)(3) (2013).

34. Id. § 9-102(a)(2) (defining “account” as including the “right to payment of a monetary obligation” arising from, among other things, property sold and services rendered).

35. Id. § 9-102(a)(42) (defining the term as “any personal property, including things in action,” subject to a broad set of exclusions).

36. See id. § 9-102(a)(2), (42) (“The term does not include . . . investment property . . . .”).

37. See id. § 9-102(a)(49) (“‘Investment property’ means a security, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlement, securities account, commodity contract, or commodity account.”).

38. See generally Joseph H. Sommer, International Securities Holding and Transfer Law, 18 ARIZ. J. INTL & COMP. L. 685 (2001) (characterizing the relationship between the securities intermediary and entitlement holder as a law of messages between the members of a sender-and-receiver dyad).

39. In addition to the section 9-406(a) issue presented by the immediate case, other issues arising from characterizing the intermediary as an account debtor would include the overriding of anti-assignment clauses under sections 9-406(d) and 9-408 and the rules under sections 9-403 and 9-404 on claims and defenses that may be asserted against an assignee. The question of anti-assignment clauses was addressed in passing in this case by the district court, and ignored on appeal. See Forest Capital, LLC v. BlackRock, Inc., No. JFM-14-1530, 2015 WL 874611 (D. Md. Feb. 26, 2015), aff’d, 658 F. App’x 675 (4th Cir. 2016).

40. U.C.C. § 9-406(a) (2013) (emphasis added).

41. See U.C.C. § 8-102(a)(8) (2011) (defining “entitlement order” as “a notification communicated to a securities intermediary directing transfer or redemption of a financial asset to which the entitlement holder has a security entitlement”).

42. See id. § 8-107(a) (“‘Appropriate person’ means . . . (3) with respect to an entitlement order, the entitlement holder . . . .”). The provisions in subsections (4) and (5) for representatives of an entitlement holder who is deceased or lacks capacity are not germane to the discussion in this text.

43. Id. § 8-115.

44. Id. § 8-115 cmt. 3. “Notice” can come from a notification, see id. § 1-202(a)(2), which makes clear that section 8-115 is ruling out liability for the intermediary on facts involving the type of notification by an assignee that section 9-406(a) contemplates.

45. U.C.C. § 9-406(c) (2013).

46. Forest Capital, LLC v. BlackRock, Inc., 658 F. App’x 675, 677 (4th Cir. 2016).

47. See U.C.C. § 8-106(d)(2) (2011) (providing that a purchaser has control of a security entitlement if the intermediary “has agreed that it will comply with entitlement orders originated by the purchaser without further consent by the entitlement holder” (emphasis added)).

48. See id. § 8-501(a) (defining a “securities account” as involving an agreement in which the intermediary undertakes to treat “the person for whom the account is maintained” as entitled to exercise the relevant rights).

49. U.C.C. § 9-102(a)(61) (2013).

50. In re Commercial Money Ctr., Inc., 350 B.R. 465 (B.A.P. 9th Cir. 2006).

51. See U.C.C. § 9-102 cmt. 5.d (2013) (explaining that if a lessor’s rights to payment and rights with respect to leased goods are evidenced by chattel paper, “then, contrary to In re Comercial Money Center . . . an assignment of the lessor’s right to payment constitutes an assignment of the chattel paper”); see also id. § 9-108 cmt. 4 (“a security interest in a securities account would include credit balances due to the debtor from the securities intermediary, whether or not they are proceeds of a security entitlement”).

Personal Property Secured Transactions

By Steven O. Weise and Stephen L. Sepinuck*

I. THE SCOPE OF ARTICLE 9

The first task for a lawyer involved in a secured transaction is to determine whether Article 9 of the U.C.C. applies to the transaction. Reaching an incorrect conclusion on this issue can lead to a disastrous result. For example, if a person is unaware that Article 9 applies, the person might fail properly to perfect a security interest and end up losing all rights in the collateral to someone else claiming an interest in it.

A variation of this problem occurred in F.R.S. Development Co. v. American Community Bank & Trust,1 which involved a bank loan to real estate developers. After the developers defaulted, the bank brought an action to foreclose on the real property and related personal property. As part of a settlement, the developers consented to a judgment of foreclosure except as to intangible collateral. They also transferred to the bank the developers’ right to recapture from the local government amounts they had expended on sewer improvements. In return, the bank released its interest in all other general intangibles.2 A dispute later arose relating to the developers’ right to recapture some of the cost of roadway and intersection improvements that benefitted property outside of the development. The court ruled these rights were personal property—specifically, a general intangible—and thus the bank did not acquire those rights when it acquired the real property in the foreclosure. Instead, the bank had released its security interest in those rights when the bank released its security interest in general intangibles.3 The decision serves as a reminder to lenders to real estate developers that take an interest in collateral other than the real property—e.g.¸ recapture rights, architectural plans, trademarks and trade names—that the security interest in such collateral is governed by Article 9, not by real property law.

Article 9 also governs several transactions that do not involve the use of collateral to secure an obligation. In particular, it applies to many consignment transactions.4 Article 9 treats the consignment as a security interest, the consignor as a secured party, the consignee as the debtor, and the consigned goods as the collateral.5 More important, if the consignor’s security interest is unperfected, Article 9 treats the consignee as having sufficient rights in the consigned goods to grant a security interest in them to someone else.6 However, if the consignee is “generally known by its creditors to be substantially engaged in selling the goods of others,” the transaction falls outside the Article 9 definition of “consignment”7 and outside the scope of Article 9.

In Overton v. Art Finance Partners LLC,8 an individual delivered expensive works of art to a broker for sale, but failed to file a financing statement. The broker’s secured lenders claimed a security interest in the artworks. However, the court noted that the broker was generally known by his creditors to be engaged in selling the works of others, a fact supported by statements on the debtor’s own website. Thus, the transaction between the broker and the owner did not qualify as a “consignment” governed by Article 9.9 As a result, the secured lenders of the broker had no interest in the artworks.10

II. ATTACHMENT OF A SECURITY INTEREST

A. IN GENERAL

In general, there are three requirements for a security interest to attach; that is, for the interest effectively to encumber collateral: (i) the debtor must authenticate a security agreement that describes the collateral; (ii) value must be given; and (iii) the debtor must have rights in the collateral or the power to transfer rights in the collateral.11 There were interesting cases on the first two requirements last year.

B. DESCRIPTION OF THE COLLATERAL IN THE SECURITY AGREEMENT

The requirement of an authenticated security agreement is fairly easy to satisfy. When the security interest secures an obligation,12 the agreement must include language indicating that the debtor has transferred an interest in personal property to the secured party to secure payment or performance of an obligation,13 and must describe the collateral.14 No specific language is required and, if no single document satisfies these requirements, multiple writings may do so collectively, under what is known as the “composite document rule.”15

Despite the simplicity of this requirement, a credit union encountered difficulty in satisfying it in In re White.16 That case involved the documents for a third loan between a credit union and one of its customers. The documents described the collateral as including “all property securing other plan advances and loans received in the past or in the future” and also stated “[c]ollateral securing other loans with the credit union may also secure this loan.”17 The court concluded that the language—particularly the phrase “may also secure”—was ambiguous.18 Consequently, the credit union was not entitled to summary judgment on the customer’s claim for violation of the automatic stay and discharge injunction.19

In general, the description of collateral in a security agreement does not need to be specific or expressly list every item, it needs only to “reasonably identif[y]” the collateral.20 In other words, the security agreement must “make [it] possible” to identify the collateral.21 For most types of property, a description by a type defined in the U.C.C. is sufficient.22 However, section 9-108(e)(1) makes such a description insufficient for commercial tort claims,23 and hence the security agreement must describe the claim with greater specificity. In Bayer CropScience, LLC v. Stearns Bank,24 the court misapplied this rule to proceeds of a commercial claim.

The facts of the case are fairly simple. In 2002, Stearns Bank acquired and perfected a security interest in the debtor’s existing and after-acquired general intangibles. In 2007, Amegy Bank acquired and perfected a security interest in the debtor’s commercial tort claim against Bayer AG and several related entities (collectively, “Bayer”). In 2012, Bayer agreed to pay $2.1 million to settle the suit. After a portion of the proceeds were distributed and the remainder deposited with the court, each of the two banks claimed a prior security interest in the balance on hand.25

The proper way to analyze and resolve this dispute is not all that complicated. When the commercial tort claim was settled, a payment intangible was created. Amegy Bank’s security interest attached to the payment intangible as proceeds of the commercial tort claim.26 That security interest was automatically perfected.27 At the same moment, Stearns Bank’s security interest attached to the payment intangible as after-acquired property.28 That security interest was also immediately perfected.29 When the payment intangible was paid, both security interests attached to, and were perfected in, the cash proceeds, again simultaneously. Under the first-to-file-or-perfect priority rule,30 Stearns Bank should have had priority because it filed before Amegy Bank either filed or perfected.

Unfortunately, the court fixated on section 9-108(e)(1), which requires extra specificity in the description of a commercial tort claim as collateral. The court concluded—without any textual support in the Code—that this rule must also apply to a payment intangible arising from the settlement of a commercial tort claim, as well as to any payment made pursuant to that settlement agreement.31 In short, the court concluded that “the drafters of the [U.C.C.], in implementing the heightened identification requirements of commercial tort claims . . . intended for the proceeds of a commercial tort claim to be excluded from an after-acquired general intangible clause.”32 This is incorrect.33

C. VALUE GIVEN

The requirement for attachment that “value has been given”34 is intentionally written in the passive voice. The value need not come from the secured party and need not go to the debtor (that is, the value need not go to the owner of the collateral).35 In fact, Article 9 contemplates that the debtor need not be the principal obligor or even owe the secured obligation at all, but might instead be someone other than the person to whom the secured party extended credit.36 However, lenders sometimes run into trouble when the person to whom the security interest is granted is not the person to whom the secured obligation is owed.37

Such was the case in In re Southeastern Stud & Components, Inc.,38 in which a supplier of steel obtained a security agreement from a customer identifying the supplier as the secured party. Initially, the supplier sold steel to the debtor through one of its “divisions.”39 However, after about two years, the supplier formed a new limited liability company, of which the supplier was the sole member, to operate the division. It was the LLC that sold steel to the debtor thereafter.40 After the debtor filed for bankruptcy protection, the trustee objected to the supplier’s secured claim.

The court concluded that, even though the invoices to the debtor were in the LLC’s name, the LLC was the steel supplier’s delegate under the contract with the debtor. In so concluding, the court noted that the LLC sought authorization from the supplier prior to each transaction with the debtor.41 Further, all payments made by the debtor on account of the transactions’ invoices were remitted to the supplier lockbox account and were applied to reduce the debtor’s indebtedness.42 Thus, the debtor’s obligation to pay the purchase price was an obligation owed to the supplier (and not to the LLC), and hence the collateral secured that obligation.43 The decision seems correct, but the supplier could have avoided this problem if the entity identified as the secured party in the security agreement and the entity identified in the invoices as the seller to which the debt is owed were the same.

III. PERFECTION OF A SECURITY INTEREST

A. METHOD OF PERFECTION AND GOVERNING LAW

In general, perfection of a security interest is necessary, but not always sufficient, for the secured party to have priority over the rights of lien creditors, other secured parties, and buyers, lessees, and licensees of the collateral.44 The method or methods by which a secured party can perfect a security interest depend on the type of collateral and the nature of the transaction. The dominant method of perfection is by filing a financing statement, but other methods include taking possession or control of the collateral, complying with a certificate-of-title statute, and complying with any preemptive federal law.45 Some security interests—including a purchasemoney security interest in consumer goods not covered by a certificate of title—are perfected automatically upon attachment.46 The first steps in determining how to perfect are often to identify and classify the collateral and then to ascertain whether Article 9 applies to a security interest in that collateral. Two cases from last year deal with the intersection of Article 9 and real property law.

In In re Blanchard,47 the Blanchards contracted to sell their home to the Hoffmans for $30,000 up front with the balance due in five years. Also as part of the deal, the Blanchards obtained a $142,000 mortgage loan on the property and leased the property to the Hoffmans, apparently with the expectation that the Hoffmans would eventually pay off the mortgage, probably by getting a loan in their own names. The mortgage lender received an assignment of rents and leases but neglected to obtain an assignment of the land contract between the Blanchards and the Hoffmans. After the Blanchards filed for bankruptcy protection, the trustee claimed that the mortgage lender did not have a perfected interest in the land contract, because that was personal property, and any security interest in it needed to be perfected pursuant to Article 9.48

The court ruled that a vendor’s interest in a land contract—bare title and the right to be paid—is real property under Wisconsin law and that recording a mortgage was effective to perfect a real property lien in the land contract.49 The court acknowledged that the right to payment for real property sold is now an “account” under Article 9,50 and that perfecting under Article 9 might also be effective,51 but, it did not have to resolve whether perfecting under Article 9 would have been effective.

The court’s decision creates potential problems. If the Hoffmans had reified their payment obligation in a promissory note secured by a mortgage, perfection of a security interest in the note would undoubtedly be governed by Article 9,52 and the mortgage would follow the note.53 Structuring the transaction as a land contract should not make any difference. Consequently, under the court’s approach, a lender with a security interest in a vendor’s interest in a land contract could perfect either under real property law (by recording a mortgage) or under Article 9 (by filing a financing statement in the appropriate office). That means a prospective lender needs to search in both systems. Even worse, there is no clear rule for determining priority between an Article 9 security interest and a mortgage in the same property (other than fixtures).

In In re Story,54 a lender advanced funds to consumers to purchase an HVAC unit for installation in their home. Although the lender never filed a financing statement, the court held that the lender had an automatically perfected purchase-money security interest in the unit as a consumer good, and that the lender did not lose perfection when the unit was installed in the consumers’ home and became a fixture.55 Because fixtures and consumer goods are overlapping terms, the court reasoned, the unit remained a consumer good even after becoming a fixture.56 Moreover, the court noted, a fixture filing is not necessary to perfect a security interest in fixtures, merely to have priority over certain real estate interests.57 The decision is correct.

After determining that Article 9 applies to a security interest, the next step in determining how to perfect is to ascertain which state’s law governs. In general, the law in which the debtor is located governs perfection and the effect of perfection.58 This rule tripped up a secured party in one case of note from last year.

In PHI Financial Services, Inc. v. Johnston Law Office, P.C.,59 Choice Financial Group (“Choice”) loaned a North Dakota general partnership $6.75 million in 2007 and 2008, secured by the partnership’s interest in, among other things, its right to government payments under crop insurance programs. Choice filed in Texas, where the crops were located. In 2008, PHI Financial Services, Inc. (“PHI”) loaned the partnership $6.6 million, secured by general intangibles. PHI filed in North Dakota. Subsequently, Choice filed in North Dakota. In 2011, the debtor received a payment of $328,000 from the federal government for crop losses in 2009, and the two secured parties each claimed priority in what remained of those funds.60

The trial court ruled that PHI had priority because it filed first in North Dakota. The North Dakota Supreme court affirmed. It ruled that the insurance payments were neither crops nor proceeds of crops, but general intangibles.61 Because the law that governs perfection of a security interest in general intangibles is the jurisdiction of the debtor’s location, and hence that is the jurisdiction in which to file a financing statement, PHI had priority as the first to file or perfect in North Dakota.62

B. ADEQUACY OF A FINANCING STATEMENT

To be sufficient to perfect a security interest, a filed financing statement must provide the name of the debtor, provide the name of the secured party or a representative of the secured party, and indicate the collateral.63 In In re Fairmont General Hospital, Inc.,64 a filed financing statement identified the initial secured party as the debtor and the secured party’s assignee as the secured party. The court correctly ruled that the financing statement was ineffective to perfect because the financing statement did not identify the debtor.65 The court then ruled that a subsequently filed financing statement properly identifying the debtor as debtor and identifying the initial secured party as the secured party was also ineffective to perfect because the initial secured party no longer had a security interest.66 This conclusion is questionable; the court never addressed whether the initial secured party was an agent or representative of the assignee.

C. COMPLIANCE WITH CERTIFICATE-OF-TITLE STATUTE

When collateral, other than inventory held for sale or lease by a person in the business of selling goods of that type, is covered by a certificate-of-title statute, the way to perfect the security interest is through compliance with that statute.67 Filing a financing statement is ineffective,68 and there is no automatic perfection even if the collateral is consumer goods subject to a purchase-money security interest.69 Some take the position that taking possession of the certificate of title is sufficient to perfect, but in most states more must be done to comply with the certificate-of-title statute.

Such was the case in In re Hadley,70 in which the debtor’s attorney claimed to have a lien on two vehicles. The debtor had given the attorney possession of the unendorsed certificates of title in 2008 as a form of security for payment of unpaid legal fees, although no security agreement was ever executed. In the spring of 2012, when another creditor began to pressure the debtor for payment, the debtor transferred possession of the vehicles to the attorney. In August of 2012, six days prior to filing for bankruptcy protection, the debtor endorsed the certificates. The trustee sued to avoid the attorney’s interest as a preference in the bankruptcy proceeding.71

The absence of an authenticated security agreement was a problem for the attorney, and much of the discussion by the court centered on whether the attorney had a lien on the vehicles at all.72 But, the court concluded, even if the attorney had a valid common-law pledge of vehicles,73 that lien was not perfected by the attorney’s possession of either the unendorsed title certificates or the vehicles. Instead, because Ohio law requires that the security interest be noted on the certificates, perfection occurred, at the earliest, when the debtor endorsed the certificates, which occurred during the preference period.74

IV. PRIORITY OF A SECURITY INTEREST

A. COMPETING SECURED PARTIES

In general, when there are two perfected security interests in the same collateral, priority is determined under the first-to-file-or-perfect rule. The first security interest perfected or subject to an effective financing statement has priority, provided there was no period thereafter when there was neither filing nor perfection.75 This reasonably simple rule was misapplied in WM Capital Management, Inc. v. Stejksal,76 a case that provides a cautionary tale for the buyers of secured loans.

The facts are reasonably straightforward. In 2010, Edgebrook Bank made a loan to Global Cash Network (“Global”), secured by substantially all of Global’s assets. The bank perfected the security interest by filing a financing statement. The security agreement contained a future advances clause. In 2011, the bank made a second loan to Global. Although there was no need to do so, due to the future advances clause in the initial security agreement, Global authenticated a second security agreement covering the same collateral. Although the court did not mention it, the bank also filed a second financing statement. This too was unnecessary. The bank then sold the 2010 loan to Republic Bank “(Republic”) and the 2011 loan to WM Capital Management (“WM Capital”). After Global defaulted, the two buyers disputed the relative priority of their security interests.77

The court first ruled that WM Capital could claim no benefit from the future advances clause in the initial security agreement because it was not an assignee or third party beneficiary of that security agreement.78 From this premise the court concluded that Republic’s security interest had priority.79 The court did not indicate what the basis for this conclusion was; perhaps it was because Republic’s interest was first in time. That is, Republic’s security interest was both created and perfected before WM Capital’s security interest was created or perfected. Unfortunately, this analysis is flawed.

While it is clear that Edgebrook Bank made the second secured loan, it is not clear whether the bank held one security interest in Global’s collateral or two. If Global had not authenticated a second security agreement, the future advances clause in the original security agreement would undoubtedly have been sufficient to make the collateral secure the 2011 loan (as well as the 2010 loan).80 Thus, there would have been one security interest securing two obligations. The fact that a second security agreement was created might not change things. Certainly, there are occasions when it is appropriate to treat a single lender as having two different liens on the same collateral, such as when the liens secure different obligations and have different priorities because the intervening interest of someone else is subordinate to one of those liens and superior to the other. However, this was not such a case, at least not before the bank sold the loans.

More to the point, regardless of whether the bank had one security interest or two, there was but a single priority date. Priority of competing security interests is generally based on the first-to-file-or-perfect rule of section 9-322(a)(1). Thus, even if the bank’s 2011 loan was also secured by a separate security interest, the priority of the first security interest dated from when the initial financing statement was filed, not when the second security agreement was authenticated or when the second financing statement was filed. Thus, even if the bank had two security interests, they were of equal priority.

The bank’s sale of the loans did not alter the priorities. There are three different ways to analyze the issue, but they each lead to the same result. First, if the bank initially had only one security interest despite the existence of two security agreements and two financing statements, and if selling the loans did not affect that but was instead akin to creating a participation interest, then the two buyers undoubtedly continued to share priority. After all, there would still be only one security interest. Second, if the bank initially had only one security interest but the act of selling one of the secured obligations caused the security interests to bifurcate or sever, then each security interest would remain perfected.81 Moreover, the priority of each would date back to the bank’s first financing statement because there was never a period thereafter—for either security interest—when there was neither filing nor perfection. Third, if the bank initially had two security interests in the same collateral, each security interest remained perfected after the sale, with the result that again their priorities date back to when the first financing statement was filed. Thus, under no theory was the court’s conclusion correct.

This analysis is important for buyers of secured loans: it suggests what they need to do as part of their due diligence. In most cases, such a buyer makes some assessment of the creditworthiness of the borrower and the value of the collateral. It also either gets the originator to represent and warrant that the security interest is perfected or it independently so concludes after conducting a search for filed financing statements. What the buyer also needs to do, however, is inquire whether the originator has made any other loans to the borrower. If the originator has made another loan, and if that loan is secured by the same collateral—which it might be pursuant to either a separate security agreement or the terms of the security agreement associated with the loan to be sold—the buyer would be getting a security interest of equal priority with the security interest securing the other loan. If that is the case, the buyer needs some intercreditor agreement to protect its interest in the collateral.

B. OTHER CLAIMANTS

Although a perfected security interest has priority over a subsequent judicial lien,82 section 9-332(b) provides that a transferee of funds from a deposit account takes free of a security interest in the deposit account unless the transferee acts in collusion with the debtor to violate the rights of the secured party.83 These two rules came into play last year in Stierwalt v. Associated Third Party Administrators.84

After Stierwalt obtained a judgment against his former employer for improper termination, Stierwalt obtained a writ of execution to levy on funds that the employer had in a deposit account. After the U.S. Marshal levied and, apparently, obtained the funds from the bank, but before the funds were remitted to Stierwalt, a secured party intervened, claiming to have a perfected security interest in the debtor’s deposit account as identifiable proceeds of other collateral.85

Both Stierwalt and the court readily acknowledged that the secured party had priority in the deposit account over a levying judgment creditor.86 Nevertheless, the court ruled that, when the marshal levied on or received the funds, Stierwalt took free of the security interest under section 9-332(b), because he did not act in collusion with the debtor to violate the secured party’s rights. The decision is wrong.

Although the court correctly concluded that section 9-332(b) protects a “transferee,” not just a “purchaser,” and, therefore, could apply to a judicial lien creditor,87 Stierwalt was not yet a transferee because he had not received the funds.88 The marshal is, after all, an agent of the court, not an agent of the levying creditor. There are no public policy reason to interpret section 9-332(b) as the Stierwalt court did. Recall that a secured party with a perfected security interest does, and is supposed to, have priority over the rights of a subsequent lien creditor. Section 9-332(b) is an important exception to that rule, designed not to “impair the free flow of funds.”89 Put another way, it is intended to protect finality by not upsetting a completed transaction.90 The transaction in Stierwalt was not completed. For that reason, the policy underlying section 9-322(b) was not implicated and the court misapplied that provision to rule for Stierwalt.91

VI. ENFORCEMENT OF A SECURITY INTEREST

A. NOTIFICATION OF DISPOSITION

After default, a secured party may repossess and dispose of the collateral.92 Before most dispositions, the secured party must send notification of the disposition to the debtor and any secondary obligor.93 This duty cannot be waived or varied in the security agreement,94 but can be waived in an agreement authenticated after default.95

In In re Knight,96 after the debtors experienced a difficult crop year in which they incurred financial losses, the debtors decided to discontinue farming. They sold their crops and remitted the proceeds to their secured lender. They then sold their equipment and again used the proceeds to pay down their secured obligation.97 In their later bankruptcy proceeding, they objected to the secured lender’s deficiency claim on the basis that the lender had not provided notification of the sale. The court ruled for the secured lender. Because the debtors were the ones who orchestrated the sale by, among other things, selecting the auctioneer and choosing the auction date, the court concluded that the secured party had not foreclosed and, thus, was not required to provide notification.98 The decision is consistent with other cases ruling that the secured party’s duties to provide notification of a disposition and to conduct a disposition in a commercially reasonable manner do not apply when the debtor sells the collateral.99

B. CONDUCTING A COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE DISPOSITION

A secured party may dispose of collateral by a sale, lease, or license.100 The disposition may be public—that is, typically an auction—or private.101 However, every aspect of a disposition must be “commercially reasonable.”102 If a secured party’s compliance with this standard is challenged, the secured party has the burden of proof.103 There were several notable cases about commercial reasonableness last year.

In 395 Lampe, LLC v. Kawish, LLC,104 a secured party purchased the debtor’s minority membership interest in an LLC at a public auction conducted by the largest Pacific Northwest-based auction-marketing firm. The sale was preceded by newspaper ads and direct marketing to 150 targeted prospects and fifteen prospective bidders, which all signed confidentiality agreements, allowing them access to a data room.105 The court concluded, on a motion for summary judgment, that the sale was conducted in a commercially reasonable manner even though the secured party was the only bidder, made a credit bid, and acquired a controlling interest.106 The court also discounted the fact that the sale was delayed by three years. Because (i) the debtors did not show that the collateral had declined in value during that period, (ii) the collateral generated more in income during that period than the amount of default-rate interest that accrued on the secured obligation, and (iii) much of the delay was attributable to the debtor’s litigation, the court ruled that the debtor failed to raise a genuine issue of material fact regarding the commercial reasonableness of the disposition.107

Delay was also the central issue in WM Capital Partners, LLC v. Thornton.108 In that case, the debtor, a trucking company, defaulted on the secured obligation after losing its largest customer and repeatedly asked the secured party to repossess and sell the collateral. The secured party declined, each time directing the debtor to continue operating. About two years later, the secured party’s assignee sold the collateral and then sought a deficiency judgment against the two guarantors.109 The court ruled that, because a secured party has no obligation to repossess the collateral, a delay in acquiring possession or control has no bearing on the commercial reasonableness of a subsequent disposition.110 However, because a delay between the secured party’s acquisition of possession or control of the collateral and the disposition can affect the commercial reasonableness of the disposition, and the debtor had put commercial reasonableness at issue, summary judgment was not appropriate.111

Another interesting case about the timing of a disposition, Highland CDO Opportunity Master Fund, L.P. v. Citibank,112 arose out of the financial crisis. The debtor invested in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) and collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”). It had substantial loans from Citibank affiliates, secured by its mezzanine and equity tranches of CDOs and CLOs.113 In the fall of 2008, when the value of the collateral collapsed, Citibank issued margin calls.114 By the end of the year, the debtor was unable to comply with the margin calls and, on December 24, Citibank declared a default and issued a “bids wanted in competition” with respect to the collateral.115 Bids were due at 10:00 am on December 31. A total of sixty-eight bids were received, resulting in ten sales of thirty-four assets for $2.5 million. The debtor claimed, when sued for a deficiency, that this amount was at least $6.3 million less than the fair market value of the assets.116 Although Citibank was not the high bidder, its trading desk was “interested in bidding . . . , given the lack of liquidity and the likely low bids for the assets.”117

The court began by noting that, under section 9-627(b), “[a] disposition of collateral is commercially reasonable manner if it is made: ‘(1) in the usual manner on any recognized market; (2) at the price current in any recognized market at the time of the disposition; or (3) otherwise in conformity with reasonable commercial practices among dealers in the type of property that was the subject of the disposition.’”118 Although the debtor acknowledged that the public auction conformed to the practices used by dealers of such assets, the court denied both sides’ motions for summary judgment. There was some expert evidence that the request for bids was “poorly timed and poorly executed,” and the auction was not conducted “under normal business conditions when market participants are fully staffed and have available balance sheet and appetite to purchase securities.”119 More to the point, it is notable that section 9-610(b) requires every aspect of a disposition of collateral to be commercially reasonable, including “the method, manner, time, place, and other terms.”120 In contrast, when it applies, section 9-627(b) creates a safe harbor only for the method of a disposition, not for its timing or other terms.

C. COLLECTING ON COLLATERAL

Upon default, or when the debtor agrees otherwise, a secured party may instruct account debtors to make payment directly to the secured party.121 After receipt of such an instruction, along with proof of the secured party’s security interest, if requested and not previously provided, an account debtor may discharge its obligation only by paying the secured party; payment to the debtor will not discharge the obligation.122 Two cases from last year deal with the efficacy of such an instruction.

In TemPay, Inc. v. Tanintco, Inc.,123 a factor’s initial written instruction to an account debtor to pay the factor had four errors: (i) it misidentified the account debtor, (ii) it was directed to the “Accounts Payable Manager” but the account debtor employed no one with that title, (iii) it instructed the account debtor to pay the debtor, and (iv) it used an incorrect entity designation for the debtor.124 The account debtor nevertheless paid the factor directly for a year after receiving wiring instructions. The following year, the account debtor paid more than $500,000 directly to the debtor after being verbally instructed to do so by the debtor’s president.125 The factor then sued the account debtor. The court concluded that, despite the errors in the factor’s written instruction, the account debtor’s history of paying the factor for more than a year created a factual issue about whether the instruction reasonably identified the rights assigned.126 The court then ruled that, because the instruction purported to apply “until further notice,”127 but did not expressly indicate that such notice had to come from the factor, there was a factual issue about whether the debtor’s president had properly revoked the instruction.128

In Northwest Business Finance, LLC v. Able Contractors, Inc.,129 the court also ruled that summary judgment was properly denied on a factor’s claim against an account debtor for paying the debtor directly. Although a notification attached to most of the debtor’s invoices to the account debtor instructed the account debtor to remit all payments to the factor, the invoices on which the account debtor made direct payment to the debtor lacked that notification.130 Moreover, the court noted, an instruction to pay must identify the accounts it covers and a statement that “all” accounts have been assigned does not reasonably identify the covered accounts.131 The court’s conclusion about the insufficiency of a reference to “all” accounts is questionable.

Even when an account debtor is obligated to make payment directly to the secured party, the secured party’s rights are subject to all the terms of the agreement between the account debtor and the debtor, including any defense arising from the transaction that gave rise to the account debtor’s payment obligation, and any other defense or claim the account debtor has against the debtor and that arose before the account debtor received notification of the assignment to the secured party.132

In Factor King, LLC v. Block Builders, LLC,133 a general contractor on a parking garage construction project entered into a subcontract for materials and services with a subcontractor. The agreement expressly provided that the subcontractor would hold progress payments it received from the general contractor in a “trust fund to be applied first to the payment of any person furnishing labor materials or services.”134 The subcontract also authorized the general contractor to make progress payments in the form of joint checks to the subcontractor and its suppliers.135

The following month, the subcontractor entered into a factoring agreement with a factor. The factor then notified the general contractor of its interest in the subcontractor’s accounts and, a few days later, instructed the general contractor to pay the factor directly.136 Thereafter, two invoices were generated. The first was for $404,000. Apparently, $184,000 was due to suppliers and, with no objection from the factor, the general contractor paid that amount directly to the suppliers and the remaining balance of $220,000 to the factor.137 The second invoice was for $215,000. The factor sent a letter to the general contractor requesting confirmation that the invoice would be paid to the factor “without recoupment, setoff, defense or counterclaim.”138 A representative of the general contractor signed that confirmation. Nevertheless, the general contractor issued a change order which reduced the amount owed by $6,000, further reduced the invoice by $20,000 for work allegedly not completed, and then paid the revised amount directly to suppliers.139 The factor sued.

The court granted summary judgment to the general contractor, concluding that the factor’s rights were subject to all terms of the agreement between the contractor and the subcontractor, that the subcontract provided that the subcontractor was entitled only to the funds that remained after the suppliers were paid, and that the joint pay agreements authorized the general contractor to pay the suppliers.140 The court also rejected the factor’s argument of detrimental reliance, finding that the assignment agreement only “constitute[d] an agreement to pay [the f]actor the amount it was owed under the subcontract.”141

Two cases last year dealt with a security interest in a law firm’s accounts due from clients, and whether the assignment or collection of such accounts violates public policy. In Santander Bank v. Durham Commercial Capital Corp.,142 the court ruled that the agreement by which a law firm sold its accounts receivable to a factor was not void as against public policy, even though the agreement required the law firm to forward to the factor copies of invoices that contained information regarding the names of a bank client’s borrowers, their addresses, their account numbers, and a description of actions taken by the law firm in representing the bank.143 The court held that, even if these disclosures violated the law firm’s duty of confidentiality, it did not render the factoring agreement void.144 Moreover, the court added that, although the factor’s notification to the bank client instructing it to make payment to the factor included a signature line for the bank’s representative to accept, and the bank did not, the notification was nevertheless effective.145 However, the court concluded that the bank had a claim in recoupment for the law firm’s breach of its confidentiality agreement.146 Because the amount of the bank’s damages were in dispute, summary judgment was not proper on the factor’s claim against the bank for paying the law firm after it received the instruction to pay the factor.147 Moreover, the bank’s conduct in making payments to the law firm did not unequivocally waive its right to recoupment, especially given that many of the facts giving rise to its recoupment claim had yet to occur.148

In Durham Commercial Capital Corp. v. Select Portfolio Servicing, Inc.,149 the court similarly ruled that an agreement by which a law firm sold its accounts receivable to a factor was not void as against public policy, even though the agreement required the law firm to provide the factor with copies of the law firm’s invoices to its clients.150 Moreover, the court ruled that the law firm’s client was not entitled to summary judgment as to whether the law firm had breached its agreement with the client by disclosing confidential information to the factor because the client had consented to the factoring agreement, which implicitly required disclosure of the client’s need for representation and the fees it was charged.151 On the other hand, the factor was not entitled to summary judgment because the law firm might have breached the agreement with its client and the client had not waived its right to set-off by making payments to the law firm after being instructed to pay the factor, especially because, at that time, it might not have known of the alleged breach.152

D. OTHER ENFORCEMENT ISSUES

After default, a secured party may propose to accept some or all of the collateral in full or partial satisfaction of the secured obligation.153 To have an effective acceptance, the secured party must send the proposal to the debtor and not receive an objection from the debtor or anyone else with an interest in the collateral subordinate to the secured party’s security interest.154 The secured party is also required to send the proposal to anyone else who has filed a financing statement or otherwise notified the secured party of an interest in the collateral,155 and the secured party’s failure to do so is actionable,156 but does not prevent the acceptance from becoming effective.157

In Agri-Science Technologies, L.L.C. v. Greiner’s Green Acres, Inc.,158 a secured party with the senior security interest failed to send to a junior secured party a proposal to accept the collateral in satisfaction of the debt. The court properly ruled that the acceptance was nevertheless effective.159 It also ruled that the junior secured party was unable to show any damage from the senior secured party’s failure to send the proposal because the collateral was worth less than the amount of the secured obligation owed to the senior secured party.160

V. LIABILITY ISSUES

There was an interesting case last year about liability in connection with a secured transaction. In Mac Naughton v. Harmelech,161 a security agreement authenticated by the debtor purported to grant a security interest in “all of [the debtor’s] . . . personal property wherever located,” and authorized the secured party to sign on the debtor’s behalf “any UCC-1 or other documents reasonably necessary to perfect the security interest.”162 The collateral description in the security agreement was ineffective because the super-generic language did not reasonably describe the collateral.163 The debtor claimed that the putative secured party was therefore liable under section 9-625(e)164 for filing an unauthorized record or for failing to file a termination statement after demand that he do so. The court rejected the debtor’s claims. It concluded that, by authenticating the security agreement, the debtor authorized the putative secured party to file a financing statement, even though no security interest attached.165

VI. OTHER CASES AFFECTING SECURED TRANSACTIONS

Three federal circuit court decisions from last year, although not interpreting or applying Article 9, have important implications for secured transactions. The first deals with patent rights; the other two concern fraudulent transfer claims against a secured party.

In Lexmark International, Inc. v. Impression Products, Inc.,166 a re-sale buyer of printer cartridges purchased cartridges knowing that the manufacturer/patentee had initially sold the cartridges pursuant to agreements that prohibited re-use and resale. The manufacturer sued the buyer for infringing on the patent by engaging in restricted resale and use.

Hearing the case en banc, the Federal Circuit began its analysis by noting that section 271 of the Patent Act provides that “whoever without authority makes, uses, offers to sell, or sells any patented invention, within the United States . . . during the term of the patent therefor, infringes the patent.”167 The court acknowledged the existence of the first-sale doctrine (otherwise known as exhaustion), which addresses when the sale of a patented good by the patentee authorizes the buyer to engage in acts involving the good, such as resale, that would otherwise infringe on the patent. However, the court regarded the first-sale doctrine as only an “interpretation” of the “without authority” language in section 271, and hence subject to the supremacy of the statute itself.168 It then concluded that a sale made under a clearly communicated, otherwise-lawful restriction as to post-sale use or resale does not confer on the buyer or on a subsequent purchaser with knowledge of the restriction the authorization to engage in the use or resale that the restriction precludes.169

The Lexmark decision suggests that, absent the consent of manufacturers with patent rights, a secured party can be subject to the same restrictions on resale that limit the debtor. For example, if the debtor is a distributor or retailer of patented products, the debtor buys the goods from the manufacturer subject to restrictions on resale—e.g., a limitation to sales in a specified geographic area or to sales in the ordinary course of business—and the secured party, as part of its due diligence, learned of those restrictions, any disposition of the goods by the secured party would be similarly restricted.

A secured party is not normally bound by the debtor’s contractual promises to third parties. The decision in Lexmark does not alter that rule; it does not impose contractual duties on the secured party.170 However, it does preserve and extend a patentee’s patent rights in goods sold to the debtor and which constitute all or part of the collateral. This is potentially more serious than the imposition of contractual duties because it subjects a secured party that knows of and violates those patent rights to statutory damages and injunctive relief, even if the patentee had no provable damages under contract law. However, the Supreme Court reversed the Federal Circuit.171 The Supreme Court held that “a patentee’s decision to sell a product exhausts all of its patent rights in that item, regardless of any restrictions the patentee purports to impose or the location of the sale.”172

The first of the two fraudulent transfer cases is In re Sentinel Management Group, Inc.173 Sentinel was a cash management firm: it invested cash, lent to it by persons or firms, in liquid low-risk securities. It also traded on its own account, using money borrowed from Bank of New York (“BONY”). In violation of federal law, Sentinel pledged securities that it had bought for its customers “with their money” to secure the loans used for trading on its own account.174

In August 2007, Sentinel experienced trading losses that prevented it from both maintaining its collateral with BONY and meeting the demands of its customers for redemption. It filed for bankruptcy, owing BONY $312 million.175 The trustee refused to regard BONY as a senior secured creditor and claimed that transfers of customer assets to accounts that Sentinel could (and did) use to collateralize its loans from BONY to be avoidable intentionally fraudulent transfers under section 548(a)(1)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.176

The issue came down to whether BONY had accepted the pledge of the assets “in good faith,” and was therefore entitled to a defense to avoidance under section 548(c).177 The court stated that BONY would not have been in good faith if it had “inquiry notice,” which the court described as “knowledge that would lead a reasonable, law-abiding person to inquire further—make him in other words— suspicious enough to conduct a diligent search for possible dirt.”178

Applying that standard, the court then quoted a note that the bank’s Managing Director of Financial Institutions Credit sent to other bank employees, which stated: “How can they [i.e., Sentinel] have so much collateral? With less than $20 [million] in capital I have to assume most of this collateral is for somebody else’s benefit. Do we really have rights on the whole $300 [million]?”179 He received a nonresponsive answer to the question and no further inquiry was conducted. The court concluded that this was more than sufficient to create inquiry notice.180 The managing director was suspicious, and that was enough to place him on notice of a possible fraud and so require that he or others at the bank investigate. The “obtuseness” of the recipient of the managing director’s note was immaterial.181 Moreover, the bank had in its possession documents that would show, on even a casual perusal, that Sentinel lacked authority to pledge all the assets that it pledged to BONY.182

The second fraudulent transfer case is In re Fair Finance Co.,183 which involved the purchase of a business in a leveraged buyout, followed by the use of the business as the front for a Ponzi scheme. As part of the buyout, Textron and United Bank made extensive loans and acquired a security interest in the debtor’s existing and after-acquired assets. As early as 2002, Textron became aware of extensive insider loans and expressed concern, both internally and to the debtor. As the 2004 maturity date of the loans approached, Textron sought some assurances from the debtor. After (i) reviewing the debtor’s offering circulars, (ii) receiving accountant assurances that insiders had sufficient assets to repay the debts, (iii) receiving a promise to have insiders pay down a portion of the loans, and (iv) introducing a covenant that limited future insider loans, Textron felt comfortable renewing the loan. United Bank did not, and wanted out. Accordingly, Textron and the debtor entered into a new loan and security agreement. The loan documents provided for a new interest rate, a new fee schedule, new events of default, and new covenants.184

In 2007, the debtor found alternative financing and paid Textron the $17 million it then owed. Two years later, the debtor’s business collapsed and an involuntary bankruptcy petition was filed against the debtor. During the bankruptcy proceeding, the trustee sought to avoid the payoff to Textron as an intentionally fraudulent transfer.185

The Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act excludes from the term “asset,” which can be the subject of an avoidable fraudulent transfer, “property to the extent it is encumbered by a valid lien.”186 The debtor had paid Textron with encumbered funds, but if the trustee could avoid the grant of the security interest, then the payment would have been of unencumbered funds and, thus, also avoidable.

The trustee argued that the 2004 transaction constituted a novation. Thus, upon execution of the 2004 loan documents, the earlier security interest was extinguished. As a result, the debtor’s assets were not encumbered by a preexisting valid lien and that the trustee could, therefore, treat the 2004 transfer of the security interest as a new “transfer.”187

The court agreed. It concluded that there was sufficient evidence that the 2004 transaction was a novation. In so doing, the court stressed the language of the agreement—the part about “superseding”188 prior agreements—the new terms, the new notes, and the new guarantees.189

The case is very troubling. The court never discussed why characterization of the 2004 transaction as a novation would matter. After all, even if it was a novation, and even if that means it involved a new security interest, there was never an instant when the collateral was unencumbered. It went from being encumbered by the original loan documents to being encumbered under the 2004 loan documents. Perhaps this issue will be explored on remand. In any event, the advice to secured parties is to think hard before structuring a refinancing so that a court might later treat it as a novation.

____________

* Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office of Proskauer Rose LLP. Stephen L. Sepinuck is the Frederick N. & Barbara T. Curley Professor of Law at Gonzaga University School of Law and the director of its Commercial Law Center.

1. 58 N.E.3d 26 (Ill. App. Ct. 2016).

2. Id. at 30–31.

3. Id. at 34–37.

4. See U.C.C. §§ 9-102(a)(20), 9-109(a)(4) (2013).

5. See id. § 9-102(a)(12), (28)(C), (73)(C); U.C.C. § 1-201(b)(35) (2011).

6. See U.C.C. § 9-319(a) (2013).

7. Id. § 9-102(a)(20)(A)(iii).

8. 166 F. Supp. 3d 388 (S.D.N.Y. 2016).

9. Id. at 409–10.

10. Id. at 410.

11. See U.C.C. § 9-203(b) (2013).

12. Some security interests arise from an outright sale of most types of payment rights. See id. § 9-109(a)(3). In such a transaction, the security interest does not secure an obligation.

13. See U.C.C. § 1-201(b)(35) (2011).

14. See U.C.C. § 9-203(b)(3)(A) (2013).

15. See, e.g., In re Outboard Marine Corp., 300 B.R. 308, 323 (Bankr. N.D. Ill. 2003); see generally In re Weir-Penn, Inc., 344 B.R. 791, 793 (Bankr. N.D. W. Va. 2006) (citation omitted) (referencing “a collection of documents . . . [that] in the aggregate disclose an intent to grant a security interest in specific collateral”).

16. No. 10-14503, 2016 WL 3177247 (Bankr. D.N.M. June 3, 2016).

17. Id. at *1 (quoting agreement describing collateral securing the third loan).

18. Id. at *4.

19. Id. at *7.

20. See U.C.C. § 9-108(a) (2013).

21. Id. cmt. 2.

22. Id. § 9-108(b)(3).

23. Id. § 9-108(e)(1).

24. 837 F.3d 911 (8th Cir. 2016).

25. Id. at 912–14.

26. See U.C.C. § 9-315(a)(2) (2013).

27. See id. § 9-315(c), (d).

28. See id. §§ 9-203(b)(2), 9-204(a).

29. See id. § 9-502(d).

30. See id. § 9-322(a)(1).

31. Bayer, 837 F.3d at 916.

32. Id.

33. See Carl S. Bjerre & Stephen L. Sepinuck, UCC Spotlight, 2016 COM. L. NEWSL. 9, 11–12 (ABA Bus. Law Section, Chicago, IL, Fall 2016), http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/administrative/business_law/newsletters/CL190000/full-issue-201611.pdf (collecting court rulings that misunderstand and misapply Article 9’s rules regarding commercial tort claims).

34. U.C.C. § 9-203(b)(1) (2013).

35. Id. § 9-102(a)(28)(A) (defining “debtor”).

36. See, e.g., id. § 9-102(a)(59), (72) (defining “obligor” and “secondary obligor,” respectively); id. § 9-611(c)(1), (2) (specifying to whom notification of a disposition must be sent); id. § 9-621(b) (indicating when a secondary obligor is entitled to be sent a proposal to accept collateral); id. § 9-623(a) (indicating who may redeem collateral); id. § 9-625(b) (indicating who is entitled to damages if a secured party fails to comply with Part 6 of Article 9).

37. See, e.g., In re Adirondack Timber Enter., Inc., No. 08-12553, 2010 WL 1741378 (Bankr. N.D.N.Y. Apr. 28, 2010) (debtor that authenticated an agreement granting a security interest to a farm implements manufacturer to secure all obligations owed to the manufacturer and its affiliates did not grant a security interest to the bank subsidiary of the manufacturer, and thus the bank was not entitled to adequate protection).

38. No. 14-32906-DHW, 2016 WL 2604535 (Bankr. M.D. Ala. May 3, 2016).

39. Id. at *1.

40. Id. at *1–2.

41. Id. at *5.

42. Id.

43. Id. (adding that, even if the LLC was not a delegate, it was the steel supplier’s agent).

44. See U.C.C. §§ 9-317, 9-322(a) (2013).

45. See id. §§ 9-310 to -314.

46. Id. § 9-309.

47. 819 F.3d 981 (7th Cir. 2016).

48. Id. at 982–83.

49. Id. at 985–89.

50. Id. at 987 (citing WIS. STAT. § 409.102(1) (2015)); see also U.C.C. § 9-102(a)(2) (2013). Prior to enactment of revised Article 9, a vendor’s right to payment under a land contract was a “general intangible.” In re Blanchard, 819 F.3d at 987.

51. In re Blanchard, 819 F.3d at 988.

52. See U.C.C. § 9-109(a)(1) (2013). Indeed, Article 9 applies to a sale of a promissory note as well as to a transaction in which a promissory note secures an obligation. See id. §§ 9-109(a)(3), 9-309(3).

53. See id. § 9-308(e).

54. No. 16-40102, 2016 WL 5210572 (Bankr. W.D.N.C. Sept. 21, 2016).

55. Id. at *2.

56. Id.

57. Id. (citing N.C. GEN. STAT. § 25-9-334(d), (e)).

58. See U.C.C. § 9-301(1) (2013).

59. 874 N.W.2d 910 (N.D. 2016).

60. Id. at 912–13.

61. Id. at 920, 921.

62. Id. at 921–22. The court offered no explanation of why the partnership was located in North Dakota, other than to note that the issue was undisputed. Id. at 922. A general partnership is not a registered organization, see U.C.C. § 9-102(a)(71) & cmt. 11 (2013), so its location is: (i) if it has one place of business, at that place of business; or (ii) if it has more than one place of business, at its chief executive office. Id. § 9-307(b)(2)–(3). The debtor clearly “conduct[ed] its affairs,” id. § 9-307(a), in Texas, so it is not clear why it was—or whether it should have been—regarded as located in North Dakota.

63. See U.C.C. § 9-502(a) (2013).

64. 546 B.R. 659 (Bankr. N.D. W. Va. 2016).

65. Id. at 666.

66. Id. at 666–67.

67. See U.C.C. § 9-311(a)(2), (d) (2013).

68. See id.

69. See id. § 9-309(1).

70. 561 B.R. 384 (B.A.P. 6th Cir. 2016).

71. Id. at 388–89.

72. See id. at 390–92.

73. Id. at 392–93. This portion of the opinion seems misguided. Article 9 governs transactions previously constituting a pledge under the common law. See U.C.C. § 9-109(a)(1) (2013). Moreover, it is clear that no authenticated security agreement is needed if the secured party has possession of the collateral pursuant to an unauthenticated agreement (which can be oral). See id. § 9-203(b)(3)(B). Thus, the attorney apparently did have an attached security interest in the vehicles as of the moment the attorney received possession of them.

74. See In re Hadley, 561 B.R. at 393–94 (citing Ohio’s Certificate of Title Act, OHIO REV. CODE ANN. § 4505.13(B)).

75. U.C.C. § 9-322(a)(1) (2013).

76. No. 15 C 8105, 2016 WL 6037851 (N.D. Ill. Oct. 14, 2016).

77. Id. at *2.

78. Id.

79. Id.

80. See U.C.C. § 9-204(c) (2013).

81. See id. § 9-310(c).

82. See id. §§ 9-201(a), 9-317(1).

83. See id. § 9-332(b).

84. No. 16-mc-80059-EMC, 2016 WL 2996936 (N.D. Cal. May 25, 2016).

85. Id. at *1.

86. Id. at *3.

87. Id. at *6–8 (citing Orix Fin. Servs., Inc. v. Kovacs, 83 Cal. Rptr. 3d 900 (Ct. App. 2008)); see also U.C.C. § 1-201(b)(29), (30) (2011) (defining “purchase” and “purchaser,” respectively).

88. Cf. Zimmerling v. Affinity Fin. Corp., 14 N.E.3d 325 (Mass. App. Ct. 2014) (an account debtor’s wire of funds to an escrow account, pursuant to a court order in action brought by a judgment creditor, did not cause either the escrow agent or the judgment creditor to take free of the secured party’s perfected security interest under section 9-332(b), particularly given that the court order was intended to preserve the existing priorities); Sonic Eng’g, Inc. v. Konover Constr. Co. S., No. CV030824817S, 2003 WL 22133874 (Conn. Super. Ct. Sept. 3, 2003) (a levying judgment creditor that received a bank check from the debtor’s bank was not a “transferee” within the meaning of section 9-332(b), and thus did not have priority over a creditor with a perfected security interest in the deposit account, because a stop payment order was placed on the check before it was paid).

89. U.C.C. § 9-332 cmt. 3 (2013).

90. See id.

91. Under Orix, 83 Cal. Rptr. 3d at 902–05, a secured party loses if it waits too long and allows a judgment creditor to receive funds from the debtor’s deposit account. Under Stierwalt, a secured party loses priority much sooner: as soon as funds credited to the deposit account are levied upon (or transferred to) the sheriff or marshal. If the secured party is not the depositary itself, and thus might not have immediate notice of the judgment creditor’s actions, that leaves the secured party with remarkably little time to act. For further discussion of the Stierwalt case, see Bjerre & Sepinuck, supra note 33, at 10–11; California Court Confirms Rule Giving Priority to Judgment Creditor as a “Transferee” from the Debtor’s Deposit Account, 32 CLARKS’ SECURED TRANSACTIONS MONTHLY 1, 1–3 (Sept. 2016) (suggesting the decision is correct, but acknowledging good arguments to the contrary).

92. See U.C.C. §§ 9-609, 9-610 (2013).

93. See id. § 9-611(b)–(d).

94. See id. § 9-602(7).

95. See id. § 9-624(a).

96. 544 B.R. 141 (Bankr. E.D. Ark. 2016).

97. Id. at 144.

98. Id. at 149–53.

99. E.g., Border State Bank v. AgCountry Farm Credit Servs., 535 F.3d 779 (8th Cir. 2008) (lenders were not required to give junior secured party notification of a sale of the collateral, although held at their insistence, because the debtor itself conducted the sale and remitted the proceeds to the lenders); Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. v. Witt, No. 4:13-CV-477-VEH, 2014 WL 1373633 (N.D. Ala. Apr. 8, 2014) (because the debtor—not the secured party—sold the collateral, the secured party had no duty to provide notice of the sale to the guarantor and the requirement that the sale be conducted in a commercially reasonable manner did not apply); cf. In re Reno Snax Sales, LLC, No. NV-12-1512-DKICO, 2013 WL 3942974 (B.A.P. 9th Cir. July 31, 2013) (a sale of collateral by bankruptcy trustee was not a disposition by the secured party under Article 9 or under a state statute requiring a secured party disposing of a repossessed vehicle to notify all obligors, even though the secured party received most of the sale proceeds; thus the secured party had no duty to notify a co-obligor of the sale). But cf. Regions Bank v. Trailer Source, Inc., 72 U.C.C. Rep. Serv. 2d 434 (Tenn. Ct. App. 2010) (a senior secured creditor’s control over and approval of debtor’s sale of collateralized trailers after default was sufficient to trigger the requirement, with respect to junior secured creditor, that the sale be conducted in a commercially reasonable manner).

100. U.C.C. § 9-610(a) (2013).

101. See id. § 9-610(b).

102. Id.

103. Id. § 9-626(a)(1), (2).

104. No. C12-1503-RAJ, 2016 WL 1449205 (W.D. Wash. Apr. 12, 2016).

105. Id. at *1.

106. Id. at *4–6.

107. Id. at *6–8.

108. No. M2015-00328-COA-R3-CV, 2016 WL 7477738 (Tenn. Ct. App. Dec. 29, 2016).

109. Id. at *1–2.

110. Id. at *3–6.

111. Id. at *6–7; see also VFS Fin., Inc. v. Shilo Mgmt. Corp., 372 P.3d 582 (Or. Ct. App. 2016) (even though the secured party had, early in its post-default litigation against the debtor, obtained possession of the collateral, the secured party was nevertheless entitled to summary judgment on the debt because, under New York law, it is not commercially unreasonable or bad faith for a creditor to seek damages on the note or guaranty while continuing to hold the collateral).

112. No. 12 Civ. 2827 (NRB), 2016 WL 1267781 (S.D.N.Y. Mar. 30, 2016).

113. Id. at *2–3.

114. Id. at *4–8.

115. Id. at *8.

116. Id. at *9.

117. Id. at *8 (quoting plaintiffs’ motion for summary judgment).

118. Id. at *18 (quoting N.Y. U.C.C. LAW § 9-627(b) (Consol. 2016)); see also U.C.C § 9-627(b) (2013).

119. Highland, 2016 WL 1267781, at *18–19 (quoting Highland’s expert).

120. U.C.C. § 9-610(b) (2013).

121. See id. § 9-607(a)(1).

122. See id. § 9-406(a), (c).

123. No. 05-15-00130-CV, 2016 WL 192596 (Tex. App. Jan. 15, 2016).

124. Id. at *1.

125. Id. at *2.

126. Id. at *7.

127. Id.

128. Id. at *7–9.

129. 383 P.3d 1074 (Wash. Ct. App. 2016).

130. Id. at 1076.

131. Id. at 1078–79.

132. See U.C.C. § 9-404(a) (2013).

133. 193 F. Supp. 3d 651 (M.D. La. 2016).

134. Id. at 653 (quoting the subcontract).

135. Id.

136. Id. at 654.

137. Id.

138. Id. (quoting the factor’s letter).

139. Id. at 654–55.

140. Id. at 655–57.

141. Id. at 658. As to the reduction in the amount, however, the court granted summary judgment against the general contractor. Id. at 657–58.

142. No. 14-13133-FDS, 2016 WL 199408 (D. Mass. Jan. 15, 2016).

143. Id. at *7.

144. Id.

145. Id. at *8–9.

146. Id. at *9–10.

147. Id. at *10.

148. Id. at *9–10.

149. No. 3:14-cv-877-J-34PDB, 2016 WL 6071633 (M.D. Fla. Oct. 17, 2016).

150. Id. at *10–11.

151. Id. at *12–13.

152. Id. at *22–24.

153. See U.C.C. § 9-620 (2013).

154. See id. § 9-620(a)(1)–(2), (c).

155. See id. § 9-621(a).

156. See id. § 9-625(b).

157. See id. § 9-620(a), (c).

158. No. 325182, 2016 WL 1072509 (Mich. Ct. App. Mar. 17, 2016).

159. Id. at *2.

160. Id. at *3. For further discussion of the Agri-Science case, see Strict Foreclosure on Agricultural Equipment Extinguishes Junior Lien Even in Absence of Notice, 32 CLARKS’ SECURED TRANSACTIONS MONTHLY 5, 5–8 (Sept. 2016).

161. No. 09-cv-5450 (KM) (MAH), 2016 WL 3771276 (D.N.J. July 13, 2016).

162. Id. at *3 (quoting plaintiff ’s motion for summary judgment). Note, since the revisions to Article 9, neither the debtor nor the secured party needs to sign a financing statement. Instead, the debtor’s “authoriz[ation]” is needed to file a financing statement. See U.C.C. § 9-509(a)(1), (b) (2013).

163. Mac Naughton, 2016 WL 3771276, at *5 (quoting Mac Naughton v. Harmelech, No. 09-5450 (PGS), 2010 WL 3810846, at *5 (D.N.J. Sept. 22, 2010)); see also U.C.C. § 9-108(c) (2013).

164. See U.C.C. § 9-625(e)(3), (4) (2013).

165. Mac Naughton, 2016 WL 3771276, at *13–14.

166. 816 F.3d 721 (Fed. Cir. 2016) (en banc), rev’d, 137 S. Ct. 1523 (2017).

167. Id. at 726, 732 (citing 35 U.S.C. § 271(a)).

168. Id. at 742–43.

169. Id. at 750.

170. A secured party might, however, risk liability for interference with contract.

171. Impression Prods., Inc. v. Lexmark Int’l, Inc., 137 S. Ct. 1523 (2017).

172. Id. at 1529.

173. 809 F.3d 958 (7th Cir. 2016).

174. Id. at 960.

175. Id. at 961.

176. Id. (citing 11 U.S.C. § 548(a) (2012)).

177. Id. (quoting 11 U.S.C. § 548(c) (2012)).

178. Id. at 962.

179. Id. (quoting note).

180. Id. The circuit court, however, ruled that there was insufficient evidence that BONY knew of the fraud, and thus the trustee’s claim to equitably subordinate the bank’s then-unsecured claim failed. Id. at 965.

181. Id. at 962.

182. Id. at 962–64.

183. 834 F.3d 651 (6th Cir. 2016).

184. Id. at 656–61.

185. Id. at 663–64.

186. UNIF. FRAUDULENT TRANSFER ACT § 1(2)(i) (1984), amended by UNIF. VOIDABLE TRANSACTIONS ACT § 1(2)(i) (2014) (amending and retitling the act).

187. In re Fair Fin. Co., 834 F.3d at 666–67.

188. Id. at 668.

189. Id. at 667–70.

International Sale of Goods

By Kristen David Adams and Candace M. Zierdt

CHOICE OF LAW AND APPLICATION OF THE C.I.S.G.: WAIVING APPLICATION OF THE C.I.S.G.

In the Fall 2015 Survey,1 we reported on the case of Rienzi & Sons, Inc. v. Puglisi.2 In that case, the court held the parties had waived application of the C.I.S.G. because neither party had raised the potential applicability of the C.I.S.G. until more than three years after suit had been filed.3 The United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed this decision and, in doing so, has clarified the issue of waiver.4 Specifically, the Second Circuit held that it is not quite correct to say that the C.I.S.G. “is ‘incorporated into’ or ‘a part of’ [state] law.’”5 Instead, the court held, because the C.I.S.G. is a self-executing treaty between the United States and the other signatories, it is more appropriate to characterize the C.I.S.G. as “‘incorporated federal law,’ which applies ‘so long as the parties have not elected to exclude its application.’”6

A second case this year also addresses the issue of waiver. In Shaoxing Aceco Blanket Co. v. Aceco, Inc.,7 a case between Chinese manufacturers of textile products for home use and New York-based importers, the court rejected the New York parties’ attempt to rely on the C.I.S.G. for the first time on appeal for its treatment of course of dealings.8 The case arose from alleged nonconformities in the textiles the Chinese manufacturers had delivered to the New York parties. Specifically, the New York parties argued that they communicated complaints to the manufacturer by phone. They conceded that they did not provide written notice. Such notice, they argued, should be considered sufficient based on the parties’ course of dealing.

In rejecting this argument, the court noted that the C.I.S.G. was not raised prior to trial or even during trial.9 The court also noted that the Uniform Commercial Code (“U.C.C.”), which it held governed the transaction,10 would allow course-of-dealing evidence,11 although it went on to hold that the New York parties had failed to prove any such course of dealing.12 Finally, the court also held that, even assuming the C.I.S.G. applied, the New York parties had failed to produce evidence showing they gave notice “specifying the nature of the lack of conformity,” as C.I.S.G. article 39 would require.13

CHOICE OF LAW AND APPLICATION OF THE C.I.S.G.: PARTIES’ PLACES OF BUSINESS

In Asia Telco Technologies v. Brightstar International Corp.,14 the court considered at the dismissal phase whether the C.I.S.G. applied to the sale of wireless USB modems between Asia Telco Technologies (“Asia Telco”), a seller with its principal place of business in China, and Brightstar International Corporation (“Brightstar”), a buyer with its principal place of business in Florida. At first blush, this would seem an easy analysis, since the C.I.S.G. “applies to contracts of sale of goods between parties whose places of business are in different States . . . when the States are Contracting States.”15 To complicate the matter, Brightstar sent its purchase order to Asia Telco’s Brazil address. At the time of contract, Brazil was not a Contracting State.16

When a party has more than one place of business, article 10(a) provides that “the place of business is that which has the closest relationship to the contract and its performance, having regard to the circumstances known to or contemplated by the parties at any time before or at the conclusion of the contract.”17 Instead of arguing that the C.I.S.G. did not apply based on article 10(a), however, Brightstar argued that the matter fell outside the C.I.S.G. based on article 1(2), which provides that “[t]he fact that the parties have their places of business in different States is to be disregarded whenever this fact does not appear either from the contract or from any dealings between, or from information disclosed by, the parties at any time before or at the conclusion of the contract.”18 The only evidence Brightstar identified in support of this assertion was the fact that it sent the purchase order to Asia Telco’s address in Brazil. The court found this argument insufficient for dismissal, noting other evidence, such as the Letter of Credit listing an address for Asia Telco in China, militating in the other direction.19

PREEMPTION: STATE LAW CLAIM FOR BREACH OF ORAL CONTRACT

The court also considered Asia Telco’s claim that Brightstar had breached an oral contract. Rather than bringing this claim under the C.I.S.G., which would have made sense because article 11 expressly recognizes oral contracts,20 Asia Telco proceeded under state law, citing a 2011 case permitting an unjust enrichment claim to go forward as not being preempted by the C.I.S.G.21 The court dismissed this claim, noting that, unlike unjust enrichment, which presupposes that a contract does not exist, a claim for breach of an oral contract lies only when a contract exists.22 Any claim sounding in contract would be governed by the C.I.S.G.23

PREEMPTION: STATE LAW CLAIM FOR PROMISSORY ESTOPPEL

Asia Telco also asserted a state-law claim for promissory estoppel. The court acknowledged differing opinions among courts and scholars as to whether C.I.S.G. article 1624 was meant to preempt such a claim.25 Ultimately, the court allowed the claim to proceed past dismissal as an alternative means of recovery if Asia Telco could not prove the existence of a contract.26 In so holding, the court noted courts’ historical reluctance to find federal preemption of an area traditionally addressed by state law and the fact that it could locate no reported decisions finding preemption of such a claim by the C.I.S.G.27

PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT: TIMELY INSPECTION AND NOTICE

MCF Liquidation, LLC v. International Suntrade, Inc.28 involved a contract for the sale of apple juice concentrate (“AJC”) that ended up being adulterated with isomaltose. The AJC had been delivered on April 19, 2011. Mrs. Clark’s Foods, L.C. (“Mrs. Clark’s”), the buyer and predecessor in interest to MCF Liquidation, LLC, sued sellers International Suntrade, Inc. (“Suntrade”) and Miller & Smith Foods, Inc. (“Miller & Smith”) (collectively, “Sellers”) on several theories, including breach of warranty and breach of contract.

The parties agreed that the C.I.S.G. governed their dispute, but disputed whether Mrs. Clark’s had made timely inspection of the goods pursuant to article 38 and provided timely notice of nonconformities as required by article 39. The following facts were not in dispute: First, Mrs. Clark’s Standard Operating Procedures (“SOPs”) provided for testing the first lot from any supplier for authenticity. For existing suppliers, testing would be done randomly. Second, Mrs. Clark’s used external sources to complete its authenticity testing, although it performed certain other tests in house. Third, Mrs. Clark’s had its outside source complete authenticity testing on Suntrade’s AJC on November 19, 2011, after obtaining test results for AJC from another Chinese supplier showing inauthenticity. Fourth, Mrs. Clark’s had already incorporated the AJC into products it had produced and distributed. Fifth, the testing revealed adulteration, then Mrs. Clark’s issued a recall, and Mrs. Clark’s notified Miller & Smith on December 1, 2011.

Sellers claimed that Mrs. Clark’s seven-month delay in inspection was not only per se unreasonable, but also a violation of Mrs. Clark’s own SOPs since Sellers were new suppliers. Sellers further claimed that Mrs. Clark’s notice of nonconformity was unreasonable as a matter of law because it was given only after Mrs. Clark’s had used and repackaged the AJC into other products. Mrs. Clark’s, in response, emphasized the fact-specific nature of the notice inquiry and pointed out that the C.I.S.G. provides an outside limit of two years for notice,29 thus making it clear that relatively long periods for inspection and notice are sometimes to be expected.

In allowing the breach-of-contract claim to proceed past summary judgment, the court noted questions of fact as to whether Sellers were new suppliers.30 The court also noted conflicting expert testimony regarding the appropriateness of Mrs. Clark’s inspection protocols.31 Finally, the court found insufficient evidence to make a determination as a matter of law whether notice given only after the goods were repackaged and used was legally insufficient.32

PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT: CONFORMITY

Insofar as Mrs. Clark’s breach-of-warranty claim was concerned, the parties disputed Sellers’ level of knowledge regarding Mrs. Clark’s intended use for the goods, as well as the representations made to Mrs. Clark’s. Specifically, the parties disputed whether Sellers knew that Mrs. Clark’s required 100 percent AJC. Although the parties’ transaction documents did not include a reference to 100 percent AJC, Mrs. Clark’s supplied other evidence, including testimony and e-mails stating that Sellers had been given Mrs. Clark’s specifications referencing 100 percent AJC, to suggest that Sellers were aware of Mrs. Clark’s requirements. Noting that the C.I.S.G. contains no parol evidence rule33 and that all of this evidence would thus be relevant to its determination on the merits, the court denied summary judgment as to this claim, as well.34

INCOTERMS AS TRADE USAGES

In In re World Imports, Ltd.,35 a bankruptcy case, the C.I.S.G. was applied only for the purpose of determining when buyer World Imports, Ltd. (“World”), the debtor, had received a shipment of goods from sellers Fujian Zhangzhou Foreign Trade Co., Ltd. (“Fujian”) and Haining Wansheng Sofa Co., Ltd. (“Haining”). The purpose of this inquiry was to determine whether Fujian and Haining qualified for an administrative expense priority pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 503(b)(9). As Fujian and Haining have their principal place of business in China, World had its principal place of business in the United States, and the subject matter of the contract was within the scope of the C.I.S.G., the court rejected Fujian and Haining’s contention that the U.C.C. should supply the operative definition.36 Instead, noting that there was no evidence that the parties had excluded application of the C.I.S.G., the court looked to the treaty for guidance on the matter.37

Because the C.I.S.G. does not supply a definition of “receipt,” unlike the U.C.C.,38 the court looked to the Incoterms rules promulgated by the International Chamber of Commerce as a means of gap filling as directed by C.I.S.G. article 7(2).39 As the court noted, the Incoterms rules are considered trade usages pursuant to C.I.S.G. article 8(3).40 In this case, the parties had used the “Free on Board” (“FOB”) Incoterms rule. Noting that the seller makes delivery of goods, in an FOB contract, on board the vessel at the named port of shipment, the court held that the buyer had received the goods at that point, for purposes of 11 U.S.C. § 503(b)(9).41 Because this date fell outside the twenty-day period prescribed by the statute, the court held that Fujian and Haining did not qualify for the administrative expense priority.42

Although the court was correct in applying the C.I.S.G. rather than the U.C.C., applying the F.O.B. term from the U.C.C. would have yielded the same result. The U.C.C. includes the F.O.B. term in U.C.C. section 2-319(1), which defines when delivery takes place.

HYBRID CONTRACT AND BREACH

Syral, a business located in Belgium, contracted with US Ingredients (“USI”), a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Pennsylvania, to sell wheat gluten. In Syral Belgium N.V. v. I.s. Ingredients Inc.,43 Syral sued for breach of contract and USI filed a counterclaim. After Syral filed a motion to dismiss the counterclaim, USI amended its counterclaim alleging that Syral sent shipments that were oversized and too large to handle, and that this violated trade usage in the industry. USI also claimed that the parties had modified their contract and Syral breached the modification by refusing to compensate USI for the expenses caused by the oversupply (“reimbursement breach”). Additionally, USI claimed that Syral failed to deliver the amount of wheat gluten required by the contract (“termination breach”).

Although the parties agreed that the C.I.S.G. applied to the original oral contract,44 Syral argued that the subsequent modification was not governed by the C.I.S.G. because it related to a service—the payment of storage costs.45 The court cited C.I.S.G. article 3(2)46 when it determined that the C.I.S.G. covered the whole contract because the “preponderant part” of the entire obligation was for the sale of goods and not services.47

REIMBURSEMENT BREACH

After determining that the C.I.S.G. governed the contract, the court considered the two breaches claimed by USI: 1) reimbursement breach and 2) termination breach. In terms of the reimbursement breach, where USI claimed Syral failed to pay as required by the modification,48 the court held that the allegations contained in USI’s pleading were insufficient because they did not identify the specific trade usage or how such usage was breached.49 Further, USI did not provide adequate notice about the specifics of the alleged breach, so Syral had no way to calculate how much it allegedly owed USI for reimbursement costs.50 As a result, the court found that USI failed to state a claim for relief on its amended counterclaim for reimbursement as required by the modification.51

TERMINATION BREACH

Next, the court considered USI’s claim that Syral wrongfully terminated the contract. This too failed because USI did not plead that it had paid for any of the wheat gluten or what amount of wheat gluten had been delivered.52 The court noted both C.I.S.G. article 71,53 which permits a party to suspend its performance if it appears that the other party will breach because the other party either does not have the ability to perform or conduct indicates it will not perform, and C.I.S.G. article 64,54 which permits termination of the contract for a failure to perform.55 With those articles in mind, the court found that USI’s claim failed because it did not provide any facts showing that Syral’s termination was unjustified under those articles.56 USI did not make any detailed allegations, such as attaching invoices to show it was substantially performing its obligations.57 Consequently, the claim by USI that Syral breached by terminating the contract was dismissed.58

CONTRACT FORMATION AND PREJUDGMENT INTEREST

In the case of Shantou Real Lingerie Manufacturing Co., Ltd. v. Native Group International, Ltd.,59 Shantou Real Lingerie (“Shantou”), with its principal place of business in China, manufactured and exported intimate wear garments to Native Group (“Native”), a New York corporation. Native placed dozens of orders to Shantou during a six-month time period in 2012. After each order, Shantou sent Native a confirmation stating the cost, quantity, and type of goods ordered and a representative from Native signed them. Shantou manufactured and delivered the goods in five separate shipments. Accompanying each shipment was an invoice that stated the price, quantity, and type of good shipped. Although Native accepted the shipments and made no claims against Shantou prior to this lawsuit, it had an unpaid balance of $272,040.

CONTRACT FORMATION AND NOTICE

Shantou incorrectly referenced the U.C.C. when it filed its suit; however, the court applied the C.I.S.G. to the contract because the parties both had businesses in different countries that were signatories to the C.I.S.G. and did not explicitly exclude the C.I.S.G.60 When determining whether a contract had been formed, the court noted that the C.I.S.G. has no statute of frauds and, consequently, the contract does not have to be written.61 It then reviewed the purchase orders, sales confirmations, and conduct of the parties to determine whether a contract had been formed. It first looked to C.I.S.G. article 14, which states that a proposal may constitute an offer as long as it shows the offeror intended to be bound and the proposal contained the quantity and price for the goods.62 Further, Article 18 adds that conduct may be an acceptance if it indicates an intent to be bound.63 Applying those two articles, the court indicated that the sales confirmations appeared to be acceptances and, as such, closed the deal.64 Alternatively, the court reasoned that even if the confirmations were mere acknowledgments of an offer and not acceptances, Shantou’s later conduct of shipping the goods was clearly an acceptance.65 Thus, the record shows that the parties contracted for the sale of garments, Shantou sent conforming goods, and Native failed to pay the full balance due, giving Shantou the right to recover.66

Native claimed that Shantou caused Native damages when it breached because it failed to ship the goods in a timely manner.67 Unfortunately, the evidence as to the delivery dates on the confirmations either conflicted or contained no delivery date, so the court could not conclude that any shipments were late.68 Even if Native had been able to show the shipments were late, Native still would have lost its counterclaim for failure to notify Shantou within a reasonable amount of time of the non-conformity as required by C.I.S.G. article 39.69 Native would have known of any breach of late delivery when it received the goods, and it waited one year before notifying Shantou.70 The court found one year to be an unreasonable amount of time and, as a result, Native waived any right to a claim for late deliveries and the ability to avoid paying Shantou.71

PREJUDGMENT INTEREST

Shantou then claimed and was granted prejudgment interest on the unpaid balance.72 The C.I.S.G. clearly permits a claim for prejudgment interest,73 but it does not indicate what interest rate should be charged and courts have varied in their approach to this problem.74 A court has discretion when setting the interest rate for this award.75 The court determined that the C.I.S.G. uses a standard of reasonableness throughout the law, so it should find a reasonable interest rate to use for the prejudgment interest award.76 The court noted that both Profi-Parkiet Sp. Zoo v. Seneca Hardwoods LLC77 and Delchi Carrier, SpA v. Rotorex Corp.78 used the U.S. Treasury Bill rate, but the New York statute allows a prejudgment interest rate of 9 percent per annum.79 The problem with those two rates is that the Treasury Bill rate is so low that it would not appropriately compensate Shantou for its damages and the New York rate seems too high.80 Using the reasonableness standard of the C.I.S.G., the court decided an appropriate rate would be in between those two extremes.81 Additionally, the court wanted to account for the fact that the damages accrued over time.82 The court considered the rate used in trademark cases and noted that it was the same rate that taxpayers must pay when they underpay their taxes.83 The court determined that the trademark rate was reasonable and fell in between the other two extreme rates.84

LACK OF WRITTEN CONTRACT

GPS Granite Ltd. v. Ultimate Granite, Inc.85 involved a Brazilian corporation that created and sold granite to various businesses in the United States and Canada, including the defendant Ultimate Granite, a Florida corporation. After creating the granite, GPS delivered the granite and an invoice to Ultimate at a Brazilian port. Ultimate was supposed to pay for the granite after reviewing the invoice, inspecting the granite, and taking possession of it in Brazil. Ultimate failed to pay for a number of the granite deliveries and GPS instituted this action for breach-of-contract.

The C.I.S.G. applies to the transactions between the parties because both Brazil and the United States have ratified it and the contract had no choice-of-law clause eliminating the C.I.S.G. and choosing another law to replace it.86 The court seemed troubled by Ultimate’s motion to dismiss because it was “a barely three-page motion, citing 100-year-old California state-court opinions and repeatedly arguing that Plaintiff’s allegations are ‘inherently’ or ‘patently repugnant’ to the claims raised.”87 The court made it clear that the claims were not repugnant and would not be dismissed.88

Ultimate argued, in support of its motion to dismiss the breach-of-contract claim, that GPS did not attach a signed written contract to the complaint or make any allegations that Ultimate had executed the contract. Because the C.I.S.G. contains no statute of frauds, a contract governed by the treaty does not have to be in writing.89 Further, the C.I.S.G. states that once an acceptance of an offer becomes effective a contract is formed,90 and under article 9 parties are bound by any usages they have agreed to or established between themselves.91 GPS’s claim, which is taken as true in a motion to dismiss, established a contract because it alleged that each invoice constituted an offer since it contained a description of the goods, the price, when payment was due, how to object to non-conforming goods, and penalties for a late payment.92 When Granite took the granite after inspection and without objection, it accepted the goods.93 The court noted that the C.I.S.G. allows this type of contract because it does not require a writing.94 Ultimate’s motion was dismissed because GPS pled enough facts to allege a contract had been formed under the C.I.S.G.95

GROWING INFLUENCE OF THE C.I.S.G.

In In re Colin,96 a bankruptcy case involving a separation agreement in a domestic relations case, the court used the C.I.S.G. by analogy when determining whether the parol evidence rule applied in section 523(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.97 The issue revolved around whether the parties intended a payment by the ex-husband (Colin) to the wife (Edwards) to be a domestic support obligation that is non-dischargeable in a bankruptcy case or a property settlement. The settlement agreement contained a merger clause and Colin claimed that the parol evidence rule precluded the court from considering extrinsic evidence to interpret the intent of the parties. Although that would be accurate under Alabama contract law, this court held that the parol evidence rule would not apply.98

It found support for this ruling in the C.I.S.G. and the MCC-Marble Ceramic case.99 Unlike state law, the C.I.S.G. does not contain the parol evidence rule. Instead, it instructs the courts to consider all relevant evidence that may shed light on the parties’ intent.100 The court also cited to MCC-Marble Ceramic in dicta to note that the parol evidence rule is a substantive rule of law, not an evidence rule, so the court may not apply the parol evidence rule as a procedural matter.101 Although neither case involved an international commercial transaction, it shows that the C.I.S.G. is gaining more recognition from the courts, as well as having a growing influence in the law.

OTHER CASES MENTIONING THE C.I.S.G.

Several other cases mention the C.I.S.G. briefly. In CLDN Cobelfret Pte Ltd. v. ING Bank N.V.,102 a maritime case, the court cited the parties’ agreement excluding the C.I.S.G. and thus had no further analysis of the Convention.103 In Cooperativa Agraria Industrial Naranjillo Ltd. v. Transmar Commodity Group Ltd.,104 the court ignored the Peruvian seller’s contention that the cocoa butter contracts in suit were governed by the C.I.S.G., citing the well-worn language from Delchi Carrier SpA v. Rotorex Corp.,105 on which we reported previously,106 that “case-law interpreting the C.I.S.G. is relatively sparse” and applied New York domestic law instead.107 A breach-of-contract case involving parties from the United States and Italy that had been filed in both South Carolina and Italy, Custom Polymers PET, LLC v. Gamma Meccanica SpA,108 focused mainly on whether the South Carolina or Italian court should proceed to decide the case. It also addressed a choice-of-law clause in the contract that had chosen South Carolina law to govern. The court determined that the choice-of-law clause, picking South Carolina law, did not properly opt out of the C.I.S.G. because it did not specifically state the parties’ intent to opt out of the Convention in the contract.109 So, the C.I.S.G. applied and South Carolina law would fill any gaps not covered by the C.I.S.G.110 Finally, in PATS Aircraft, LLC v. Vedder Munich GmbH,111 the court determined that whether the C.I.S.G. or Delaware law applied to an aircraft contract was not relevant to the choice-of-forum issue raised in the case.112

____________

1. Kristen David Adams & Candace M. Zierdt, International Sales of Goods, 70 BUS. LAW. 1269, 1271 (2015).

2. No. 08-CV-2540 (DLI)(JMA), 2014 WL 1276513 (E.D.N.Y. Mar. 27, 2014).

3. Id. at *2.

4. Rienzi & Sons v. Puglisi, No. 15-791-cv, 2016 WL 520107, at *89–90 (2d Cir. Feb. 10, 2016).

5. Id. at *89 n.2 (quoting Rienzi’s pleadings).

6. Id. (quoting BP Oil Int’l Ltd. v. Empresa Estatal Petroleos de Ecuador, 332 F.3d 333, 337 (5th Cir. 2003)) (internal quotations omitted).

7. No. CV 13-4937 (LDW) (GRB), 2015 WL 12659923 (E.D.N.Y. Oct. 1, 2015).

8. Id. at *5.

9. Id.

10. Id. at *3.

11. Id. at *5 (citing U.C.C. § 1-303).

12. Id.

13. United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods art. 39(1), Apr. 11, 1980, 489 U.N.T.S. 3, 19 I.L.M. 668, 671, http://www.cisg.law.pace.edu/cisg/text/treaty.html [hereinafter C.I.S.G.] (“The buyer loses the right to rely on a lack of conformity of the goods if he does not give notice to the seller specifying the nature of the lack of conformity within a reasonable time after he has discovered it or ought to have discovered it.”).

14. No. 15-20608-Civ-Scola, 2015 WL 10853904 (S.D. Fla. Aug. 20, 2015).

15. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 1.

16. Brazil became a signatory to the C.I.S.G. on April 3, 2013, and the C.I.S.G. entered into force for Brazil on January 4, 2014.

17. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 10.

18. Id. art. 1(2).

19. Asia Telco, 2015 WL 10853904, at *3.

20. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 11 (“A contract of sale need not be concluded in or evidenced by writing and is not subject to any other requirement as to form. It may be proved by any means, including witnesses.”).

21. Semi-Materials Co. v. MEMC Elec. Materials, Inc., No. 4:06CV1426 FRB, 2011 WL 65919 (E.D. Mo. Jan. 10, 2011).

22. Asia Telco, 2015 WL 10853904, at *4.

23. Id.

24. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 16(2) (“[A]n offer cannot be revoked . . . if it was reasonable for the offeree to rely on the offer as being irrevocable and the offeree has acted in reliance on the offer.”).

25. Asia Telco, 2015 WL 10853904, at *4–5 (citing Caterpillar, Inc. v. Unisor Industeel, 393 F. Supp. 2d 659, 676 (N.D. Ill. 2005); Geneva Pharm. Tech. Corp. v. Barr Lab., Inc., 201 F. Supp. 2d 236, 287 (S.D.N.Y. 2002), aff’d in part, rev’d in part on other grounds & remanded, 386 F.3d 485 (2d Cir. 2004); Asante Tech., Inc. v. PMC-Sierra, Inc., 164 F. Supp. 2d 1142, 1151 (N.D. Cal. 2001); CSX Transp., Inc. v. Easterwood, 507 U.S. 658, 664 (1993)).

26. Id. at *5.

27. Id. Similarly, in a one-sentence analysis in the footnotes, the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas has found that a state-law claim for unjust enrichment is not preempted by the C.I.S.G., for purposes of a motion to dismiss, where the parties dispute the existence of a contract. Yosemite Auto (Shanghai) Co. v. J.R.S. Metals, Inc., No. 4:15-CV-1641, 2016 WL 4441543, at *7 n.8 (S.D. Tex. Aug. 23, 2016).

28. No. 4:13-CV-00514-HCA, 2015 WL 12670169 (S.D. Iowa Nov. 16, 2015).

29. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 39(2) (“In any event, the buyer loses the right to rely on a lack of conformity of the goods if he does not give the seller notice thereof at the latest within a period of two years from the date on which the goods were actually handed over to the buyer, unless this time-limit is inconsistent with a contractual period of guarantee.”).

30. MCF Liquidation, 2015 WL 12670169.

31. Id.

32. Id.

33. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 8(3) (“In determining the intent of a party or the understanding a reasonable person would have had, due consideration is to be given to all relevant circumstances of the case including the negotiations, any practices which the parties have established between themselves, usages and any subsequent conduct of the parties.”).

34. MCF Liquidation, 2015 WL 12670169.

35. 549 B.R. 820 (Bankr. E.D. Pa. 2016).

36. Id. at 823.

37. Id.

38. The relevant U.C.C. definition is found in section 2-103(1)(c).

39. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 7(2) (“Questions concerning matters governed by this Convention which are not expressly settled in it are to be settled in conformity with the general principles on which it is based or, in the absence of such principles, in conformity with the law applicable by virtue of the rules of private international law.”); In re World Imports, 59 B.R. at 824.

40. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 8(3); In re World Imports, 59 B.R. at 824.

41. In re World Imports, 59 B.R. at 824.

42. Id.

43. No. 15-1172-LPS, 2016 WL 4728101 (D. Del. Sept. 9, 2016).

44. Id. at *2–3.

45. Id. at *3.

46. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 3(2) (“This Convention does not apply to contracts in which the preponderant part of the obligations of the party who furnishes the goods consists in the supply of labour or other services.”).

47. Syral, 2016 WL 4728101, at *3.

48. Id. at *4.

49. Id.

50. Id.

51. Id.

52. Id.

53. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 71.

54. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 64.

55. Syral, 2016 WL 4728101, at *4.

56. Id.

57. Id.

58. Id.

59. No. 14CV10246-FM, 2016 WL 4532911 (S.D.N.Y. Aug. 23, 2016).

60. Id. at *2.

61. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 11 (“A contract of sale need not be concluded in or evidenced by writing and is not subject to any other requirement as to form.”).

62. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 14; Shantou Real Lingerie, 2016 WL 4532911, at *3.

63. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 18.

64. Shantou Real Lingerie, 2016 WL 4532911, at *3.

65. Id.

66. Id.

67. Id.

68. Id.

69. See C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 39(1) (“The buyer loses the right to rely on a lack of conformity of the goods if he does not give notice to the seller specifying the nature of the lack of conformity within a reasonable time after he has discovered it or ought to have discovered it.”); Shantou Real Lingerie, 2016 WL 4532911, at *4.

70. Shantou Real Lingerie, 2016 WL 4532911, at *4.

71. Id.

72. Id. at *5.

73. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 78; Shantou Real Lingerie, 2016 WL 4532911, at *4 (citing Profi-Parkiet Sp. Zoo v. Seneca Hardwoods LLC, No. 13 CV 4358 (PKC) (LB), 2014 WL 2169796, at *9 (E.D.N.Y. May 23, 2014)).

74. Shantou Real Lingerie, 2016 WL 4532911, at *4 (citing Profi-Parkiet Sp. Zoo, 2014 WL 2169796, at *9).

75. Id. (citing Delchi Carrier, SpA v. Rotorex Corp., No. 88-CV-1078, 1994 WL 495787, at *7 (N.D.N.Y. Sept. 9, 1994), rev’d in part on other grounds, 71 F.3d 1024 (2d Cir. 1995)).

76. Shantou Real Lingerie, 2016 WL 4532911, at *4–5.

77. No. 13 CV 4358 (PKC) (LB), 2014 WL 2169796, at *9 (E.D.N.Y. May 23, 2014).

78. No. 88-CV-1078, 1994 WL 495787, at *7 (N.D.N.Y. Sept. 9, 1994), rev’d in part on other grounds, 71 F.3d 1024 (2d Cir. 1995).

79. McKinney’s C.P.L.R. § 504 (West, WestlawNext through L. 2017, chapters 1–23, 25–34, 50–59).

80. When Shantou was decided in 2016, the Treasury Bill rate was at one-half of one percent. Shantou Real Lingerie, 2016 WL 4532911, at *5.

81. Id.

82. Id.

83. Id. (referencing 15 U.S.C. § 1117(b)).

84. Id.

85. No. 8:16-CV-755-T-30AAS, 2016 WL 5816051 (M.D. Fla. Oct. 5, 2016).

86. GPS Granite, 2016 WL 5816051, at *2.

87. Id.

88. Id.

89. Id.

90. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. 23.

91. Id. art. 9.

92. GPS Granite, 2016 WL 5816051, at *1.

93. Id.

94. Id. at *2.

95. Id.

96. In re Colin, 546 B.R. 455 (Bankr. M.D. Ala. 2016), aff’d, 556 B.R. 520 (M.D. Ala. 2016).

97. Id. at 462.

98. Id. at 463.

99. Id. at 462–63 (citing MCC-Marble Ceramic Ctr., Inc. v. Ceramica Nuova d’Agnostino, S.p.A., 144 F.3d 184 (11th Cir. 1998)).

100. C.I.S.G., supra note 13, art. (8)(3).

101. In re Colin, 546 B.R. at 462.

102. No. 16-CV-4312, 2016 WL 6670996 (S.D.N.Y. June 13, 2016).

103. Id. at *2.

104. 16 Civ. 3356 (LLS), 2016 WL 5334984 (S.D.N.Y. Sept. 21, 2016).

105. 71 F.3d 1024, 1028 (2d Cir. 1995).

106. Kristen David Adams & Candace Zierdt, International Sales of Goods, 71 BUS. LAW. 1345, 1351 (2016).

107. CLDN Cobelfret, 2016 WL 5334984, at *4.

108. No. 6:15-04882-MGL, 2016 WL 2354599 (D.S.C. May 3, 2016).

109. Id. at *6.

110. Id. at *8–9.

111. No. 15-1182-RGA, 2016 WL 3875971 (D. Del. July 14, 2016).

112. Id. at *9.

Don’t Blow It: Avoiding Pitfalls under the SEC’s Whistleblower Regime

In the six years since the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission adopted rules implementing the new whistleblower program required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform Act and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the program has gone from a fledgling experiment to a central part of the Commission’s enforcement program. The SEC now receives thousands of tips per year, has doled out more than $160 million in rewards, and has brought multiple enforcement actions based on, or substantially assisted by, information it received from whistleblowers.

Whether the program continues to expand remains to be seen. With the election of Donald Trump as President, and the recent confirmation of SEC Chairman Jay Clayton, the SEC’s priorities regarding its whistleblower program may shift away from certain of the enforcement positions taken under former Chair Mary Jo White’s leadership.

Congress may also move to restrict the program. As part of a push to reign in protections provided by Dodd-Frank, for example, the Financial CHOICE Act would prohibit compensation to whistleblowers for tips on conduct for which they are culpable.1 After extensive debate, the proposed bill was voted out of the House of Representatives Financial Services Committee on May 4, 2017, and on June 8, 2017, the House approved it along party lines. It is now under review in the Senate Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs committee.

None of the proposed changes would eliminate the program, however, and the momentum already attained by the SEC creates potential traps for companies that are not paying attention. As a result, corporate law departments, compliance professionals, and independent directors must have a working command of important features of the SEC’s whistleblower program, how the SEC and courts have interpreted its authority, and the program’s potential impact on their employees and companies.2

This article discusses: (a) the program’s history and rapid development; (b) the SEC’s actions to enforce Rule 21F-17, which prohibits efforts to interfere with individuals’ ability to report potential wrongdoing to the SEC; (c) the SEC’s anti-retaliation enforcement actions; and (d) advice to help companies navigate this new “normal.”

A. The SEC Whistleblower Program’s Rapid Development

The SEC’s whistleblower program has grown steadily since its 2011 inception. During FY 2016 alone, the SEC received 4,218 whistleblower tips, a more than 40-percent increase from FY 2012.3 Since 2011, the SEC has received more than 18,000 tips, with tips arising from every state in the union and 103 foreign countries.4 As of October 15, 2017, the Commission had paid 47 awards to whistleblowers totaling approximately $162 million, and whistleblower tips had resulted in financial remedies exceeding $975 million.5 Although these numbers demonstrate the program’s steady growth, comparing the number of SEC reports to the overall number of reports provided via internal company protocols demonstrates that the program still has room to expand.

As an institution, the SEC is very committed to the whistleblower program and considers it to be a strong success.6 In an April 2015 speech, then-Chair White referred to the SEC as the “whistleblower’s advocate” and described the program as a “game-changer.” In September 2016, Andrew Ceresney, then-director of the SEC’s Enforcement Division, gave a speech in which he touted the “transformative impact” that the whistleblower program has had on the SEC’s enforcement program. Ceresney identified issuer reporting and disclosure, Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), and offering frauds as types of cases in which whistleblower assistance has been particularly valuable to the staff. Ceresney closed his remarks by stating that he “anticipate[d] that the whistleblower program will continue to be a game changer in future years.”7

B. The SEC’s Enforcement of Exchange Act Rule 21F-17(a)

Although a company has a right to maintain the confidentiality of its proprietary information, Dodd-Frank and the SEC’s rules encourage potential whistleblowers, both inside and outside of companies, to provide confidential company information within their control to the government in support of a tip or complaint. Furthermore, the SEC has aggressively enforced its rule prohibiting actions that may “impede” potential whistleblowers.

Exchange Act Rule 21F-17(a) provides that no action may be taken “to impede an individual from communicating directly with the Commission staff about a possible securities law violation, including enforcing or threatening to enforce, a confidentiality agreement . . . with respect to such communications.” The Commission has now brought eight settled enforcement actions against public companies and regulated entities, finding that they violated Rule 21F-17(a) by including language in confidentiality and severance agreements that purported to limit employees’ ability to communicate with the SEC staff about potential securities law violations. Importantly, these cases show that the SEC staff is focused on what used to be relatively standard language used frequently in severance and employment agreements, and will recommend cases where that language has the potential to chill communications with the SEC, even if there is no showing that it had any such impact.

The Commission’s emphasis on this issue also is demonstrated by the Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations’ (OCIE) announcement in an October 24, 2016 Risk Alert that it would be examining regulated entities’ compliance manuals, codes of ethics, employment agreements, and severance agreements, among other things, to assess compliance with Rule 21F-17.8 In addition to looking for language in agreements that (a) purport to limit the types of information that an employee may convey to the Commission or other authorities, and (b) require employees to waive their rights to any monetary recovery in connection with reporting wrongdoing to the government, the Risk Alert indicated that OCIE also would be looking for provisions that:

a) require an employee to represent that he or she has not assisted in any investigation involving the registrant;

b) prohibit any and all disclosures of confidential information, without any exception for voluntary communications with the Commission concerning possible securities laws violations;

c) require an employee to notify and/or obtain consent from the registrant prior to disclosing confidential information, without any exception for voluntary communications with the Commission concerning possible securities laws violations; or

d) purport to permit disclosures of confidential information only as required by law, without any exception for voluntary communications with the Commission concerning possible securities laws violations.9

Because OCIE examines hundreds of registered investment advisers and broker-dealers each year, and because it will be relatively straightforward for the staff to review the language10 in a regulated entity’s compliance manual, code of ethics, and employment and severance agreements, it is reasonable to expect that OCIE’s initiative may result in numerous deficiency letters and enforcement referrals.

Law departments that have not yet modified their standard severance and confidentiality agreements to ensure they do not run afoul of the SEC’s restrictions on impeding whistleblowers should do so promptly. In addition to reducing the likelihood of SEC enforcement, taking prompt action will reduce the likelihood of exposure to civil damages in shareholder derivative actions. The securities-plaintiff’s bar is reviewing corporate filings and issuing derivative demands to companies at risk in this area, asserting that companies that have not remediated this exposure have breached their fiduciary duties to shareholders, and seeking damages or legal fees for spotting the issue and prompting corporations to correct it.

The SEC’s enforcement actions to date on this topic highlight various ways in which the SEC has asserted that companies impeded—or at least risked impeding—whistleblowers in violation of Rule 21F-17. These matters also provide a roadmap for some of the types of whistleblower protections the SEC expects public companies and regulated entities to enact.

1. KBR

On April 1, 2015, the SEC instituted its first enforcement action for violations of Rule 21F-17, finding that KBR Inc. violated the rule by requiring employees in internal investigations to sign a confidentiality agreement containing what the SEC deemed to be overly restrictive language. KBR’s confidentiality agreements provided that employees were prohibited from discussing their interviews or the subject matter of the internal investigation without the permission of the company’s law department. Specifically, the language that the Commission found to violate Rule 21F-17 read:

I understand that in order to protect the integrity of this review, I am prohibited from discussing any particulars regarding this interview and the subject matter discussed during the interview, without the prior authorization of the Law Department. I understand that the unauthorized disclosure of information may be grounds for disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.

The SEC acknowledged that KBR did not actually impede any whistleblowers, finding “no apparent instances in which KBR specifically prevented employees from communicating with the SEC about specific securities law violations.” Even so, the SEC concluded that “the blanket prohibition against witnesses discussing the substance of the interview has a potential chilling effect on whistleblowers’ willingness to report illegal conduct to the SEC.” KBR paid a $130,000 penalty to resolve the action, amended the language in its confidentiality agreement to include a statement that nothing in the agreement prohibited the signor from reporting possible violations of law to the government, without the prior authorization of or notification to the Law Department, and agreed to make reasonable efforts to contact former employees who had signed the confidentiality agreements to notify them that they were not required to obtain permission before providing information to the SEC.

2. Kenneth W. Crumbley, Jr.

In January 2016, the SEC filed an emergency district court action against Sedona Oil and Gas Corp. and its president, Crumbley, alleging that they were engaging in a fraudulent offering of oil and gas investments. In addition to the allegations of underlying fraudulent conduct, the SEC’s complaint also alleged that Crumbley violated Rule 21F-17 by threatening to terminate company employees who spoke with the Commission staff or other government authorities. The SEC’s action is still pending.11 This is the only action to date in which the SEC alleged that an individual violated the anti-impeding provisions of the federal securities laws.

3. Merrill Lynch

On June 23, 2016, the SEC instituted a settled enforcement action against Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., and Merrill Lynch Professional Clearing Corp. (collectively, Merrill) in which Merrill agreed to pay $415 million in penalties, disgorgement, and prejudgment interest and admit liability for violating the Customer Protection Rule, Rule 21F-17, and other provisions.12 Although the case focused primarily on the Customer Protection Rule violations, the order also found that Merrill used language in certain severance agreements that prohibited former employees from disclosing the confidential information or trade secrets of Merrill to any person outside the firm, except pursuant to formal legal process or with the permission of an authorized Merrill representative. The agreement permitted departing employees to disclose confidential information if compelled by a court, administrative agency, or other authority, but it did not permit former employees to voluntarily disclose such information to these entities. In 2014, Merrill added language to its standard severance agreement providing that a departing employee was permitted to initiate communications directly with the SEC or other authorities, but limited the type of information that could be shared to (a) information relating to the severance agreement itself, or (b) the “underlying facts and circumstances” relating to the agreement.

The SEC charged Merrill with violating Rule 21F-17 even though the Commission’s order made clear there was no evidence that any Merrill employee actually was prevented from communicating with the Commission staff, and there was no evidence that Merrill took any action to enforce the confidentiality provisions so as to prevent an employee from communicating with the SEC. The order also cited Merrill’s substantial remedial acts, which included modifying the confidentiality provisions in its policies, procedures, and agreements. The new language clarifies that, with the exception of information that is protected from disclosure by an applicable law or privilege, nothing in Merrill’s updated language prohibits an employee from sharing information with the Commission without prior authorization or notice to the company. In addition, Merrill now requires employees to undergo annual training concerning their rights (a) to report possible violations of law to the Commission or other authorities without permission or notice to Merrill; (b) to report possible violations anonymously; and (c) to cooperate voluntarily with or respond to any inquiry from the Commission or other authorities.13

4. BlueLinx Holdings

On August 10, 2016, the SEC announced a settled action charging BlueLinx with violating Rule 21F-17 by using severance agreements that prohibited employees from disclosing confidential information unless compelled to do so by law or legal process, and required employees to either provide notice or obtain the legal department’s consent before making any such disclosure, without providing an exception that allowed employees to provide information voluntarily to the Commission or other authorities. In addition, the order found that BlueLinx required outgoing employees to waive their rights to monetary recovery if they submitted a whistleblower complaint to the SEC or another federal agency. According to the SEC’s order, BlueLinx added the latter provision to all of its severance agreements in mid-2013, nearly two years after the SEC’s adoption of Rule 21F-17. BlueLinx’s restrictive language forced employees leaving the company to waive possible whistleblower awards or risk losing their severance payments and other post-employment benefits. BlueLinx agreed to pay a $265,000 penalty, amend the language of its agreements, and make reasonable efforts to contact former employees who had executed severance agreements to notify them that the company did not prohibit former employees from providing documents or other information to the SEC staff without notice to the company or from accepting SEC whistleblower awards.

5. Health Net Inc.

Similarly, on August 16, 2016, Health Net Inc. agreed to pay a $340,000 penalty and consent to the entry of an order finding that the company violated Rule 21F-17 by using severance agreements that required outgoing employees who wanted to receive severance payments and other post-employment benefits to waive the ability to file applications for SEC whistleblower awards.14 According to the order, Health Net added the provision in August 2011 after the SEC adopted Rule 21F-17. Health Net removed the SEC-specific language from its severance agreements in June 2013, but retained restrictive language that removed the financial incentive for reporting information until finally striking all such restrictive language in 2015. The SEC’s order provided that the Commission found no evidence that HealthNet took action to enforce these provisions or that the provisions dissuaded an employee from providing information to the Commission. As part of the settlement, the company agreed to make reasonable efforts to contact former employees who had executed severance agreements to notify them that the company did not prohibit former employees from providing information to the SEC staff or from seeking and accepting SEC whistleblower awards.

6. AB InBev

On September 28, 2016, the SEC announced a settlement in which Anheuser-Busch InBev SA/NV (AB InBev) agreed to pay $6 million to settle charges that it violated the FCPA and violated Rule 21F-17 when its subsidiary entered into a separation agreement that stopped an employee from communicating with the SEC staff about the underlying conduct.15 According to the Commission’s order, the employee reported the potential FCPA violations to AB InBev personnel in 2010 and 2011. In 2012, AB InBev’s subsidiary terminated the employee. Later that year, following mediation of the employee’s potential employment law claims, AB InBev’s subsidiary and the employee entered into a separation agreement that prohibited the employee from disclosing the subsidiary’s confidential information, prohibited the employee from disclosing information concerning the substance of the separation agreement “except to the extent such disclosure may be required for accounting or tax purposes or as otherwise required by law,” and provided that the employee would be obligated to pay the subsidiary $250,000 as liquidated damages if he breached the separation agreement. The order provided that AB InBev had “used the same or similar language in other agreements in the past.” According to the order, the employee previously had been voluntarily communicating with the Commission staff, but stopped doing so because he believed the separation agreement prohibited him from doing so. The order stated that the employee only resumed speaking with the staff after receiving an administrative subpoena for documents and testimony. The order noted that, in 2015, AB InBev amended the separation agreements used for departing employees of its U.S. entities to make clear that the employees were not prohibited from reporting possible violations of law to governmental authorities or required to provide notice to the company.

7. NeuStar

On December 19, 2016, the Commission announced another Rule 21F-17 settlement, this time with NeuStar Inc., which agreed to pay a $180,000 penalty to resolve the charges.16 According to the order, between 2008 and May 2015, NeuStar entered into severance agreements with employees leaving the company that contained a nondisparagement clause. The clause prohibited employees from engaging in any communication that disparaged NeuStar with, among others, the SEC. The severance agreements also contained a forfeiture clause, which required employees to forfeit all but $100 of their severance compensation if they breached the nondisparagement clause. According to the order, the Commission did not find evidence that NeuStar took steps to enforce the nondisparagement clause, but found that the clause impeded at least one former employee from communicating with the Commission. The company revised its severance agreement template shortly after the Commission initiated an investigation, and undertook as part of the settlement to make reasonable efforts to contact former employees to notify them about the settlement and state that NeuStar did not prohibit them from communicating with the SEC about potential violations, without notice to or approval by the company.

8. BlackRock, Inc.

On January 17, 2017, the SEC announced a settlement with BlackRock, Inc. in which BlackRock agreed to pay a $340,000 penalty to resolve charges that it violated Rule 21F-17.17 According to the order, after the SEC adopted Rule 21F-17, BlackRock revised its separation agreements to include a clause requiring departing employees to waive recovery of incentives received for reporting misconduct to the government under Dodd-Frank or other provisions. More than 1,000 employees signed this version of the agreement. The agreement did not prohibit communication with the government, and BlackRock revised the agreement to remove the language in 2016 as part of an annual review before being contacted by the SEC. In addition, the order also stated that BlackRock was not aware of any employees impacted by the provision and took no action to enforce it. Nevertheless, the Commission found that BlackRock had “directly targeted the SEC’s whistleblower program by removing the critically important financial incentives that are intended to encourage persons to communicate directly with the Commission staff about possible securities law violations.” As part of its remedial efforts, BlackRock now conducts annual training on its updated “Global Policy for Reporting Illegal or Unethical Conduct,” which describes employees’ rights under the whistleblower provisions. The policy includes the right to report potential violations to the government without permission from BlackRock, the right to report potential violations to BlackRock anonymously, and the right to cooperate voluntarily with government inquiries. The policy also provides that employees will not be retaliated against for reporting potential violations.

9. HomeStreet Inc.

On January 19, 2016, the SEC announced a settlement with HomeStreet, Inc. in which HomeStreet agreed to pay a $500,000 penalty to resolve charges that it violated the books and records provisions in connection with its hedge accounting and took actions to impede potential whistleblowers who were knowledgeable about the violations from communicating with the SEC.18 In addition, the order found that HomeStreet included language in some of its severance agreements that although the release did not prohibit employees from speaking with the government, it “shall be considered a waiver of any damages or monetary recovery therefrom.” The order noted that the Commission was not aware of any instances of current or former employees impeded from communication with SEC staff.

According to the order, after the SEC served a document request on HomeStreet, executives at the company believed that a whistleblower had been the source of the SEC’s investigation and took actions to determine which employee had provided the SEC with information. The order found that HomeStreet violated Rule 21F-17 by asking certain employees whether they had been the whistleblower and stating that it might not indemnify the legal fees of a former executive that the company suspected to be the whistleblower.

As part of its remedial efforts, HomeStreet voluntarily revised the severance agreement to include language that nothing in the agreement limited the employee’s ability to communicate with any government agency, including providing documents or other information without notice to the Company, or the employee’s right to receive an award.

C. The SEC’s Anti-Retaliation Enforcement

Another way the SEC is looking to prevent a chilling effect on would-be whistleblowers is anti-retaliation enforcement actions. In the post-Dodd-Frank world, whistleblowers can now initiate a private action in federal court alleging retaliation and may even be able to inspire the SEC to initiate an enforcement action charging retaliation. Increased training on retaliation concepts can help companies avoid making a bad situation worse.

Section 21F(h)(1) of the Exchange Act prohibits employers from “discharg[ing], demot[ing], suspend[ing], threaten[ing], harass[ing], directly or indirectly, or in any other manner discriminat[ing] against, a whistleblower in the terms and conditions of employment” as a result of the whistleblower providing information to the SEC, and Section 21F(h)(2) of the Exchange Act creates a private right of action for the discharged individual. Rule 21F-2(b)(1)(iii) explicitly states that the anti-retaliation protections apply “whether or not [the whistleblower] satisf[ies] the requirements, procedures and conditions to qualify for an award.” In addition, Rule 21F-2(b)(2) provides that violations of the anti-retaliation provisions are enforceable by the Commission.

To date, the SEC has brought enforcement actions against several companies for retaliating against whistleblowers, including when the whistleblowers never blew the whistle to the SEC. Again, these cases provide some insight on what the SEC considers inappropriate corporate behavior in response to whistleblower complaints.

1. Paradigm Capital

The first enforcement case in this area was announced in June 2014 when the SEC instituted and settled a cease and desist proceeding against Paradigm Capital Management. The enforcement action focused primarily on improper principal transactions, but the SEC also made findings that Paradigm retaliated against the trader who reported the underlying conduct internally and to the SEC. The SEC found that when Paradigm’s head trader reported the prohibited transactions internally to Paradigm, he was removed from his position, assigned to investigate the conduct in a compliance assistant role, prohibited from accessing his e-mail and other internal resources needed to conduct the investigation, and otherwise marginalized before he eventually resigned from the firm. Paradigm’s owner also was charged with causing the trading-related violations, but not with retaliation. Paradigm agreed to pay disgorgement of $1.7 million, a civil monetary penalty of $300,000, and prejudgment interest of $181,771.19

In April 2015, the SEC paid an award to the whistleblower in this case. The SEC noted that the whistleblower received the maximum award possible—30 percent of the amounts collected—and added that the whistleblower “suffered unique hardships, including retaliation, as a result of reporting to the Commission.” The SEC used the announcement of this award to underscore its commitment to protecting whistleblowers against retaliation and to encourage potential whistleblowers to come forward with information.20

2. IGT

On September 29, 2016, the SEC announced a settled cease and desist proceeding with International Game Technology (IGT). IGT agreed to pay a $500,000 penalty to settle charges that it violated Exchange Act section 21F(h) when it terminated an employee after he raised concerns about pricing methodology used for parts.21 According to the order, the employee, who had positive performance evaluations throughout his time at IGT, raised concerns through IGT’s whistleblower hotline about IGT’s accounting for refurbished parts. The day after he reported internally, the whistleblower submitted a complaint to the Commission and advised IGT he had done so. After an internal investigation conducted with help from outside counsel, IGT determined there was no issue with its accounting. While the investigation was ongoing, the whistleblower was removed from two important professional activities, and his employment was terminated once the investigation was complete. In its press release, the SEC highlighted this as its first stand-alone retaliation case and does not indicate that the investigation is ongoing into any potential violations.22

3. SandRidge

On December 20, 2016, the SEC announced another cease and desist proceeding in this area, this time against SandRidge Energy, Inc. for violating both the anti-retaliation prohibition in section 21F(h) of the Exchange Act and the anti-impeding restriction in Rule 21F-17.23 SandRidge agreed to pay a penalty of $1.4 million to settle the enforcement action. According to the order, SandRidge’s separation agreement used between August 2011 and April 2015 included one or more of the following: a clause that prohibited voluntary cooperation with government agencies in any proceeding or investigation about SandRidge, a clause that prohibited sharing confidential information with the government, absent written agreement from SandRidge, and/or an anti-defamation clause which included prohibitions against criticizing SandRidge in communications with the government. At the request of employees or their counsel, this language was modified or deleted on a case-by-case basis.

Almost 900 former SandRidge employees received the form agreement with one or more of these clauses, including more than 100 after SandRidge became aware of the SEC enforcement action regarding KBR’s use of similar provisions. At the time many of these agreements were put into place, SandRidge was under investigation by the SEC.

After a request from Commission staff, SandRidge modified its form agreement, communicated the amendments to former employees, and amended corporate codes and policies as part of the update. The SEC’s order found that one former employee refused to speak with Commission staff based on the agreement, even after receiving the amendments.

In addition, the order found that SandRidge retaliated against a whistleblower who raised concerns about the company’s accounting for oil and gas reserves. After searching the whistleblower’s e-mails for external communications containing disparaging remarks about SandRidge, and without investigating the concerns outside of an incomplete review by internal audit, SandRidge terminated the whistleblower as part of a large-scale reduction in force. The separation agreement provided to the whistleblower contained the violative provisions, and when the whistleblower’s counsel objected to the provisions, SandRidge would not agree to remove them until it had reviewed the matter, including interviewing the whistleblower.

4. Circuit Split on the Need for Reporting to the SEC

As discussed, Dodd-Frank added protections that prohibit employers from “discharg[ing], demot[ing], suspend[ing], threaten[ing], harass[ing], directly or indirectly, or in any other manner discriminat[ing] against, a whistleblower in the terms and conditions of employment”24 as a result of the whistleblower providing information to the SEC. This section, however, does not define whether to qualify a putative whistleblower must report to the government, as is required to receive an award, or whether internal reporting alone is sufficient. This ambiguity led both to the SEC issuing a clarifying statement and to a circuit split on how this language should be read. The Supreme Court has agreed to resolve the split and will hear arguments on the case from the Ninth Circuit in the next term.

On July 17, 2013, the Fifth Circuit was the first federal circuit court to weigh in on this issue. Its decision in Asadi v. G.E. Energy LLC held that in order to receive retaliation protection, a whistleblower must report to the SEC, not just internally to the company.25 In response to this decision, on August 4, 2015, the SEC announced its view that under the retaliation provisions of Dodd-Frank and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, a whistleblower who reported internally need not have reported to the SEC in order to be protected against retaliation.26

Then, shortly after the SEC issued its interpretive release, on September 10, 2015, the Second Circuit decided Berman v. Neo@Ogilvy LLC, adopting the SEC’s definition of “whistleblower” in relation to the anti-retaliation provisions of Dodd-Frank as including individuals who report violations internally within their company, and not to the SEC itself.27 The Second Circuit’s opinion created a circuit split.

On January 13, 2017, the Sixth Circuit affirmed the lower court’s decision in Verble v. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney that the former employee at issue did not garner whistleblower protection.28 However, unlike the district court, which had dismissed Verble’s Dodd-Frank retaliation claim because he did not report to the SEC prior to termination, the Sixth Circuit found that the complaint filed in the district court did not contain adequate factual information about Verble’s cooperation with the FBI or any other law enforcement agency. Because of defects in Verble’s complaint, the Sixth Circuit declined to reach the question of whether the whistleblower had garnered protection even if he did not report to the government. As a result, the Sixth Circuit has not yet weighed in on either side of the argument.

Similarly, on April 12, 2017, in an opinion marked nonprecedential, the Third Circuit in Danon v. Vanguard Group Inc. vacated a district court’s dismissal of Danon’s retaliation claim under Dodd-Frank (while upholding dismissal of claims under Sarbanes-Oxley and Pennsylvania whistleblower law) and sent the case back to the district court.29 Like the Sixth Circuit, the Third Circuit did not weigh in on whether a whistleblower is required to report to the SEC in order to receive protection under Dodd-Frank.

Meanwhile, however, on March 8, 2017, the Ninth Circuit entered the debate with its decision in Somers v. Digital Realty Trust, Inc., following the Second Circuit and holding that whistleblowers that make only internal disclosures are protected as well as those who make disclosures to the SEC.30 The SEC filed amicus briefs in Verble, Somers, and Danon, as well as in Berman, all in support of its view in the interpretive release.

After declining Verble’s request for certiorari on the merits of the case, including whether his internal reporting afforded him protection from retaliation,31 on June 26, 2017, the Supreme Court granted certiorari on Digital Realty Trust’s petition. Digital Realty Trust petitioned the Supreme Court to decide “[w]hether the anti-retaliation provision for ‘whistleblowers’ in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 extends to individuals who have not reported alleged misconduct to the Securities and Exchange Commission and thus fall outside the Act’s definition of a ‘whistleblower.’”32

D. Best Practices for Complying with the SEC’s Whistleblower Rules

Company counsel and compliance officers can apply lessons from more than five years of the SEC’s whistleblower program in three areas: (1) protecting confidential information without “impeding” whistleblowers; (2) dealing responsibly with possible whistleblowers without retaliating; and (3) assessing how the whistleblower program impacts decisions about whether to self-report information concerning possible federal securities law violations. Corporate directors may want to consider asking about steps their companies have taken in these areas in order to help protect against future SEC enforcement liability and to take action before derivative plaintiffs inspire it (and seek payment for doing so).

1. Protecting Confidential Information without “Impeding”

The current state of affairs appears to be that although a company can maintain commercial confidential information from its competitors, if an individual believes there is a violation of law and that commercial secrets must be exposed to demonstrate the violation, that individual cannot be impeded from reporting to the government. Of course, if that happens and the information is contained in nonprivileged documents produced to the SEC, this information could be subject to Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests or subpoenas in civil litigations. Although FOIA offers some protections from disclosure for documents and information that contain trade secrets and confidential information, or documents that are related to an ongoing government investigation, a whistleblower’s production of this information to the SEC increases the risk that such information will be disclosed because the whistleblower will almost certainly not request FOIA confidential treatment, and there is the chance that a company will not receive notice of, and thus will not have an opportunity to contest, a FOIA request.33 Consequently, regulated entities and public companies should periodically review their employment, confidentiality, and severance agreements, as well as their policies, procedures, and practices, to determine how best to protect their commercial secrets while not impeding current or former employees from communicating with the SEC staff about potential securities law violations.

a. Review Language of Employment, Confidentiality, and Severance Agreements

The Commission’s Rule 21F-17 cases provide several clear lessons to apply when reviewing the language of template employment, confidentiality, and separation agreements.

  • DON’T impose blanket prohibitions on disclosing the particulars of an interview conducted as part of an internal investigation, or the subject matter covered during that interview. (KBR)
  • DON’T restrict the kinds of information that employees may voluntarily disclose to the SEC. (Merrill Lynch)
  • DON’T require employees to provide notice or obtain permission before sharing confidential information with the SEC. (BlueLinx)
  • DON’T require employees to waive their rights to a monetary award if they provide information to the SEC or other authorities. (BlueLinx, HealthNet)
  • DON’T require employees to pay liquidated damages or forfeit severance compensation if they breach their separation agreements by disclosing confidential information to the SEC. (AB InBev, NeuStar)

In addition to spelling out problematic practices, the Commission’s orders also have positively described remedial steps and language changes made by the settling parties. Given the Commission’s favorable comments, regulated entities and public companies should evaluate whether these steps make sense for their own templates, including:

  • DO make clear in internal trainings, and potentially even in agreements themselves, that employees may voluntarily disclose confidential information to the SEC, and are not limited to doing so only when compelled by law or legal process.

b. Revisit Practices Regarding the Sharing and Treatment of Confidential or Legally Privileged Information

Regulated entities and companies also may want to consider more carefully who has a need to access confidential or legally privileged information within a company. This applies to oral conversations as well as written documents because in jurisdictions that require only single-party consent for recording, counsel for whistleblowers have reported receiving surreptitiously recorded conversations, which then may become a part of the whistleblower’s claim.

Of course, there is only so much that a company can do to prevent an employee from taking documents, including privileged ones, without authorization and providing them to the SEC. Although the SEC’s whistleblower regulations removes information obtained “by a means or in a manner that is determined by a United States court to violate applicable federal or state criminal law” from the definition of “original information” that makes a whistleblower eligible for an award,34 the government’s desire for quality tips seems to outweigh its skepticism for the integrity of individuals who steal documents from their employers, and supporting documents can bolster the credibility of a whistleblower’s allegations. Confidentiality agreements can provide an additional layer of protection35 and can serve as a reminder to employees.

To its credit, if the SEC staff is aware that materials provided by purported whistleblowers may contain communications protected by the attorney-client privilege, the SEC staff may use “taint teams” to review materials and to isolate them from the main investigative team.36 This is an imperfect solution at best because it does nothing to prevent disclosure of confidential or competitively sensitive materials, and evaluating potential privilege claims often requires detailed factual information from parties with whom the taint team has no contact. The best defense against the risk of having privileged corporate information revealed in an SEC enforcement investigation is to train individuals who interact with counsel on how to identify and label privileged materials. In the event that any such documents were to be provided to the SEC without authorization, this practice will assist the SEC’s taint teams to more easily identify and segregate potentially privileged information.

2. Responsibly Address Internal Reports of Potential Misconduct without Retaliating

Prohibitions on retaliation against whistleblowers are not new, and company managers have been trained on this topic for many years. For example, in the wake of another comprehensive business statute, the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, many companies thoroughly reviewed, and in some instances restructured, their policies and procedures for handling whistleblower claims, including prohibitions on retaliation and how whistleblower complaints should be reported to a board-level committee. Given the growth and greater visibility of the SEC’s whistleblower program, however, and the SEC’s power under Dodd Frank to bring enforcement actions alleging retaliation, it is more important than ever to pay attention to this important area of corporate governance.

Although there is a circuit split as to whether a potential whistleblower must report concerns to the SEC in order to be eligible for protection from retaliation, the SEC itself has remained clear that even whistleblowers who merely report their concerns internally to their supervisors or others in the company qualify for anti-retaliation protection.37 Accordingly, it is best to treat concerns raised carefully and seriously every time.

In fact, studies show this issue presents itself frequently. One 2015 study reported that “the average whistleblower is someone who most likely went to the company first. A staggering 92% of reporters turn to somebody inside the company when they first report misconduct.”38 In addition, the SEC’s 2016 Annual Report indicates that “[o]f the award recipients who were current or former employees of the entity, approximately 80% raised their concerns internally to their supervisors or compliance personnel, or understood that their supervisor or relevant compliance personnel knew of the violations, before reporting their information of wrongdoing to the Commission.” Potential whistleblowers can be motivated by a concern that the law was violated, yet may have a limited perspective within the company and lack the information necessary to see why inferences about apparent misconduct are not correct. Today’s policies and procedures could address this challenge by institutionalizing and facilitating communications with the whistleblowers about steps taken to investigate and address the concern. Knowing action is being taken, and understanding the bigger picture where appropriate, may alleviate the potential whistleblower’s worry.

Of course, whistleblowers also may be motivated by a desire to maximize their leverage in an already existing employment disagreement. This makes strong training for supervisors especially valuable. The SEC’s rules prohibit “discharg[ing], demot[ing], suspend[ing], threaten[ing], harass[ing], directly or indirectly, or in any other manner discriminat[ing] against, a whistleblower in the terms and conditions of employment because of any lawful act done by the whistleblower.”39 When a whistleblower is under stress, many actions that are benign and completely justified in the normal course can be viewed as retaliatory by the whistleblower and potentially by the SEC.

Managing the whistleblower reporting process internally is crucial. It is important that companies set the right tone, get back to people who raise issues where possible, or let them know not to expect a response and why. To help guard against taking any actions that could be perceived as retaliatory, companies should consider the following precautions. First, it is critical that supervisors are trained to recognize potential whistleblower complaints and how to handle them. Supervisors often treat complaints as routine in the ordinary course of the employee’s job or simply the result of a disgruntled employee, and as such, companies may not have the opportunity to adequately investigate and address the complaint at an early stage.

Maintaining the confidentiality of whistleblower reports is of the utmost importance. Information about whistleblower reports should be shared on a need-to-know basis, and care should be taken to screen off any senior managers who are alleged to have been involved in the reported violations from employment decisions about the whistleblower. In situations involving anonymous whistleblower reports, business leaders may push to identify the source of the complaint. Counsel and compliance officers should resist such efforts to avoid the potential for retaliation or actions that could be perceived as retaliatory. Companies should have formal processes to track whistleblower complaints and to ensure the correct level of coordination between the whistleblower process and human resources when it comes to both performance reviews and personnel actions.

3. The Whistleblower Program’s Impact on Whether to Self-Report Potential Violations

Under former Chair White and former Enforcement Director Ceresney, the SEC launched a number of initiatives designed to encourage companies and regulated entities to self-report potential violations. These initiatives include, among others, requiring entities to self-report potential FCPA violations to be eligible for deferred prosecution agreements (DPAs) or Non-Prosecution Agreements (NPAs),40 the Municipalities Continuing Disclosure Cooperation (MCDC) Initiative, and the Customer Protection Rule Initiative. To promote these efforts, the Commission has used a combination of carrots, including the possibility of quicker investigations and more lenient sanctions for entities that self-report, as well as sticks, including the threat of larger, more time-consuming investigations that result in significantly greater sanctions. It remains to be seen whether new leadership at the SEC will maintain the emphasis on the importance of self-reporting. Until the Commission or its staff provide new guidance, however, it would be prudent for companies, regulated entities, and their counsel to operate as though the same policies and approaches remain in effect.

Throughout his tenure as director, Ceresney reinforced how, in the staff’s view, the existence of the whistleblower program should incentivize companies and regulated entities to self-report violations.41 For example, in his September 14, 2016 speech about the whistleblower program, Ceresney specifically noted that tips about FCPA violations and accounting and offering frauds were particularly helpful to the staff. He particularly emphasized the impact of the whistleblower program on FCPA enforcement and self-reporting:

Here, though, I want to highlight a subsidiary benefit of the whistleblower program. We are often alerted to FCPA violations by companies self-reporting violations. The program has vastly increased the incentives for companies to self-report misconduct to us, as companies are aware that we may receive information from other sources if they are not forthcoming with us, and as I have emphasized before, if we learn the company made the decision not to self-report after learning of misconduct, there will be consequences. So even before the tips are sent, the impact of the program manifests in other ways as well.42

As a result, companies and regulated entities that do not self-report run increased risks that whistleblowers will bring information to the SEC staff first, undermining the entities’ ability to receive cooperation credit.

Of course, there are costs as well as benefits to self-reporting, and it would be ill-advised for companies and regulated entities to self-report to the SEC every time an employee raises questions about an issue. For example, under the official DPA and NPA policy for FCPA cases, if a whistleblower beats a company through the door in reporting to the SEC, the company loses outcome opportunities. On the other hand, companies also must consider that early self-reporting could lead to incurring unnecessary investigation costs if it is later determined that there was no actual violation, or to unrealistic expectations of significant cooperation credit from self-reporting when the circumstances made the company an unlikely candidate for a DPA or NPA.

Accordingly, companies and regulated entities must make concerted efforts to monitor internal reporting mechanisms, evaluate whether they are sufficiently triaging these reports with the appropriate sense of urgency, and consider consulting with sophisticated counsel to determine whether and when to report potential misconduct.

E. Conclusion

Although companies and their counsel may feel the whistleblower program goes too far in encouraging employees to go straight to the SEC with their concerns, rather than raising them internally, the program has become a well-established part of the Commission’s enforcement program that seems to be here to stay. As a result, companies and their counsel must pay careful attention to how they handle internal reports of potential problems. Not only is it important to avoid actions that could be viewed as chilling employees’ ability to provide information to the SEC or as retaliatory, it is important to have robust processes in place to investigate and address reports of potential problems. If employers create a climate in which employees feel confident that if they raise concerns internally, those concerns will be addressed, and they will be protected from retaliation, the data shows that they will be much less likely to contact the SEC.

__________

1. Financial CHOICE Act of 2017, H.R. 10, 115th Cong. § 828 (2017). Currently, whistleblowers who are criminally convicted for related conduct are barred from receiving an award, 15 U.S.C. § 21F(c)(2)(B), and for all whistleblowers, culpability is a factor in determining the award amount. 17 CFR § 240.21F-16. The SEC has awarded money to at least three whistleblowers that it described as culpable in the award orders. See Whistleblower Award Proceeding No. 2016.7, Exchange Act Release No. 77530 (Apr. 5, 2016) (claimant 1’s award offset by amounts outstanding from judgment against claimant); Whistleblower Award Proceeding No. 2016-16, Exchange Act Release No. 78719 (Aug, 30, 2016) (noting that factors mitigating the claimant’s culpability were considered in arriving at the award amount); and Whistleblower Award Proceeding No. 2017-7, Exchange Act No. 80115 (Feb. 28, 2017) (noting that claimant’s award was reduced due to culpability and delay in reporting).

2. Of course, the SEC’s whistleblower reward program is only one of many in the federal government. See, e.g., programs at the U.S. Commodities and Futures Trading Commission, the Internal Revenue Service, and a new program set up in the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act of 2016 to provide incentives for reporting information on motor vehicle defects or noncompliance with reporting requirements, as well as the longstanding False Claims Act program administered by the Department of Justice. The SEC’s program has paved the way for creative rulemaking and enforcement by these other agencies, however, and is both important in its own right and important for what it portends in potential expansions in other government programs.

3. 2016 Annual Report to Congress on the Dodd-Frank Whistleblower Program (2016 Annual Report), at 23.

4. 2016 Annual Report, at 23–26.

5See Whistleblower Awards Over $150 Million for Tips Resulting in Enforcement Actions. In order to be eligible for an award, a whistleblower must “voluntarily” provide information that is “original” and that leads to a “successful enforcement action” with monetary sanctions exceeding $1 million. Awards range between 10 and 30 percent of the total sanctions, which may be divided among multiple whistleblowers.

6. See Chair Mary Jo White, The SEC as the Whistleblower’s Advocate, Speech at the Ray Garrett, Jr. Corporate and Securities Law Institute-Northwestern University School of Law, Chicago, Illinois (Apr. 30, 2015).

7. See Andrew Ceresney, Director, Division of Enforcement, The SEC’s Whistleblower Program: The Successful Early Years, Speech at the Sixteenth Annual Taxpayers Against Fraud Conference (Sept. 14, 2016) (hereinafter September 14, 2016 Ceresney Speech).

8. National Exam Program Risk Alert, Examining Whistleblower Rule Compliance (Oct. 24, 2016).

9. Id.

10. In the Matter of KBR, Inc., Exchange Act Release No. 74619 (Apr. 1, 2015).

11. SEC v. Crumbley, et al., Civil Action No. 3:16-CV-00172 (N.D. Tex.) (Jan. 21, 2016).

12. In the Matter of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., et al., Exchange Act Release No. 78141 (June 23, 2016).

13. In the Matter of BlueLinx Holdings Inc., Exchange Act Release No. 78528 (Aug. 10, 2016).

14. In the Matter of Health Net Inc., Exchange Act Release No. 78590 (Aug. 16, 2016).

15. In the Matter of Anheuser-Busch InBev SA/NV, Exchange Act Release No. 78957 (Sept. 28, 2016).

16. In the Matter of NeuStar, Inc., Exchange Act Release No. 79593 (Dec. 19, 2016).

17. In the Matter of BlackRock, Inc., Exchange Act Release No. 79804 (Jan. 17, 2017).

18. In the Matter of HomeStreet Inc. & Van Amen., Exchange Act Release No. 79844 (Jan. 19, 2017).

19. In the Matter of Paradigm Capital Management, Inc., et al., Exchange Act Release No. 72393 (June 16, 2014).

20. Press Release No. 2015-75, SEC Announces Award to Whistleblower in First Retaliation Case (Apr. 28, 2015).

21. In the Matter of International Game Technology, Exchange Act Release No. 78991 (Sept. 29, 2016).

22. Press Release No. 2016-204, SEC: Casino-Gaming Company Retaliated Against Whistleblower (Sept. 29, 2016).

23. In the Matter of SandRidge Energy, Inc., Exchange Act Release No. 79607 (Dec. 20, 2016).

24. Section 21F(h)(1) of the Exchange Act.

25Asadi v. G.E. Energy, LLC, 720 F.3d 620 (5th Cir. 2013).

26. See Interpretation of the SEC’s Whistleblower Rules under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Exchange Act Release No. 75592 (Aug. 4, 2015).

27. Berman v. Neo@Ogilvy LLC, 801 F.3d 145 (2d Cir. 2015).

28. Verble v. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, No. 15-6397 (6th. Cir. Jan 13, 2017).

29. Danon v. Vanguard Group, Inc., No. 16-2881 (3d Cir. Apr. 12, 2017).

30. Somers v. Digital Realty Trust, Inc., No. 15-17352 (9th Cir. Mar. 8, 2017).

31. Supreme Court Order List, Mar. 20, 2017, at 4.

32. Petition for Writ of Certiorari, Digital Realty Trust, Inc. v. Somers, No. 16-1276 (Apr. 25. 2017).

33. Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. § 552. “Trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential” are protected from disclosure by an exception. 5 U.S.C. § 552(b)(4). However, the limits of “commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential” are not clearly delineated.

34. 17 C.F.R. § 240.21F-4(b)(4)(iv).

35. In other contexts, courts have held that whistleblower laws do not allow employees unfettered access to documents in order to blow the whistle. See JDS Uniphase Corp. v. Jennings, 473 F. Supp. 2d 697, 702 (E.D. Va. 2007) (“By no means can the policy fairly be said to authorize disgruntled employees to pilfer a wheelbarrow full of an employer’s proprietary documents in violation of their contract merely because it might help them blow the whistle on an employer’s violations of law, real or imagined. Endorsing such theft or conversion would effectively invalidate most confidentiality agreements, as employees would feel free to haul away proprietary documents, computers, or hard drives, in contravention of their confidentiality agreements, knowing they could later argue they needed the documents to pursue suits against employers under a variety of statutes protecting employees from retaliation for publicly reporting wrongdoing, such as Sarbanes-Oxley, the False Claims Act, and the Fair Labor Standards Act, or other statutes prohibiting retaliation for activity in opposition to discrimination.” (Internal citations omitted)); Xyngular Corp. v. Schenkel, 200 F. Supp. 3d 1273, 1318–19 (D. Ut. 2016) (noting that “federal courts have been leery to protect whistleblowers who improperly acquired their employers’ property” and that even if defendant was acting “solely as a sincere whistleblower, he likely would not have enjoyed an unfettered ability to collect documents” from his employer).

36.  Whistleblower guides published by law firms who represent whistleblowers address the issue of attorney-client privileged information and caution against its provision to the government. See, e.g. SEC WHISTLEBLOWER PROGRAM, Tips from SEC Whistleblower Attorneys to Maximize an SEC Whistleblower Award, at 15, Zuckerman Law (“Finally, whistleblowers should not provide all types of evidence. The SEC does not want, for example, information that may violate the company’s attorney-client privilege. If a whistleblower has questionable evidence, he or she should consult with an attorney and should potentially notify the SEC to have its taint team handle the evidence.); Marshall, David, The SEC Whistleblower Practice Guide, at 22 (“Do not include attorney-client privileged communications in your client’s submission to the SEC. The Commission will not consider the information, and its receipt of such communications will in itself delay or even discourage the SEC’s consideration of the submission as a whole. If unsure about potentially privileged materials, speak with the Office of the Whistleblower and/or Enforcement staff assigned to the investigation about the possibility of having an SEC ‘filter’ team screen certain documents to prevent staff involved in the investigation from viewing privilege materials, possibly resulting in their disqualification from the investigation.”).

37. See Interpretation of the SEC’s Whistleblower Rules under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Exchange Act Release No. 34-75592 (Aug. 5, 2015).

38. The Network, a NAVEX Global Company, Embracing Whistleblowers: Understand the Real Risk and Cultivate a Culture of Reporting, at 4. See also 2016 Annual Report, at 18 (“Of the award recipients who were current or former employees of the entity, approximately 80% raised their concerns internally to their supervisors or compliance personnel, or understood that their supervisor or relevant compliance personnel knew of the violations, before reporting their information of wrongdoing to the Commission.”).

39.  15 U.S.C. § 78u-6 (h)(1)(A) (2010).

40. Andrew Ceresney, Director, SEC Division of Enforcement, Keynote Address at ACI’s 32nd FCPA Conference (Nov. 17, 2015).

41. Speaking a conference on corporate accountability, then-chief of the Fraud Section of the Department of Justice Andrew Weissmann said that the DOJ was focused on encouraging companies to voluntarily disclose wrongdoing of their own volition, rather than waiting to hear the “loud footsteps” of the government.  See Adam Dobrik, We’ll improve incentives for early self-disclosure, says DoJ fraud chief, Global Investigations Review (Jun. 4, 2015) available at: http://globalinvestigationsreview.com/article/1017558/well-improve-incentives-for-early-self-disclosure-says-doj-fraud-chief.

42. See September 14, 2016 Ceresney Speech.

Securities Regulators Warn That Certain “ICOs” May Be Subject to Securities Laws

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) recently dampened the market for initial coin offerings (ICOs). This action may have been an opening salvo in what appears to be a growing consensus of securities regulators globally about the application of the securities laws to certain aspects of the ICO marketplace, driven in part by the potential for fraud, money laundering, and circumvention of securities laws in the ICO marketplace.

SEC Action

On July 25, 2017, the SEC issued an investigative report warning that digital tokens may be securities under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Securities Act) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) and, therefore, subject to regulation under the federal securities laws. See Report of Investigation Pursuant to Section 21(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: The DAO, SEC Release No. 81207 (July 25, 2017) (the Report). The Report presents significant legal ramifications for certain issuers of ICOs and their intermediaries, which threatens to frustrate some of the motivating rationales for the use of ICOs, namely, the ease of fundraising and the flexible resale of tokens on a secondary basis. The subsequent resale of a digital token that is an unregistered security not subject to a valid exemption could itself be a violation of the securities laws. The SEC Report and the accompanying investor bulletin, which expresses concern about potential fraud and unregulated capital formation, are clearly designed to send a message that the SEC is scrutinizing the ICO marketplace. Coincident with the Report, the SEC issued an investor bulletin cautioning investors about the risk of fraud in the ICO market. Subsequent to the Report, the SEC issued an investor alert that highlighted enforcement concerns with ICOs and detailed several cases in which the SEC suspended trading in digital tokens issued in ICOs. Recent news accounts also indicate that at least one ICO issuer determined to cease operations and issue refunds after it was contacted by SEC staff.

The Report, which analyzes distributed ledger tokens issued by a virtual organization known as “The DAO,” makes clear that the SEC will scrutinize the facts and circumstances of a token offering under the traditional test for determining whether an instrument meets the definition of an “investment contract” and is therefore a security, as articulated by the Supreme Court in SEC v. W.J. Howey Co., 328 U.S. 293, 301 (1946). Under the Howey test, an investment contract exists when a transaction involves an investment of money or other valuable consideration in a common enterprise with a reasonable expectation of profits to be derived from the entrepreneurial or managerial efforts of others. Where an ICO is done to raise start-up capital for an enterprise, a separate set of considerations may lead to a finding that the digital tokens issued in the ICO are securities even if they would not be considered as such under the Howey test . In applying the Howey test to The DAO tokens, the SEC focused on whether the tokens (i) created a commonality of interests between the purchaser and the enterprise, and (ii) vested voting or other ownership rights similar to the rights associated with traditional equity investments.

Issuers of tokens and their intermediaries should review with counsel the applicability of the Howey test to any outstanding or contemplated ICO. Deeming a token a security creates a cascading set of implications under the U.S. securities laws, including with respect to the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and the Investment Company Act of 1940. Issuers and intermediaries should take particular care to potential implications under the Exchange Act, including broker-dealer registration requirements, compliance with Regulation Crowdfunding, and registered exchange requirements. All participants making representations about an ICO or the associated smart contract must understand that they may be liable under the antifraud provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act for material misstatements, omissions, or other forms of deceit.

Failure to comply with applicable securities laws may result in civil penalties, which may include investor rescission rights and monetary penalties as well as criminal penalties. Additionally, issuers and intermediaries must consider issues such as anti-money laundering obligations, Commodity Futures Trading Commission regulations, cybersecurity protections, tax structuring, and money transmitter laws.

Non-U.S. Regulator Actions

In addition to looking at U.S. regulatory issues, participants in ICOs and other token transactions must be mindful of non-U.S. regulatory issues. Many digital token offerings involve cross-border structures or participation. The consensus of regulators that ICOs may implicate non-U.S. securities laws is important because many ICOs have been structured, often ineffectively, to avoid offerings in the United States under the presumption that digital tokens issued in transactions outside the United States may not be regarded as securities.

After the SEC issued the Report, securities regulators in several countries issued warnings about the application of their securities laws to ICOs and the intermediaries and cryptocurrency exchanges that support them:

  • The Canadian Securities Administrators issued a notice that stated that many cryptocurrency offerings involve sales of securities under Canadian law. See Cryptocurrency Offerings, CSA Staff Notice 46-307 (Aug. 24, 2017).
  • On September 3, 2017, South Korea’s Financial Supervision Commission, in conjunction with the Korea Fair Trade Commission and the National Tax Service, announced plans to introduce regulations on the trading of digital currencies in South Korea and indicated that “punishments” could be assessed against international ICOs involving the sale of “securities.”
  • On September 4, 2017, the People’s Bank of China (PBOC) and other Chinese financial regulators went further than regulators in other countries, calling ICOs an illegal public financing activity and outright banning ICOs in China. (The Chinese language edict may be found here. An unofficial translation may be found here.) As a result of this pronouncement, sponsors should analyze whether they must unwind transactions with Chinese investors and return investor funds. Given the crucial role that Chinese investors have played in the growth of the ICO market and the recent rise in valuations, this sweeping ban may have a chilling impact on the ICO market.
  • Also on September 4, 2017, the Central Bank of the Russian Federation warned about the risks of exchanging cryptocurrencies and participating in ICOs. (The Russian language version may be found here. A summary news article may be found here.) The bank stated that, at the present time, it would not allow tokens to be used on official exchanges in Russia.
  • The day after the PBOC’s edict, the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission (SFC) cautioned that digital tokens in ICOs may involve the sale of securities and therefore would need to comply with the Hong Kong securities laws. See SFC, Statement on Initial Coin Offerings (Sept. 5, 2017).

It should be expected that regulators in other countries are examining the implications of ICOs under their respective securities and financial markets laws and may express similar views. Regulators in other jurisdictions, including Ukraine and the United Arab Emirates, have recently joined the list of those expressing concerns about the status of cryptocurrencies and ICOs, although regulators in Japan and in Taiwan have taken a more benign view.  The securities regulators will probably look to apply their view of the law on ICOs where the issuer is in their country or if investors in their country receive marketing materials about an ICO or purchase a token issued in an ICO.

In conclusion, securities regulators globally appear to be coalescing on the securities implications for certain digital token issuers and the intermediaries for such offerings. Because of the market’s evolving nature and the distinct possibility of disruptive enforcement action, participants in this burgeoning market should carefully analyze existing and contemplated ICOs under applicable securities laws.

Canadian M&A Activity Continues to Grow as Securities Regulators Remain Focused on Protecting Minority Shareholder

Notwithstanding the similarities between mergers and acquisitions (M&A) deal practice in Canada and the United States, there remains stark differences between our M&A landscapes.

For example, whereas securities legislation and regulators in Canada tend to focus on the protection of shareholder rights and ensuring minority shareholders have a voice in change-of-control transactions, U.S. courts appear to espouse a more director-centric model, which places a much greater emphasis on the role of boards. The focus on minority shareholder rights may simply be reflective of the fact that Canadian public companies are, on average, much smaller than their U.S. counterparts and are more likely to have controlling shareholders or groups of shareholders that materially affect control. As a result, transactions are more likely to be undertaken with insiders of a Canadian public company or other related parties, which could prove detrimental to minority shareholders.

The size of M&A transactions in Canada is another significant difference. Because Canadian companies are generally smaller than U.S. companies, transactions sizes are correspondingly smaller. The middle market continues to be the bedrock of Canadian M&A activity, and although the appetite for middle-market deals in the United States is similarly robust, the vast majority of M&A transactions in Canada have deal values under CDN$250 million.

This article reviews recent trends in the Canadian M&A landscape and then highlights two regulatory developments that reflect the ongoing focus of securities regulators on the protection of the rights of minority shareholders of Canadian public companies.

M&A Trends

The overall Canadian M&A climate in the last several years has been marked by significant growth. In Q1 2017, for example, announced deals represented a five-year high, or an 11 percent increase over the previous quarter, and a 28 percent increase over Q1 2016. Most significantly, however, is the fact that the majority of the activity (91 percent of all transactions with reported values) came from transactions with deal values under CDN$250 million. These trends were consistent with the data for Q2 2017.

Cross-border transactions continue to account for a considerable portion of activity, with 47 percent of all transactions involving either a foreign target or a foreign buyer. Despite the relatively weaker Canadian dollar, Canadian companies saw an increase in cross-border deal flow, with 152 (versus 132 in Q1 2016) inbound transactions, and 207 (versus 151 in Q1 2016) outbound transactions recorded in Q1 2017. Overall, however, outbound M&A continues to outpace inbound activity, with Canadian firms outnumbering the number of foreigners acquiring Canadian companies by a factor of 1.4 times. This is consistent with past trends whereby cross-border M&A is more weighted towards outbound investment from Canada into the United States in terms of both number and value of transactions. Indeed, the value of outbound transactions exceeded the value of inbound transactions in Q2 2017 by more than four times.

Regulation of M&A Activity

M&A activity in Canada is regulated under provincial and federal corporate laws, provincial securities laws (in each of the 10 provinces and three territories), and stock exchange rules. The two principal stock exchanges in Canada are the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) (senior market) and the TSX Venture Exchange (junior market). These exchanges regulate selected aspects of M&A activity.

The provincial and territorial securities regulatory authorities coordinate their activities through the Canadian Securities Administrators (CSA), a forum for developing a harmonized approach to securities regulation across the country. The CSA has developed a system of mutual reliance pursuant to which one securities regulatory authority acts as the lead authority for reviewing regulatory filings of “reporting issuers” (e.g., Canadian public companies). The Ontario Securities Commission (OSC) is generally regarded as the lead securities regulatory authority in Canada.

Changes to Take-Over Bid Legislation

On May 9, 2016, significant amendments to Canada’s take-over bid regime made by the CSA became effective. These changes provide boards of directors of target companies with significantly more time and leverage to respond to unsolicited take-over bids (or hostile tender offers as they are referred to in the United States). Under the amended regime, take-over bids required to be made to shareholders are subject to the following requirements:

1. Fifty Percent Minimum Tender Requirement. The bidder must receive tenders of more than 50 percent of the outstanding securities subject to the bid (excluding securities of the bidder and its joint actors) prior to taking up any securities.

2. Ten-Day Bid Extension. The bidder is required to extend the deposit period for a minimum of 10 days once the 50 percent minimum tender condition and all other terms and conditions of the bid are complied with or waived.

3. Bid Period of 105 Days. All take-over bids are required to remain open for a minimum of 105 days unless:

  • the target board agrees to a shorter deposit period of not less than 35 days (which reduced period will apply to all competing bids), or
  • the target company announces that it intends to effect an “alternative transaction”—effectively a friendly change-of-control transaction that is not a take-over bid (such as an arrangement), in which case all other take-over bids will be entitled to a minimum 35-day deposit period.

Despite fears that the adoption of these amendments would have a chilling effect on unsolicited take-over bid activity, in the year following the imposition of the new regime, there appears to be very little (if any) change in activity. What is clear, however, is that success for unsolicited bidders under this new regime has proven to be difficult without the eventual consent of the target board.

It will take some time to fully understand the impact of these new rules, but one of the key goals of regulators has been achieved: litigation before the securities commissions regarding the use of poison pills in the context of unsolicited takeover bids has been nonexistent. On the other hand, securities regulators are watching closely to see whether the newfound power of target boards is used to benefit their shareholders, as opposed to insiders, in a bidder’s pursuit to negotiate friendly transactions.

Fairness Opinions—Impact of MI 61-101

In Canada, five provincial securities regulators have adopted a regulation referred to as Multilateral Instrument 61-101—Protection of Minority Security Holders in Special Transactions (MI 61-101). MI 61-101 seeks to mitigate risks to minority shareholders by imposing enhanced disclosure, valuation, and majority of the minority shareholder approval requirements in respect of four forms of potential conflict-of-interest transactions: (i) bids made by insiders of a company (insider bids), (ii) bids by companies to buy back their shares (issuer bids), (iii) transactions that provide for the termination of a shareholder’s interest in a company without the shareholder’s consent (business combinations), and (iv) transactions with an insider or other related party of the company (related party transactions).

On July 27, 2017, staff of the securities regulatory authorities in each of the provinces subject to MI 61-101 published Staff Notice 61-302 (the Notice), which seeks to provide interpretive guidance and clarification on MI 61-101. Most notably, the Notice contains the staff’s positions with respect to the role of special committees and fairness opinions in material conflict of interest transactions. In the Notice, “material conflict of interest transactions” refers to insider bids, issuer bids, business combinations, and related party transactions that give rise to substantive concerns as to the protection of minority shareholders.

The Notice confirms that staff review material conflict of interest transactions on a real-time basis in order to assess compliance with the requirements of MI 61-101 and to determine whether a transaction raises public interest concerns. Accordingly, staff will typically initiate a review of a transaction upon the filing of the relevant disclosure document. Where staff identify noncompliance with MI 61-101 or potential public interest concerns, they reserve the right to take enforcement action or other appropriate orders.

In addition, the Notice provides guidance regarding the active role to be played by special committees of independent directors in the context of material conflict of interest transactions. Despite acknowledging that a special committee of independent directors is only mandated by MI 61-101 in the case of insider bids, staff are of the view that a special committee is advisable for all material conflict of interest transactions. To this end, the Notice sets out staff recommendations with respect to the formation, role, and mandate of special committees. For example, staff believe that special committees should be formed prior to the negotiation of a particular transaction, composed of independent directors, and have a mandate that includes the ability to: (i) conduct or supervise negotiations, (ii) consider alternative transactions, (iii) provide or withhold recommendations, and (iv) retain independent legal and financial advice.

With respect to fairness opinions, staff believe that a special committee cannot substitute the results of a fairness opinion for its own judgment as to whether a transaction is in the best interests of shareholders. Rather, it is generally the responsibility of the board of directors and the special committee to determine whether a fairness opinion is necessary, and similarly to determine the terms and financial arrangements for the engagement of an advisor to provide a fairness opinion.

However, in the context of material conflict of interest transactions and where a fairness opinion has been obtained, the Notice indicates that such disclosure should include:

    1. the compensation arrangement;
    2. how the compensation arrangement was taken into account;
    3. any other relationship between the financial advisor and the issuer;
    4. a clear summary of the methodology, information, and analysis underlying the opinion; and
    5. how the opinion was utilized by the board or special committee.

Following recent court decisions in Canada, there has been significant debate as to whether (i) reliance on a fairness opinion from an advisor that is paid a fee contingent on a successful outcome is appropriate, (ii) the specific amount of an advisors’ success and other fees should be disclosed (which disclosure is common in the United States), and (iii) fairness opinions should disclose the financial analysis underlying them. Although the Notice makes clear that staff expects a fairness opinion to disclose the financial analysis underlying the opinion, it did not set out any clear rules regarding the other two issues of controversy.

Over time, we would expect that more fulsome disclosure of fee arrangements will become the norm in Canada. On the other hand, there has been much resistance to retaining an additional advisor to provide a fairness opinion on a fixed-fee basis, particularly for middle-market or smaller transactions. Nevertheless, we expect that in contested M&A transactions, the retention of a second advisor to provide a fairness opinion on a fixed-fee basis will become more prevalent in order to provide additional protection for the transaction and insulate a board of directors. In other words, a second fixed-fee opinion in contested M&A transactions may be insurance well worth buying.

The conduct of Canadian boards in material conflict of interest transactions with respect to independent special committees and fairness opinions will no doubt evolve over the next few years due to the increasing oversight and heightened regulatory scrutiny that has been a feature of the Canadian regulatory landscape for well over a decade.

The Second Circuit’s Marblegate Decision and Third Party Legal Opinions in Debt Restructurings

Is it premature for lawyers who are asked to give closing opinions on complex debt restructurings to breathe a complete sigh of relief now that the Second Circuit’s decision in Marblegate Asset Management, LLC v. Education Management Corp., 846 F.3d 1 (2d Cir. 2017) has confirmed the narrow scope of section 316(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (TIA)?

The Second Circuit held that section 316(b) protects only bondholders’ formal legal right to the payment of principal and interest and not their practical ability to collect principal and interest, reversing a decision by the SDNY that had created great uncertainty among practitioners concerning out-of-court bond workouts. (For prior discussions of the Marblegate litigation, see “Current Opinion Practices in Connection with Section 316(b) of the Trust Indenture ActThe Marblegate and Caesars Decisions,” WGLO Addendum (Spring 2016 Legal Opinion Seminar Summaries), In Our Opinion (Summer 2016, vol. 15, no. 4) at A-8–A-10; “Opinion White Paper (§ 316(b), Trust Indenture Act,” In Our Opinion (Spring 2016, vol. 15, no. 3) at 28, and the Addendum thereto (the Opinion White Paper).) Two Marblegate funds had challenged a complex restructuring of Education Management Finance Corp. (EMFC) (to which they did not consent) based on the argument that it violated section 316(b), which provides that “. . . the right of any holder of any indenture security to receive payment of the principal of and interest on such indenture security . . . shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder.” The district court had held that, even though the restructuring did not change the terms of the indenture, it violated section 316(b) because it completely eliminated nonconsenting bondholders’ “practical ability to receive payment.”

The Second Circuit, in a 2-1 decision, concluded that the restructuring was permissible because the transaction as a whole neither amended any “core payment terms” of the indenture (i.e., the amount of principal and interest owed or the maturity date) nor prevented the objecting bondholders from suing the issuer for payment:

To summarize, we hold that Section 316(b) of the TIA does not prohibit the [challenged restructuring] in this case. The transaction did not amend any terms of the Indenture. Nor did it prevent any dissenting bondholders from initiating suit to collect payments due on the dates specified by the Indenture. Marblegate retains its legal right to obtain payment by suing the EDM Issuer, among others. Absent changes to the Indenture’s core payment terms, however, Marblegate cannot invoke Section 316(b) to retain an ‘absolute and unconditional’ right to payment of its notes.

The majority agreed with the district court that the text of section 316(b) was ambiguous, but then looked to the legislative history and concluded that section 316(b) protects only against formal amendments of core payment terms. Judge Straub dissented because he viewed the restructuring as “annihilating” the bondholders’ rights to recover on their bonds in violation of the plain language of the statute.

The legal opinion most directly affected by Marblegate is that the transaction does not violate section 316(b), which is given most frequently to indenture trustees as part of an opinion letter confirming that that the issuer has validly authorized an indenture amendment, and all conditions precedent under the indenture to execution of the amendment by the trustee have been satisfied. This is a uniform requirement in indentures, and opinion preparers have little to no flexibility to change the wording of the opinion or add assumptions or qualifications. The lower court’s decision had extended the reach of section 316(b), whereas the Second Circuit restored the traditionally narrow interpretation, holding that it only “prohibits non-consensual amendments of core payment terms (that is, the amount of principal and interest owed, and the date of maturity) [and] bars ‘collective action clauses’—i.e., indenture provisions that authorize a majority of bondholders to approve changes to payment terms and force those changes on all bondholders.”

Although we are back to pre-Marblegate with respect to giving standard section 316(b) opinions to indenture trustees, those are not the only opinions that address the legality of a debt restructuring affecting the rights of holders of indenture securities. Many restructurings require opinions to: (i) lenders under existing, new, or amended loan agreements that often include as closing conditions modifications to the terms of outstanding debt, (ii) dealer-managers acting for the issuer in connection with the solicitation of consents to indenture amendments (including so-called exit consent to strip out of the indenture, to the detriment of nonparticipating holders, covenant, and other protections) or exchange offers in which new securities are to be issued in exchange for outstanding bonds, and (iii) typical closing opinions and negative assurance letters to underwriters or placement agents for offerings of new equity or debt securities. Thus, a complex debt restructuring often involves many different agreements and multiple steps affecting different creditors, intermediaries, and agents, where the order of the steps matters and each step builds upon prior ones. Opinions often cover due authorization, validity, receipt of all necessary consents, no breach of other agreements, and no violation of law, all issues that are too inter-related for the opinion preparers not to look to all the opinions taken together, including under the misleading opinion rubric with respect to reliance on assumptions, not just to each opinion within its four corners.

Although the Second Circuit’s opinion in Marblegate provided welcome clarity with respect to the meaning of section 316(b), the court, in dicta, cast a potential cloud over its ruling:

Limiting Section 316(b) to formal indenture amendments to core payment rights will not leave dissenting bondholders at the mercy of bondholder majorities. . . . By preserving the legal right to receive payment, we permit creditors to pursue available state and federal law remedies. . . . The foreclosure in this case may be challenged by creditors under state law. . . . [C]reditors may be able to sue the new entity [that foreclosed on the debtor’s collateral pursuant to the reorganization] under state law theories of successor liability or fraudulent conveyance. . . . We obviously take no view on the potential merit of any state law or federal law claims in the context of [the restructuring transaction] at issue here.

The Second Circuit’s dicta in Marblegate leave the door open for unhappy hold-outs in complex debt restructurings to convince a judge that the transaction violated their rights as creditors or was unlawful under state or federal law other than the TIA. Where courts will take the Second Circuit’s dicta is an open question. In May 2017, seizing upon the dicta in Marblegate, the holdouts in the EMFC restructuring shifted their focus to post-restructuring entities, demanding that the indenture trustee file a complaint asserting a claim for successor liability against those entities. Although the theories mentioned by the Marblegate court are not novel, the decision invites nonparticipating bondholders whose practical ability to recover principal and interest is impaired through out-of-court restructurings to pursue their grievances with new vigor. However, if no amendments to the indenture are needed to effect the restructuring, or any required amendments have been consented to by the requisite majority of bondholders without violating section 316(b), challenges based outside the TIA to the process of foreclosure on collateral by senior creditors are likely to face arguments that they are rendered moot as a result of the issuer itself having consented to the foreclosure. Claims for successor liability or fraudulent conveyance are always a matter of fact and equity. Many indentures include the same language as section 316(b) and therefore specify as a matter of contract that the right of any bondholder to receive payment of principal and interest shall not be impaired or affected without its consent. Issuers have begun not including this language in indentures. If an indenture is subject to the TIA, the language is automatically deemed to be part of the indenture, and issuers have no reason to include it. If an indenture is not subject to the TIA, issuers also have no reason to include the language, although purchasers of bonds may oppose omitting it. As practice evolves, differences in language may develop among indentures, opening the door for nonconsenting bondholders to argue that the parties intended the contract to mean something different from section 316(b).

Although the district court and the Second Circuit agreed that the language of section 316(b) is ambiguous, future courts should, to the extent that the “impair or affect” wording of an indenture tracks the text of section 316(b), interpret it the same way as the Second Circuit interpreted the statute. Interpreting the TIA, the Second Circuit in Marblegate reiterated its view that boilerplate indenture provisions are to be interpreted by courts as a matter of law in the interest of uniformity of interpretation. Courts applying state contract law to the same language should feel compelled to follow the same interpretation. Precedent exists for uniformity in interpreting under state contract law terms that under federal or state statutes (including the UCC) have an understood technical meaning, even when the statute does not apply as a technical matter. Going forward, however, as noted above, some indentures may omit section 316(b) language while others will include it, or investors may be successful in pushing for different language. Under rules of evidence, the facts of the case, or state law precedent (typically New York law), however, courts may not feel constrained to interpret the language the same way, particularly if the words are not exactly the same. An opinion is an expression of professional judgment as of the date of the opinion about what the highest court of the applicable jurisdiction would hold. Assuming the opinion letter covers New York law, the opinion preparers need not extrapolate from the Second Circuit’s dicta in Marblegate that the New York Court of Appeals (New York’s highest court) would interpret language mimicking section 316(b) more broadly than section 316(b) itself as interpreted by the Second Circuit. Moreover, the non-TIA-based avenues for recourse suggested by the Second Circuit for nonparticipating bondholders are not new or novel. Therefore, opinion givers have no more reason today than before to consider whether they can give opinions covering no breach or default and no violation of statutes, rules, or regulations other than the TIA.

Many lawyers believe that the Second Circuit’s decision heralds a permanent return to pre-Marblegate opinion practice because the novelty of the district court’s decision was to treat the language of section 316(b) as a far-reaching basis for challenging out-of-court debt restructurings. Those lawyers maintain that the Second Circuit definitively closed the book on attempts to interpret “impair or affect” broadly, and its dicta did nothing more than list existing non-TIA avenues for recourse by nonparticipating bondholders. Other lawyers point out that Marblegate can be limited to its facts, and too much ink was spilled while Marblegate, and other cases dealing with similar issues like Meehancombs Global Credit Opportunity Funds, LP v. Caesars Entertainment Corp. (Caesars I), 80 F. Supp. 3d 507 (S.D.N.Y. 2015), and BOKF, N.A. v. Caesars Entertainment Corp. (Caesars II), 144 F. Supp. 3d 459 (S.D.N.Y. 2015), wound their way to a final decision or settlement, including in Judge Straub’s dissenting opinion, for the book to be closed. If a debt restructuring involves a majority-approved amendment, nonconsenting bondholders can be expected to challenge the removal of important structural protections like guaranties or collateral or waivers through an exit consent in reliance on a collective action clause. For example, some lawyers have pointed out that subsidiary guaranties of bonds issued by the parent are separate indenture securities. In the meantime, cases based on fraudulent conveyance or other theories pointed to by the Second Circuit’s dicta will likely increase, which at a minimum argues for drafting the bankruptcy and equitable principles exceptions to apply generally to all opinions, not only to the enforceability opinion, which is what many opinion preparers already do and should not be a controversial step.

Debt restructurings are notoriously complex transactions where great time and attention are spent on structuring to overcome “blocking positions,” where investors at different levels in the capital stack wrestle for control, and where disclosure documents often caution about contingencies and uncertainties, including legal uncertainties, that could affect various parties adversely or cause the outcome to be different from what the letter of the transaction agreements provide. That is precisely the context in which Marblegate, Caesars I, and Caesars II arose. Against this backdrop, lawyers who are active in this segment of transactional practice should be vigilant, keep on top of evolving case law and practice, and exercise caution when giving closing opinions in complicated or controversial situations.

Cyber Risk in the Vendor Ecosystem

The past several years have demonstrated a transition from enterprise-wide cyber-risk management to ecosystem-wide cyber-risk management. In enterprise-wide cyber-risk management, each individual company protects the security of its own information assets and systems. The ecosystem approach recognizes that other parties outside of the company may increase or reduce the company’s cyber-risk exposure and attempts to manage this external risk. This article provides an overview of the vendor ecosystem, addresses cyber risk assessment, and concludes with a discussion of cyber risk mitigation by contract.

I. Overview of the Vendor Ecosystem

In evaluating the cyber risks posed by a vendor relationship, the customer (Customer) should consider the entire ecosystem of the vendor (Vendor). The Customer-Vendor relationship is not binary. Rather, the Vendor is a Customer of other vendors and a contractor to its various subcontractors; it may have other relationships that could impact the Vendor’s services to the Customer or the Customer’s cyber-risk exposure.

Figure A shows the Vendor’s subcontractors and service providers on the Extended Ecosystem to the left of the Vendor. To the right of the Vendor are Customer-related parties that may interface with the Vendor or its subcontractors or service providers. These include the Customer’s subcontractor, customers, and customers’ customers, as shown.

The Vendor operates downstream from its various licensors and service providers and is dependent upon these third parties to provide services to the Customer. Consider a Vendor providing licensed software (Licensed Software) in a software-as-a-service (SaaS) environment. The Vendor grants a limited license to the Customer in the Licensed Software but retains possession of the Licensed Software and operates and maintains the Licensed Software on the Customer’s behalf. The Vendor may own the Licensed Software but has likely licensed third-party components of the Licensed Software from other owners or licensors, and has licensed other software from third parties that acts in combination with the Licensed Software to provide the SaaS service to the Customer. For these types of risks, the Vendor may be limited in its ability to select or influence its upstream service providers and in its ability to promise or pass on to the Customer certain assurances and commitments, rights and remedies, and service levels from its upstream providers.

The Vendor subcontracts various aspects of its operations to service providers. For example, in the SaaS context, the Licensed Software may be owned by the Vendor, but maintained and operated at a third-party data-processing center. This means that although the Customer contracts with the Vendor for the SaaS service, it may directly interface with the Vendor’s subcontractor that operates the data-processing center, or the data-processing center may otherwise have access to the Customer’s information or systems. In this context, the quality of the services and the extent of the cyber risk may be dependent upon the performance of the Vendor’s subcontractors. For the types of risk posed by the Vendor’s primary subcontractors, the Vendor may have greater bargaining power than in the upstream scenario and may be able to “flow down” certain requirements and performance standards to the subcontractors. The Vendor would be expected to have the ability to monitor and mitigate risks posed by subcontractors. Figure B shows how Vendor-related parties may be involved in providing services to the Customer.

The Customer may have obligations to its Customers or its customers’ customers that may impact the Vendor services and attendant cyber risk. Using the SaaS example, the Vendor’s subcontractor data-processing center may have access to consumer data owned by the Customer’s customers. For example, consider a Customer that offers payroll services to its customers, which involves consumer data of its Customer’s employees. The Customer outsources the ACH processing of the payroll to the Vendor, and the Vendor subcontracts with a data-processing center to prepare the ACH files to make payroll payments from the accounts of the Customer’s employer customers to the accounts of their consumer employees. The Customer’s customers’ responsibilities to preserve the security of employee information will be delegated by the Customer to the Vendor, which will in turn delegate that to its subcontractor that operates the data-processing center. The cyber risks to the consumer employee information may be exacerbated at each point of access to the employee information.

The Customer’s subcontractors and upstream service providers may also interface with the Vendor or provide information to the Vendor or impose requirements on the Customer that would apply to the Vendor. The Customer must consider the cyber risk arising out of contacts between these third parties and the Vendor.

Figure A: Vendor Ecosystem

Figure B: Vendor-Related Parties

Cyber-Risk Assessment in the Vendor Ecosystem

The initial cyber-risk assessment conducted by the Customer with respect to a proposed vendor arrangement may be complicated by the web of upstream service providers and subcontractors that touch the Vendor’s or Customer’s information or systems. When the Customer’s information is classified as proprietary or confidential, the Customer should first identify all information access vectors and risk exposures posed by the vendor relationship. The next step is to identify all third parties involved in those access vectors and determine whether the third parties are upstream service providers or subcontractors of the Vendor, or customers or subcontractors of Customer, or some other third party. Other third parties may include regulators, law enforcement, or other nonparties that may have access to confidential information or that may mitigate risk to the security of such information.

The information-security risk assessment regarding the third parties that operate within the Vendor ecosystem will vary depending on whether the third party is an upstream service provider or subcontractor, and to the extent that the third party has the ability to access, modify, disclose, or exfiltrate the proprietary and confidential information of or interface with Customer or Vendor systems. These types of third parties are described in the “Extended Ecosystem” inside ring in Figure A.

Consider the SaaS context described above. If an upstream third-party component of the Licensed Software infringes an intellectual property right of another, then the Customer’s liability exposure for infringement may be heightened; if the third-party licensor does not touch the Customer’s information, however, the information-security risk may be negligible. If a subcontractor of the Vendor is understaffed, and there are delays in service but no impact on Customer information, the transactional or reputational risks to the Customer may be heightened, but not necessarily the information-security risks.

Some risks may implicate a variety of service providers. For example, again in the SaaS context, if there is a widespread power outage, the access vector (interface with the data-processing center) may not be available, but there may be no ensuing risks to the Customer information if all access is suspended. If a data-processing center loses power, however, and does not have adequate back-up capabilities and resiliency, the Customer’s information that is maintained by the data-processing center may be at risk. In order to manage this risk, the Customer would likely decide to address the Vendor’s responsibilities in the event of a power outage. Power outages are foreseeable risks that may not be managed by the Customer directly with the Vendor’s subcontractor’s power company.

Steps in this assessment include:

  • identifying the types of third parties that may access the Customer’s proprietary and confidential information (whether from the Customer directly or from another third party)
  • classifying the third party as an upstream service provider or a subcontractor of the Vendor
  • identifying the specific types of risks posed by the Vendor and each third party
  • assigning a risk level posed by the Vendor or each third party for the types of risks identified
  • determining whether third-party risk requires mitigation by the Customer and/or the Vendor

Certain third parties may require direct assessment by the Customer if an entire Vendor function (or comparable access to information or systems) is delegated to the third party. For example, in the SaaS context, the Customer may engage in due diligence of the data-processing center directly and require the Vendor by contract to monitor and manage risks posed by the center.

The outer ring of Figure A identifies possible external risk factors that may serve to mitigate the cyber risks posed by the Vendor ecosystem. These include:

  • cyber insurance coverages held by the Customer or by the Vendor that would apply to certain types of risks identified during the assessment process
  • payment system rules or regulatory oversight applicable to the Vendor regarding certain cyber risks
  • external audits (like SSAE 16 or SOC-2 audits or National Automated Clearing House Association (NACHA) audits) or certifications (like PCI compliance or ISO 27001) made of the Vendor (or the Vendor-related parties) addressing the types and levels of cyber risk

Consider again the payroll processor example above. The Customer is the payroll processor providing services to its customers by facilitating wage payments to its customers’ employees. The Customer outsources the ACH debit-origination process to the Vendor; the Vendor will be bound by the NACHA operating rules and must format payments as required by the rules. This external requirement serves to mitigate certain security risks attendant in the payment process.

Similarly, if the Vendor subcontracts with a data-processing center and the center is SOC-2 audited annually, the risk posed by the security protocols and standards observed by the center should be mitigated, or at least monitored, by the SOC-2 assessment process.

The types and levels of cyber risk to the Customer posed by the extended Vendor ecosystem in the inside ring of Figure A should be mapped to any external cyber-risk mitigants, like those set forth on the outer ring of Figure A. In that way, the Customer can quantify its level of cyber risk posed by the Vendor relationship and its ecosystem, and identify any gaps that may require additional mitigation.

Mitigation of Cyber Risk in the Vendor Ecosystem

Generally, the Customer-Vendor contract should identify which contracting party is responsible for managing the specific types of cyber risk posed by the relationship. The contract between the Vendor and the Customer should address each party’s obligations regarding the cyber risks that it poses and third parties that pose information-security risk to the other party (i.e., key third parties). The types of Vendor-related parties that should be considered are shown in Figure B and are addressed in greater detail above. The Customer’s ability to mitigate information-security risk posed by key third parties will vary depending on whether the key third party is an upstream service provider or a subcontractor of the Vendor. The ability to manage these cyber risks by contract will be further dependent on the following:

  • the terms of the Vendor’s contracts with the key third parties
  • the Vendor’s bargaining leverage with the key third parties
  • the Vendor’s ability to monitor the key third parties

In many instances, the Vendor’s contracts with key third parties may be confidential. Moreover, the Customer will not likely be a third-party beneficiary of such contracts. Therefore, it is important that these risks be addressed directly in the Vendor-Customer contract or otherwise mitigated by the Customer or the Vendor (whether through due diligence, independent monitoring, reliance on other third-party monitoring, or other practical way to address key third-party risk).

The goal of the contract should be to mitigate cyber risks that are not otherwise mitigated or to incorporate external mitigants as part of the Contract. Examples of external mitigants are shown on the outer ring of Figure A and were discussed above.

Key cyber risks identified by the Customer during the risk-assessment process should be addressed in the Vendor-Customer contract. The following types of contract terms should be considered: the imposition of specific requirements, mechanisms for the Customer to monitor whether such requirements are met, and remediation in the event of any failures by the Vendor.

The Vendor-Customer contract may require the Vendor to ensure that the Vendor and key third parties comply with general contractual standards. For example, nondisclosure agreements typically require the recipient of protected information to limit any permitted disclosures to third parties who have agreed with the recipient to adhere to confidentiality requirements at least as stringent as those set forth in the bilateral nondisclosure agreement. This approach effectively requires the recipient to contract with any permitted third parties to protect the information and may require reliance on the Vendor’s assurances that such contracts are in place.

Another approach involves imposing specific security requirements on the Vendor and requiring the Vendor to specifically “flow down” certain requirements to key third parties. This method may require the Vendor to amend its contracts to ensure that they align with the specific contractual requirements. This approach is likely more feasible with primary subcontractors. Flow-down terms could be incorporated as an exhibit or appendix to the Vendor-Customer contract.

Alternatively, the parties could agree by contract that the Vendor will require key third parties to adhere to certain laws or third-party information standards or processes, such as the NIST framework, FFIEC CAT, or ISO standards or EU Commission directives (or GDPR next year), all risk mitigants of the type identified on the outer ring of Figure A. In this approach, the contract would require the Vendor to ensure that key third parties comply with these requirements, and that any failures by key third parties trigger notice and specific remediation and liability requirements.

Yet another alternative is that the parties could rely on external certifications for or audits of the Vendor or key third parties, such as PCI compliance, SOC or ISO audits, or examinations by governmental agencies. As above, the contract would require the Vendor to comply and ensure that key third parties comply with these requirements, and that any deficiencies are reported to the Customer. The Vendor should also be required by contract to provide evidence of compliance, such as summaries or copies of such independent reports.

A key part of any contract term addressing cyber risk is the inclusion of complete, concrete requirements that may be objectively measured. “Reasonable security,” “industry standards,” and “due care” are evolving standards in this context and may be lacking depending on the level of cyber risk posed by the relationship.

Any single contract may involve a hybrid of these approaches based on the larger ecosystem. For example, in the SaaS context in which the Vendor outsources data-processing center operations, the contract could require that:

  • the subcontractor that operates the data-processing center has agreed to preserve the confidentiality of Customer information in a manner at least as stringent as the nondisclosure terms in the contract between the Vendor and the Customer;
  • the subcontractor be located in the United States (or the contract could identify the subcontractor by name and location and could provide for Customer approval or notice to the Customer in the event of any change in subcontractor or data-processing center location);
  • the subcontractor comply with all applicable law regarding the handling of Customer information (whether that be the law applicable to the information, the Customer, the Vendor, or the subcontractor);
  • specific information-security procedures that are included in the Vendor-Customer contract be flowed down to the subcontractor; and
  • the subcontractor be required to conduct annual SOC-2 compliance assessments, with concomitant reporting and remediation requirements.

In all events, the contract would include specific monitoring and reporting requirements and remedies, and the Vendor would remain primarily liable for the acts or omissions of the data-processing center.

Conclusion

The Vendor-Customer ecosystem can be quite complex. Each party will have their own subcontractors and upstream service providers. Questions to consider include the following:

  • How far into the Vendor’s ecosystem must the Customer look (Figure B)?
  • How much of the Vendor’s ecosystem must the Customer try to shore up?
  • How much negotiating power does the Customer have over the Vendor, particularly with regard to requiring changes to the other party’s third-party contracts?
  • How much bargaining leverage does the Vendor have over its key third parties?

Consider requiring the contract RFP to list all Vendor key third parties (by type if not by name) and the functions of each. The parties should consider how these risks and factors may be addressed during the RFP and contract process. For example, if there are specific flow-down terms or third-party audits that the Customer would like the Vendor and its key third parties to undertake, it may be easier to raise these specific requirements during the RFP process. At a minimum, the RFP process should require the Vendor to identify all of its upstream service providers, subcontractors, and other third parties that may have access to the Customer’s confidential and proprietary information or systems accessing or maintaining such information during the term of the contract.

The specific approach or combination of approaches that the Customer should take and the answers to the questions above will be determined by the level of risk posed by the proposed relationship and the availability of extra-contractual methods to monitor and mitigate such risk. This process requires the identification of valuable proprietary and confidential information that may be impacted, the access vectors and proposed uses of such information, and the permitted uses and disclosures by the Vendor regarding such information.

Shareholder Activism 2017: An Overview

Shareholder activism, a catalyst for change in corporate boardrooms, is on the rise. According to FactSet’s 2016 Shareholder Activism Review, there were 519 activist campaigns in 2016. Although this represents a 16-percent decrease from the 622 campaigns in 2015, it nevertheless reflected a 22-percent increase from, and the second-highest total since, 2009.

Of the total number of activist campaigns in 2016, FactSet identified 319 as “high-impact activism,” defined as campaigns in which the objective is board control, board representation, the maximization of shareholder value, or removal of officer(s)/director(s).

This year has been a robust one for activism, as evidenced by the recent Proctor and Gamble proxy battle and ADP’s ongoing battle with Pershing Square Capital Management. Among the most recent high-impact activist campaigns in 2017, three are particularly notable: Elliott Management’s campaign against Arconic Inc.; Marcato Capital Management’s campaign against Buffalo Wild Wings, and Jana Partner’s campaign against Whole Foods Market, Inc.

Arconic Inc.

Arconic, a $12 billion aerospace supplier, found itself under pressure from activist investor Elliott Management Corporation, Arconic’s largest shareholder with an 11.6-percent stake, to cut costs and improve profit margins. Elliott, consistently recognized as one of the top ten activist investors in the United States by Activist Investing and FactSet, launched ten activist campaigns in 2016. The campaign against Arconic, launched in January 2017, called for the removal of the CEO due to underperformance as well as the addition of four, new Elliott-backed board members.

In response, Arconic indicated that nine new board members were added in the prior 16 months, three of which were proposed by Elliott. Independently, the CEO resigned in April after having sent an unauthorized letter to Elliott’s founder that the board determined showed poor judgement and that Elliott deemed inappropriate.

Proxy advisers generally supported Elliott, with Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) recommending two of Elliott’s nominees and Glass Lewis & Company endorsing all four of Elliott’s nominees.

On May 22, 2017, just three days before the scheduled Annual Meeting, Arconic and Elliott reached an agreement whereby Elliott gained three additional board seats (one of which would serve on the CEO search committee), thereby giving it major control with a total of six out of 13 seats.

Buffalo Wild Wings

Buffalo Wild Wings, a $2.3 billion restaurant chain with over 1,200 locations worldwide and with declining sales found itself challenged by Marcato Capital Management LP. Marcato disclosed its initial 5.1-percent interest in a 13D filing on July 25, 2016. Subsequently, it expressed concerns on multiple occasions regarding Buffalo Wild Wing’s strategy and business model, specifically that the percentage of franchised stores should increase from 49 to 90 percent. On February 6, 2017, Marcato nominated four members to the board of directors. Two months later, Marcato called for the removal of the CEO.

As did Arconic, Buffalo Wild Wings noted that it had already implemented several of Marcato’s recommendations, including adding five new directors (including one of Marcato’s nominees), engaging a consulting firm, and increasing share buybacks. Not sufficient. Notwithstanding the months of discussion, unlike Arconic, a settlement was not reached prior to the annual meeting.

By May 2017, Marcato’s stake in the company stood at 9.9 percent. ISS recommended three out of Marcato’s four nominees to the board, after which shares increased six percent. Glass Lewis recommended that shareholders adopt the company’s slate of directors. At the annual meeting on June 2, 2017, the CEO announced her retirement, and shareholders voted to elect three of Marcato’s nominees, one of which included Marcato’s founder. These seats, combined with the previous gained seat, gave Marcato control of four out of nine board seats.

On June 19, 2017, the company announced the launch of its franchise initiative with 83 restaurants in multiple locations including Canada, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Washington, DC.

Whole Foods Market Inc.

Whole Foods Market, the organic food pioneer, has seen a steady erosion in sales and a decline in shareholder value since 2013. Concerned with declining sales and a failure to remain competitive by adopting new technology and data analytics in an industry renowned for low margins, Jana Partners, LLC, Whole Food’s second-largest shareholder with over eight percent of shares, and Investment Manager Neuberger Berman, with a 2.7-percent stake, independently of each other began to press the company to explore a sale in April 2017.

In May, Whole Foods announced a series of changes, including the appointment of a new CFO and a chairman of the board, as well as the appointment of five, new independent directors whose tenure would be limited to a 15-year term. Ponder whether a 15-year term represents board reform, but everything is relative.

Notwithstanding these changes, Amazon.com acquired Whole Foods in June for $13.7 billion, paying $42.00 per share and driving shares up 27 percent. In July, Jana sold its total position in Whole Foods, generating a profit of approximately $300 million.

Several themes emerge from these campaigns:

1. Activism prevails. In each campaign, the activist prevailed. Elliott Management—three additional Arconic board seats and the removal of the CEO; Marcato—three additional board seats and the removal of the CEO; and Jana Partners—sale of the business to Amazon.com.

2. Prior acquiescence and adoption of recommendations will not insulate a company from further activism. Arconic, Buffalo Wild Wings, and Whole Foods Market each adopted activist recommendations governing board composition. None were sufficient to address the fundamental issues underlying the activism: business strategy and governance.

3. Activism as a catalyst for business strategy. Fundamentally, each activist (Elliott, Jana, Neuberger, and Marcato) recognized and sought to address the company’s business model. In the case of Arconic, it was Elliott’s focus on cost cutting, operational improvements, and product focus; for Buffalo Wild Wings, it was shifting the business model to decrease corporate store ownership and increase franchises; and for Whole Foods Market, it was Jana and Neuberger’s concern about the company’s failure to be more innovative by adopting new technology to maximize sales and profits. Elliott and Jana now have a controlling board interest and concentration of power that effectively allows them to drive their agenda.

4. Settlement is the preferred option. Of the three companies, Buffalo Wild Wings did not prevail in this regard. It is ultimately in a company’s best interest to settle and attempt to negotiate an agreement with an activist shareholder rather than wage a costly and protracted proxy contest. According to Fact Set, in 2016, the median cost of a proxy fight, including proxy solicitation and consulting fees, was $1 million for a target company, almost 100 percent more than in 2015.

Given this landscape, as a matter of good corporate governance, companies are well advised to do the following:

1. Heed the directive of the Shareholder Director Exchange (SDX) Protocol. Established in 2014, the SDX Protocol arose out of “the shifting balance of power toward shareholders” and increased shareholder activism. From January 2010 through November 2015, shareholder interventions increased more than 100 percent. SDX, a blueprint for institutional shareholder-director engagement, recognizes that the power of communication prior, rather than subsequent, to an issue escalating into major public discourse or a proxy battle, cannot and should not be underestimated. Notwithstanding clear evidence of increased shareholder activism, PwC’s Governance Insights Center found that in its review of 100 proxy statements, only 28 percent disclosed a process for shareholder engagement. This is staggering and particularly critical for small-cap companies, given that 75 percent of activist campaigns last year involved firms with market caps less than $1 billion, with the median target company market cap being $249 million, according to FactSet.

At an absolute minimum and as a best practice, irrespective of market size, every publicly traded company should have a shareholder engagement policy that articulates who engages on what topics under which circumstances. A shareholder engagement policy will not insulate a company from investor activism; however, it is a risk mitigation tool that promotes communication.

2. Embrace and adhere to the Investor Stewardship Group (ISG) corporate governance principles. Scheduled for implementation in January 2018, the six ISG corporate principles enunciate what ISG believes “are fundamental to good corporate governance at U.S.-listed companies.” Key among these for the purposes of shareholder activism is Principle 3: Boards should be responsive to shareholders and be proactive in order to understand their perspectives.

Shareholder activism will continue to mount as investors seek to maximize shareholder value. The trend will not abate. One of the most effective strategies for companies to neutralize, but not eliminate, potential shareholder opposition is to engage strategically, thoughtfully, and consistently.

Litigators Must Be Mindful of Discovery Compliance under the Revised Federal Rules

Federal courts are now handing down firm decrees, stating that althoughold habits die hard,” counsel must revise their “form” discovery responses immediately to comply with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. In two recent orders, courts have decried the “widespread addiction” lawyers have with the “menacing scourge” of “boilerplate” objections. Liguria Foods, Inc. v. Griffith Laboratories, Inc., 14-3041-MWB (D. Iowa Mar. 13, 2017); Fischer v. Forrest, 1:14-CV1304-PAE-AJP (S.D.N.Y. Feb. 28, 2017). Because no litigator wants to be the subject of a strongly worded discovery order, it would benefit counsel to heed these courts’ warnings. This is especially so because both make clear: “admonitions from the courts [are] not . . . enough . . . only sanctions will stop this nonsense.”

So what should counsel do? As a starting point, Rule 26 sets out the boundaries of discovery succinctly. “[T]he concepts of materiality, relevancy, and discoverability are [not] fixed,” and a party is entitled to use discovery as an “investigatory tool” to explore freely its “theories of the case . . . .” In contrast, the party subject to a discovery request cannot avoid its duty to respond through “bald assertions” of privilege or other objections. Rather, it must first object and respond to the request specifically and utilize Rule 26(c) as a last resort if the issue is pressed. Liguria Foods, at 23–27.

Within this Rule 26 paradigm, litigants should avoid a variety of discovery practices. Lawyers should immediately stop using general andboilerplate” objections. “The key requirement in both Rules 33 and 34 is that objections require ‘specificity.’” Liguria Foods, at 28. It is “simply not enough” for attorneys to assert vague and conclusory objections to interrogatories or requests to produce without specifying “how” a particular discovery request is “deficient,” and without “articulating the particular harm” that will accrue if forced to answer. Id.; accord Fischer, at 5 (stating if a party objects that a request is overbroad” orunduly burdensome,” then explain: “Why is it burdensome? How is it overly broad?”).

However, even if counsel specifically explains the basis for an objection, more must still be done. Counsel must identify whether any responsive materials are being withheld on the basis of that objection.” Fed. R. Civ. Pro. 34(b)(2)(C); 2015 Adv. Comm. Notes to Rule 34. “[S]imply stating that a response is ‘subject to’ one or more general objections does not satisfy the ‘specificity’ requirement[.] . . . [Rather,] it leaves the propounding party unclear about which of the numerous general objections is purportedly applicable as well as whether the documents or answers provided are complete . . . .” Liguria Foods, at 32–33.

In addition, privilege logs should always accompany any responses that assert a privilege. Otherwise, the objection “hamper[s], rather than facilitate[s], the timely and inexpensive determination of privilege issues.” Liguria Foods, at 31. Further, going forward, discovery responses must either (1) state that all requested documents will be produced at the time specified in the request, or (2) state “another reasonable time for production “specifically . . . in the response.” Fischer, at 2–3, 5; Fed. R. Civ. Pro. 34(b)(2)(C). Ifit is necessary to make the production in stages,” thenthe response should specify the beginning and end dates of the production.”

So what is the take-away from these opinions? Courts simply will not tolerate these practices, no matter how entrenched or harmless they may seem to be. Remember, when objecting, “specificity” is key. “[A]n objecting party does not have the unilateral ability to dictate the scope of discovery . . . .” Liguria Foods, at 32. Thus, practitioners should remove vague and conclusory objections from their discovery toolbox altogether. Counsel must also explain the reasons underlying their objections and, if objecting to a document request, state whether documents were withheld from production. Be proactive and cooperate with opposing counsel to the extent possible. If a discovery dispute arises, “request an extension of time to respond and confer on troublesome discovery requests,” or “request an ex parte and in camera review” from the judge, “who might quickly render an opinion on whether [the request] in question [is] discoverable.” Liguria Foods, at 34. Lastly, always produce your privilege log and documents at the time your responses are due, or cooperate with opposing counsel for an extension.

Secured Parties Still Must Be Aware of Patent Rights in Goods

The U.S. Supreme Court’s May 30, 2017 decision in Impression Products, Inc. v. Lexmark International, Inc., 137 S. Ct. 1523 (2017), should provide some comfort for secured parties and the lawyers who advise them, but not too much comfort. Caution is still needed before lending against inventory manufactured pursuant to a patent, particularly if the debtor is a manufacturer.

The Lexmark case involved a claim of patent infringement against Impression. Lexmark manufactured toner cartridges.  It sold some at full price and free of restrictions on resale and reuse. It sold other cartridges at a discount but subject to restrictions on resale and reuse. The restricted cartridges had a microchip that made them inoperative if they were refilled. Impression bought restricted cartridges, allegedly with knowledge of the restriction, altered or removed the microchip, and then refilled and resold the cartridges. Lexmark sued for patent infringement.

The district court had ruled that Lexmark’s initial sale exhausted its patent rights pursuant to the so-called first-sale doctrine. The Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit reversed. It acknowledged the existence of the first-sale doctrine, but concluded that a sale made under a clearly communicated, otherwise-lawful restriction as to post-sale use or resale does not confer on the buyer—or on a subsequent purchaser with knowledge of the restriction—the authorization to engage in the use or resale that the restriction precludes. The decision created a potential problem for secured parties. A secured party is not normally bound by the debtor’s contractual promises to third parties that limit the debtor’s rights to use or sell the collateral (see U.C.C. §§ 9‑406, 9-408). The circuit court’s decision did not alter that rule, but by preserving and extending a patentee’s patent rights in goods sold to the debtor, it subjected a secured party that knew of and violated those patent rights to statutory damages and injunctive relief, even if the patentee had no provable damages under contract law (with possible treble damages for a willful violation under 35 U.S.C. § 284).

The Supreme Court, in a near unanimous decision, reversed the circuit court. In so doing, the Court adopted an expansive view of patent exhaustion: “a patentee’s decision to sell a product exhausts all of its patent rights in that item, regardless of any restrictions the patentee purports to impose,” and “[t]he purchaser and all subsequent owners are free to use or resell the product just like any other item of personal property, without fear of an infringement lawsuit.”

The Court’s decision is welcome news for secured parties that finance distributors or retailers that have purchased patented goods. Even if the patentee has imposed restrictions on the borrower’s resale of the goods, such as by limiting sales to a specified geographic area or to transactions in the ordinary course of business, the borrower would be free—as a matter of patent law, not contract law—to ignore those restrictions. More importantly, the secured party would not, when enforcing its security interest, be bound by those restrictions. Any disposition of the inventory by the secured party that did not comply with those restrictions would not violate the patentee’s patent rights because those rights will have been exhausted by the patentee’s prior sale of the goods. Moreover, the secured creditor will not be in privity of contract with the patentee, and thus, presumably will have no contract liability for breach of the restrictions.

It bears emphasizing that Lexmark does not prohibit patentees from restricting their buyers’ resale or reuse of the goods by contract. As a result, if a borrower purchases patented goods pursuant to a contract that imposes restrictions on resale or reuse, and if the borrower breaches those restrictions, the borrower might have undisclosed liabilities that will affect its creditworthiness and, indirectly, affect the likelihood of repaying the secured lender. Nevertheless, that risk is far less significant than the risk of subjecting the secured party to patent liability if it were to dispose of the goods.

Unfortunately, related but different risks survive. The Supreme Court was quite clear that the doctrine of patent exhaustion applies only when the patentee sells patented goods. It does not apply when the patentee licenses its patent rights. As a consequence, if a secured lender is financing a manufacturer, rather than a distributor or retailer, and if that manufacturer has made goods that are subject to a patent license, the secured lender must be cognizant of the restrictions imposed in the patent license. For example, a prohibition on sale in specified geographic areas or to specified types of buyers would not only limit the borrower’s ability to sell the goods, but could also apply to a disposition of the goods by the secured lender. Any unauthorized sale of the goods will expose the seller—whether the borrower or the secured lender—to liability for patent infringement.

Moreover, the risk of patent infringement exists even if the license does not impose a restriction on resale or reuse. If the borrower breaches the patent license (e.g., by failing to pay license fees), that breach might result in the termination of the license. In such a circumstance, the borrower might lose all rights to sell the goods, such that any sale would also be an infringement of the patentee’s patent rights. Unless the secured party obtains an independent right or license directly from the patentee, the secured party’s right to dispose of the goods would be subject to the same patent limitations. A security interest in goods that cannot be sold, either by the borrower or by the secured party, is not a very valuable security interest.

Finally, secured lenders and the transactional lawyers who advise them should note that the Lexmark decision does not deal with a situation in which the borrower is the owner of the patent rights. In such a case, the secured lender should consider whether it needs a security interest in the patent itself. Irrespective of whether the patent is available as collateral, the secured lender should consider having the borrower grant the secured lender, in the security agreement, a royalty-free, noncancelable license to use the patent in connection with any post-default disposition of the goods.

Cybersecurity Issues in PPP

A public/private partnership (“PPP”) is a cooperative arrangement between the public sector and the private sector for the delivery of a specific infrastructure project or service. The public and private sectors each have strengths and weaknesses relative to each other with regard to the performance of certain tasks. A PPP seeks to exploit those strengths while mitigating the weaknesses. Typically, the public sector sets out the goals and objectives for the project by defining the level, quality, and scope of the required service or project while ultimately retaining ownership and, consequently, a measure of oversight over the finished asset. The private sector brings its managerial, technical, and financial expertise to the venture and is responsible for delivering an output which satisfies the goals and objectives defined by the public sector.

Increasingly, information collected and/or created in connection with PPPs is being digitized, stored, and accessed from complex networks and information systems. This information is often targeted by cybercriminals, state-sponsored players, and “hacktivists” by way of cyber attacks that can take the form of, for example, advanced persistent threats (APTs), malware (including ransomware), denial-of-service (DoS) attacks, domain name hijacking, social engineering, and phishing campaigns. Given the involvement of a public partner, the incidence of these attacks is increasing, and thus special attention must be given to cybersecurity risks. Public partners can draw on the technology capabilities of a savvy private counterpart to effectively reduce cybersecurity risks for a PPP.

Associated Risks

Cybersecurity attacks can have a significant impact on any organization, whether it is a private proponent or the public partner. For example, the attackers can steal or destroy key data, such as the organization’s intellectual property (often referred as the “Crown Jewels”), and/or customers’ personal information, which can result in financial and reputational losses and years of litigation. Moreover, a significant cyber attack can cause operational disruption and compound financial losses. These risks are multiplied in a PPP, where data is contained on information systems of two different entities, particularly with one in the private and one in the public sector, making a PPP increasingly vulnerable to cyber attacks.

Concerns about the risks associated with a cyber attack on PPPs have intensified in recent years. This is in part because the information necessary to conduct business and undertake projects is increasingly digitized and stored on servers of both the public proponent and the private partner. Given the potential high sale value of the data, the media coverage related to such attacks, and the ability of attackers to leverage an attack for political or social messaging, PPPs are frequently targeted.

In recent years, projects involving medical care, including hospitals, have been hit with cyber attacks for the purpose of extracting payment to release or unlock the system or to prevent disclosure. The nature of public activity, especially its participation in privately backed enterprise, makes it particularly prone to cyber attacks, as the consequences can be more significant and the pockets deep. In addition, public partners are increasingly concerned about protecting confidential and politically sensitive information, which makes such information more intriguing to attackers. Therefore, public enterprise has been the area of most significant cyber attacks for a variety of purposes in the last decade, and it is unlikely that such cyber attacks will lessen over the coming years.

Safeguards

While purchasing cyber insurance coverage is becoming more common in PPP transactions, the amount and scope of the insurance maintained by the organization may not be sufficient to cover losses resulting from a cyber incident or to adequately compensate the organization for the resulting disruptions.

Increasingly, laws require organizations to implement security safeguards to protect this type of information from loss, theft, and unauthorized access, disclosure, copying, use, or modification. These safeguards can vary with the nature of the confidential information in question, with more sensitive information requiring a greater level of security. Protection mechanisms should include physical measures (including locked or restricted-access storage locations), organizational measures (including appropriate security clearances for employees and disclosure of personal information on a need-to-know basis), and technological measures (including encryption keys and passwords).

Individuals dealing with a PPP project and its proponents will want to ensure that the project fully considers (i) the adequacy of the security measures implemented in connection with the project, and (ii) the measures contemplated to mitigate the consequences of a successful cyber attack. Of course, individuals should always be cognizant of the information that they are sending over electronic media and consider if such information should be sent, particularly given the prevalence of cybersecurity attacks and the gravity of potential consequences.

Conclusion

Cybersecurity will need to be carefully addressed in PPPs where the project will involve the gathering and storing of sensitive information concerning private individuals or of a public commercial or sensitive nature. This risk should not be ignored when consummating a PPP transaction, and adequate safeguards, such as an adequate insurance product, should be considered from the beginning to help protect all parties involved.